Professional Documents
Culture Documents
01 - Gender of Nouns 1
Uploaded by
Egle Le TreeCopyright
Available Formats
Share this document
Did you find this document useful?
Is this content inappropriate?
Report this DocumentCopyright:
Available Formats
01 - Gender of Nouns 1
Uploaded by
Egle Le TreeCopyright:
Available Formats
i`iv p*>
! NOUN IS A WORD USED TO DENOTE A PERSON PLACE THING OR IDEA
0%23/.
0,!#%
4().'
)$%!
*OHN GIRL DENTIST
GARDEN UNIVERSITY 6ENEZUELA
BOOK CAR TOMATO
LIBERTY DESPAIR INTELLIGENCE
)N 3PANISH ALL NOUNS ARE EITHER MASCULINE OR FEMININE
EL CHICO BOY
EL JARDN GARDEN
EL LIBRO BOOK
EL MIEDO FEAR
&%-).).%
LA CHICA GIRL
LA UNIVERSIDAD UNIVERSITY
LA REVISTA MAGAZINE
LA LIBERTAD LIBERTY
4HE IDEA THAT NOUNS HAVE GENDER SEEMS PERFECTLY NATURAL WHEN THE NOUN STANDS FOR A
LIVING CREATURE 4HIS IS BECAUSE IN %NGLISH LIVING CREATURES OFTEN HAVE DIFFERENT NAMES
DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THEY ARE MALE OR FEMALE
-!3#5,).%
MAN
TIGER
AVIATOR
&%-).).%
WOMAN
TIGRESS
AVIATRIX
4HE FOLLOWING 3PANISH NOUNS ALL DENOTE LIVING CREATURES
EL GATO MALE CAT
LA GATA FEMALE CAT
EL PERRO MALE DOG
LA PERRA FEMALE DOG
EL CHICO BOY
LA CHICA GIRL
EL ABUELO GRANDFATHER
LA ABUELA GRANDMOTHER
(OW ARE ALL OF THESE MASCULINE NOUNS ALIKE
EL GATO
EL CHICO
EL PERRO
EL ABUELO
().4 LOOK AT BOTH THE BEGINNING AND THE ENDING OF EACH WORD PAIR
(OW ARE ALL OF THESE FEMININE NOUNS ALIKE
LA GATA
LA CHICA
LA PERRA
LA ABUELA
().4 LOOK AT BOTH THE BEGINNING AND THE ENDING OF EACH WORD PAIR
h%Lv AND hLAv BOTH MEAN hTHEv
EL CHICO THE BOY
EL PERRO THE MALE DOG
LA CHICA THE GIRL
LA GATA THE FEMALE CAT
./4% 4HESE TWO WORDS EL LA ARE CALLED hDElNITE ARTICLESv 9OU WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT THEM IN A LATER LESSON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-!3#5,).%
7HAT DO YOU NOTICE ABOUT THE LAST LETTER OF THESE NOUNS
-!3#5,).%
&%-).).%
GATO
GATA
PERRO
PERRA
CHICO
CHICA
ABUELO
ABUELA
.OUNS THAT END IN
O ARE USUALLY MASCULINE .OUNS THAT END IN
A ARE USUALLY FEMININE .OTICE THE
WORD hUSUALLYv 4HERE ARE EXCEPTIONS TO THESE TWO RULES AND YOU WILL SOON BE LEARNING THEM
-!3#5,).% /2 &%-).).%
BOOK
HOUSE
MONEY
WINDOW
/NE CANNOT PREDICT THE GENDER OF A NOUN EXCEPT IN THE CASE OF LIVING CREATURES $O NOT TRY TO
ANALYZE THE NATURE OF THE OBJECT LOOKING FOR SOME INHERENT MASCULINITY OR FEMININITY )T WONT
WORK
4AKE A GUESS $O YOU THINK THE 3PANISH WORD FOR hDRESSv IS MASCULINE OR FEMININE 9OU
MIGHT EXPECT IT TO BE FEMININE SINCE A DRESS IS AN ARTICLE OF CLOTHING WORN BY FEMALES
!CTUALLY THE WORD FOR hDRESSv IS A MASCULINE WORD
EL VESTIDO
4AKE ANOTHER GUESS $O YOU THINK THE 3PANISH WORD FOR hNECKTIEv IS MASCULINE OR
FEMININE 9OU MIGHT EXPECT IT TO BE MASCULINE SINCE A NECKTIE IS AN ARTICLE OF CLOTHING
WORN BY MALES !CTUALLY THE WORD FOR hNECKTIEv IS A FEMININE WORD
LA CORBATA
7HEN YOU LEARN A NEW NOUN YOU SHOULD ALSO LEARN ITS DElNITE ARTICLE EL LA 4HERE ARE
SEVERAL REASONS FOR THIS
s "ECAUSE YOU CANNOT PREDICT THE GENDER OF MOST NOUNS
s "ECAUSE NOT EVERY NOUN THAT ENDS IN
O IS MASCULINE AND NOT EVERY NOUN THAT ENDS IN
A IS
FEMININE
s "ECAUSE MANY NOUNS END IN LETTERS OTHER THAN O OR A
s "ECAUSE THE DElNITE ARTICLE EL LA IS YOUR CLUE AS TO WHETHER A NOUN IS MASCULINE OR FEMININE
7HY DO YOU CARE WHETHER A NOUN IS MASCULINE OR FEMININE 'OOD QUESTION !S YOU SHALL
SEE IN UPCOMING LESSONS 3PANISH PLACES A GREAT DEAL MORE EMPHASIS ON GENDER THAN DOES
%NGLISH
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
/NE CANNOT PREDICT THE GENDER OF A NOUN THAT STANDS FOR A NON
LIVING THING 4RY TO PREDICT
WHETHER THE 3PANISH WORDS FOR THE FOLLOWING THINGS ARE MASCULINE OR FEMININE
i`iv \*>
3OME NOUNS THAT REFER TO PEOPLE USE THE SAME FORM FOR BOTH MASCULINE AND FEMININE
4HESE NOUNS INDICATE GENDER BY THE ARTICLE EL OR LA
EL ESTUDIANTE LA ESTUDIANTE
EL PIANISTA LA PIANISTA
EL ARTISTA LA ARTISTA
.OUNS THAT END IN
SIN
CIN
DAD
TAD
TUD
UMBRE ARE FEMININE
LA TELEVISIN
LA DECISIN
LA CONVERSACIN
LA HABITACIN
LA CIUDAD
LA UNIVERSIDAD
LA DIlCULTAD
LA LIBERTAD
LA ACTITUD
LA GRATITUD
LA CERTIDUMBRE
LA MUCHEDUMBRE
3OME NOUNS THAT END IN
A ARE MASCULINE
EL PROBLEMA
EL TELEGRAMA
EL PROGRAMA
EL MAPA
EL SISTEMA
EL POEMA
EL DA
EL TEMA
EL CLIMA
EL IDIOMA
EL SOF
EL PLANETA
-ANY NOUNS THAT END IN
MA ARE MASCULINE .OTICE THAT EIGHT OF THE TWELVE NOUNS LISTED
ABOVE END IN
MA
EL TELEGRAMA
EL PROGRAMA
EL PROBLEMA
EL SISTEMA
EL POEMA
EL IDIOMA
EL CLIMA
EL TEMA
./4% ! FEW NOUNS THAT END IN
MA ARE FEMININE SUCH AS LA CAMA AND LA PLUMA
&OUR OF THE NOUNS THAT END IN
A ARE SIMPLY EXCEPTIONS AND MUST BE MEMORIZED
EL DA
EL MAPA
EL PLANETA
EL SOF
! FEW NOUNS THAT END IN
O ARE FEMININE
LA MANO
LA RADIO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-ASCULINE NOUNS THAT END IN A CONSONANT OFTEN HAVE A CORRESPONDING FEMININE FORM THAT
ENDS IN
A
EL PROFESOR LA PROFESORA
EL DOCTOR LA DOCTORA
EL SEOR LA SEORA
9OU NOW KNOW MOST OF THE RULES FOR DETERMINING THE GENDER OF A NOUN 4HERE ARE JUST A
FEW MORE THINGS TO KNOW BUT THEY WONgT BE COVERED UNTIL LATER 2EMEMBER WHENEVER YOU
LEARN A NEW NOUN LEARN IT COMPLETE WITH ITS DElNITE ARTICLE EL LA $ElNITE ARTICLES ARE
THE SUBJECT OF AN UPCOMING LESSON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2EVIEW OF THE RULES LEARNED IN LESSON AND LESSON
s -ANY NOUNS THAT DENOTE LIVING THINGS HAVE BOTH A MASCULINE AND A FEMININE FORM
s -OST NOUNS THAT END IN
O ARE MASCULINE
s -OST NOUNS THAT END IN
A ARE FEMININE
s -ASCULINE NOUNS THAT END IN A CONSONANT OFTEN HAVE A CORRESPONDING FEMININE FORM THAT ENDS
IN
A
s 3OME NOUNS THAT REFER TO PEOPLE USE THE SAME FORM FOR BOTH MASCULINE AND FEMININE 4HESE
NOUNS INDICATE GENDER BY THE ARTICLE EL OR LA
s .OUNS THAT END IN
SIN
CIN
DAD
TAD
TUD
UMBRE ARE FEMININE
s -ANY NOUNS THAT END IN
MA ARE MASCULINE
s ! FEW NOUNS THAT END IN
O ARE FEMININE
(ERE ARE THE NUMBERS
UNO
DOS
TRES
CUATRO
CINCO
SEIS
SIETE
OCHO
NUEVE
DIEZ
4HE NUMBER hONEv CHANGES FROM hUNOv TO hUNv BEFORE A MASCULINE NOUN
UN LIBRO ONE BOOK
UN PERRO ONE DOG MALE
UN HOMBRE ONE MAN
4HE NUMBER hONEv CHANGES FROM hUNOv TO hUNAv BEFORE A FEMININE NOUN
UNA PLUMA ONE PEN
UNA GATA ONE CAT FEMALE
UNA CHICA ONE GIRL
7HEN COUNTING GENERICALLY ONE TWO THREE USE hUNOv BUT WHEN COUNTING SPECIlCALLY
ONE CAT ONE DOG USE hUNv OR hUNAv
UN LIBRO ONE BOOK
UNA PLUMA ONE PEN
UNO DOS TRES ONE TWO THREE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
>`> Li\q
*>v
4HE DElNITE ARTICLES EL LA ALSO CHANGE IN THE PLURAL FORM 4HEY BECOME hLOSv AND hLASv
4HE DElNITE ARTICLES WILL BE COVERED IN DEPTH IN THE NEXT LESSON
EL LIBRO LOS LIBROS
LA PLUMA LAS PLUMAS
EL CHICO LOS CHICOS
LA SEORA LAS SEORAS
)F A NOUN ENDS IN A CONSONANT MAKE IT PLURAL BY ADDING ES
EL BORRADOR LOS BORRADORES
BORRADOR ES
LA UNIVERSIDAD LAS UNIVERSIDADES
UNIVERSIDAD ES
EL PROFESOR LOS PROFESORES
PROFESOR ES
LA CIUDAD LAS CIUDADES
CIUDAD ES
)F A NOUN ENDS IN IN ADD ES AND DROP THE WRITTEN ACCENT
EL AVIN LOS AVIONES
LA CONVERSACIN LAS CONVERSACIONES
LA SECCIN LAS SECCIONES
LA TELEVISIN LAS TELEVISIONES
./4% 9OU MAY WONDER WHY hAVINv ISNT FEMININE .OTICE THAT IT DOESNT QUALIFY FOR OUR RULE WHICH SAYS THAT
ALL NOUNS ENDING IN CIN AND SIN ARE FEMININE
)F A NOUN ENDS IN Z ADD ES AND CHANGE THE Z TO C
EL LPIZ LOS LPICES
LA VOZ LAS VOCES
EL TAPIZ LOS TAPICES
LA ACTRIZ LAS ACTRICES
7HEN THE PLURAL REFERS TO TWO OR MORE NOUNS OF DIFFERENT GENDERS THE MASCULINE PLURAL IS
USED
PERROS PERRAS PERROS NOT PERRAS
GATO GATAS GATOS NOT GATAS
! FEW NOUNS ARE hCOMPOUND NOUNS v THAT IS THEY ARE FORMED BY COMBINING TWO WORDS
INTO ONE %XAMPLE ABRE LATAS ABRELATAS OPEN CANS CAN OPENER 4HESE COMPOUND
NOUNS ARE ALWAYS MASCULINE AND THE PLURAL IS FORMED BY CHANGING THE hELv TO hLOSv
EL ABRELATAS LOS ABRELATAS
EL PARAGUAS LOS PARAGUAS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)F A NOUN ENDS IN A VOWEL MAKE IT PLURAL BY ADDING S
LIBRO LIBROS LIBRO S
PLUMA PLUMAS PLUMA S
CHICO CHICOS CHICO S
SEORA SEORAS SEORA S
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS REVIEW THE RULES FOR MAKING NOUNS PLURAL
s )F A NOUN ENDS IN A VOWEL SIMPLY ADD
S
s )F A NOUN ENDS IN A CONSONANT SIMPLY ADD
ES
s )F A NOUN ENDS IN
Z CHANGE THE Z TO C BEFORE ADDING
ES
s )F A NOUN ENDS IN
IN DROP THE WRITTEN ACCENT BEFORE ADDING
ES
s )F THE PLURAL REFERS TO A MIXED GROUP USE THE MASCULINE
s &OR COMPOUND NOUNS CHANGE EL TO LOS
iwi>``iwiVi\*>
4HE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN DElNITE ARTICLES AND INDElNITE ARTICLES CAN BE OBSERVED IN THE
FOLLOWING TWO SENTENCES
'IVE ME THE CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIE
'IVE ME A COOKIE PLEASE
4HE lRST SENTENCE SPEAKS OF A PARTICULAR OR DElNITE COOKIE
'IVE ME THE CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIE
4HE SECOND SENTENCE SPEAKS OF ANY OF A NUMBER OF COOKIES OR AN INDElNITE COOKIE
'IVE ME A COOKIE PLEASE
4HE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE DElNITE AND INDElNITE ARTICLES IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
TALKING ABOUT A SPECIlC COOKIE OR ANY OLD COOKIE AT ALL
THE COOKIE A COOKIE
)N %NGLISH THE DElNITE ARTICLE IS THE WORD hTHEv REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE NOUN IT
INTRODUCES IS SINGULAR OR PLURAL
THE COOKIE THE COOKIES
)N 3PANISH THE DElNITE ARTICLE HAS FORMS DEPENDING ON WHETHER THE NOUN IS MASCULINE
FEMININE SINGULAR OR PLURAL
EL GATO THE MALE CAT
LOS GATOS THE MALE CATS
LA GATA THE FEMALE CAT
LAS GATAS THE FEMALE CATS
./4% 4HE MASCULINE PLURAL DElNITE AND INDElNITE ARTICLES LOS UNOS ARE ALSO USED TO INDICATE A GROUP OF MIXED
SEX 4HUS hLOS GATOSv COULD REFER TO A GROUP OF MALE CATS OR IT COULD REFER TO A GROUP OF FEMALE CATS AND
ONE MALE CAT
4HE FORMS OF THE DElNITE ARTICLE ARE
EL MASCULINE SINGULAR
LA FEMININE SINGULAR
LOS MASCULINE PLURAL
LAS FEMININE PLURAL
)N %NGLISH THE INDElNITE ARTICLE IS THE WORD hA v hAN v OR hSOMEv
A COOKIE
AN APPLE
SOME BOOKS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)MAGINE A PLATE FULL OF COOKIES 4HERE ARE PEANUT BUTTER COOKIES SUGAR COOKIES
GINGERBREAD COOKIES AND ONE CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIE
)N 3PANISH THE INDElNITE ARTICLE HAS FORMS DEPENDING ON WHETHER THE NOUN IS
MASCULINE FEMININE SINGULAR OR PLURAL
UN GATO A MALE CAT
UNOS GATOS SOME MALE CATS
UNA GATA A FEMALE CAT
UNAS GATAS SOME FEMALE CATS
4HE FORMS OF THE INDElNITE ARTICLE ARE
UN MASCULINE SINGULAR
UNA FEMININE SINGULAR
UNOS MASCULINE PLURAL
UNAS FEMININE PLURAL
(ERE ARE THE DElNITE AND INDElNITE ARTICLES TOGETHER
EL UN MASCULINE SINGULAR
LA UNA FEMININE SINGULAR
LOS UNOS MASCULINE PLURAL
LAS UNAS FEMININE PLURAL
%ACH OF THE FOLLOWING HAS A DIFFERENT MEANING
EL GATO THE MALE CAT
LOS GATOS THE MALE CATS OR A MIXED GROUP
LA GATA THE FEMALE CAT
LAS GATAS THE FEMALE CATS
UN GATO A MALE CAT
UNOS GATOS SOME MALE CATS OR A MIXED GROUP
UNA GATA A FEMALE CAT
UNAS GATAS SOME FEMALE CATS
h5Nv AND hUNAv CAN MEAN hONE v hA v OR hANv
UN LIBRO ONE BOOK A BOOK
UNA PLUMA ONE PEN A PEN
UNA MANZANA ONE APPLE AN APPLE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
./4% 2EMEMBER AS LONG AS THE GROUP OF CREATURES HAS AT LEAST ONE MALE MEMBER THE MASCULINE PLURAL ARTICLE
IS USED 4HUS hUNOS GATOSv COULD REFER TO A GROUP OF MALE CATS OR IT COULD REFER TO A GROUP OF FEMALE CATS
AND ONE MALE CAT
/i6iL>
4HE VERB FORM hHAYv HAS TWO MEANINGS
THERE IS
THERE ARE
-S EJEMPLOS
(AY DOS BAOS EN MI CASA 4HERE ARE TWO BATHS IN MY HOUSE
(AY CUATRO OCANOS EN EL MUNDO 4HERE ARE OCEANS IN THE WORLD
(AY UN LIBRO Y UNA PLUMA EN LA MESA 4HERE IS ONE BOOK AND ONE PEN ON THE TABLE
OR 4HERE IS A BOOK AND A PEN ON THE TABLE
7HEN USED IN QUESTIONS hHAYv HAS TWO DIFFERENT MEANINGS
)S THERE
!RE THERE
%JEMPLOS
z(AY UN HOTEL EN EL CENTRO )S THERE A HOTEL DOWNTOWN
z(AY ALGUNOS LIBROS POR AQU !RE THERE ANY BOOKS AROUND HERE
-S EJEMPLOS
z(AY MUCHOS ESTUDIANTES EN LA CLASE !RE THERE LOTS OF STUDENTS IN THE CLASS
z(AY CUATRO SILLAS EN EL CUARTO !RE THERE CHAIRS IN THE ROOM
z(AY UNA CHICA O DOS )S THERE ONE GIRL OR TWO
4HE VERB FORM hHAYv CAN ALSO BE USED TO ANSWER QUESTIONS
z(AY UN HOTEL EN EL CENTRO )S THERE A HOTEL DOWNTOWN
3 3 HAY 9ES 9ES THERE IS
z(AY ALGUNOS LIBROS POR AQU !RE THERE ANY BOOKS AROUND HERE
.O .O HAY .O .O THERE ARENT
)T IS VITAL THAT YOU BEGIN A COLLECTION OF VERB mASHCARDS 4HIS WILL BE YOUR KEY TO SUCCESS
IN MASTERING THE 3PANISH VERBS 7E WILL TELL YOU WHEN YOU NEED TO ADD A CARD TO THIS
COLLECTION "EGIN BY CREATING A CARD WITH THE VERB FORM hHAYv ON ONE SIDE AND THE %NGLISH
TRANSLATIONS ON THE OTHER SIDE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
HAY THERE IS THERE ARE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
%XAMPLES
(AY MUCHOS LIBROS EN LA BIBLIOTECA 4HERE ARE MANY BOOKS IN THE LIBRARY
(AY UN LIBRO ENCIMA DE LA MESA 4HERE IS A BOOK ON THE TABLE
-LiV*
! VERB IS AN ACTION WORD
RUN
EAT
SWIM
SIT
SINK
STUDY
4HE INlNITIVE IS THE PURE FORM OF A VERB 4HE INlNITIVE IS LIKE A LUMP OF CLAY THAT CAN BE
MOLDED TO MATCH THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IT IS USED IN
) SPEAK
YOU SPEAK
HESHE SPEAKS
WE SPEAK
YOU
ALL
SPEAK
THEY SPEAK
./4% 4HE ABOVE FORMS ARE CALLED CONJUGATIONS OF THE INlNITIVE TO SPEAK
2EGARDING THE FORM hYOU
ALLvTHIS USAGE IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE STANDARD %NGLISH )N
STANDARD %NGLISH THE SAME WORD IS USED FOR BOTH THE SINGULAR YOU AND THE PLURAL YOU 4HAT
IS EACH OF THE FOLLOWING IS CORRECT
9OU HAVE A TAIL LIGHT OUT MAAM
9OU KIDS HAVE SOCCER PRACTICE AT FOUR
)N THE lRST SENTENCE hYOUv REFERS TO THE SINGULAR hMAAMv )N THE SECOND SENTENCE hYOUv
REFERS TO THE PLURAL hKIDSv 4O AVOID CONFUSION BETWEEN YOU SINGULAR AND YOU PLURAL WE
WILL EMPLOY THE NON
STANDARD %NGLISH USAGE hYOU
ALLv TO INDICATE YOU PLURAL 4HIS WILL BE
VERY BENElCIAL TO YALL PARTICULARLY AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR STUDIES
4HE WORDS h)v hYOUv hHEv hSHEv hWEv hYOU
ALLv AND hTHEYv ARE CALLED SUBJECT PRONOUNS
3PANISH HAS CORRESPONDING SUBJECT PRONOUNS (ERES A LIST OF THE %NGLISH SUBJECT PRONOUNS
AND THEIR 3PANISH EQUIVALENTS
YO )
USTED YOU
L HE
ELLA SHE
NOSOTROS WE
USTEDES YOU
ALL
ELLOS THEY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE MAIN FORM OF A VERB IS CALLED THE INlNITIVE )N %NGLISH INlNITIVES INCLUDE THE WORD
hTOv
TO RUN
TO SIT
TO EAT
TO SINK
TO SWIM
TO STUDY
3PANISH HAS A FORMAL AND AN INFORMAL FORM OF THE WORD hYOUv h5STEDv IS MORE FORMAL
AND IS GENERALLY USED TO EXPRESS RESPECT h4v IS MORE FAMILIAR AND IS USED AMONG FRIENDS
COWORKERS RELATIVES OR WHEN ADDRESSING A CHILD
3PEAKING TO YOUR BOSS USTED
3PEAKING TO YOUR DAUGHTER T
3PEAKING TO YOUR TEACHER USTED
3PEAKING TO YOUR FRIEND T
USTED YOU FORMAL
T YOU INFORMAL FAMILIAR
4HIS SAME DISTINCTION WITH REGARD TO DEGREE OF FORMALITY OCCURS IN THE PLURAL FORM AS WELL
7HEN REFERRING TO hYOU
ALL v THERE ARE TWO CHOICES IN 3PANISH
USTEDES YOU
ALL FORMAL
VOSOTROS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR
/NCE AGAIN THE DIFFERENCE LIES IN THE DEGREE OF FORMALITY CONVEYED BY THE SPEAKER
(OWEVER THE VOSOTROS FORM IS USED PRIMARILY IN 3PAIN 4HROUGHOUT ,ATIN !MERICA
hUSTEDESv IS GENERALLY USED IN BOTH FORMAL AND INFORMAL SITUATIONS TO REFER TO hYOU
ALLv
3PEAKING TO A GROUP OF CHILDREN
IN 3PAIN VOSOTROS
3PEAKING TO A GROUP OF CHILDREN
IN ,ATIN !MERICA USTEDES
3PEAKING TO A GROUP OF STRANGERS
IN 3PAIN USTEDES
3PEAKING TO A GROUP OF STRANGERS
IN ,ATIN !MERICA USTEDES
./4% USTED CAN BE ABBREVIATED 5D OR 6D USTEDES CAN BE ABBREVIATED 5DS OR 6DS
)N MANY WAYS 3PANISH IS MORE GENDER SPECIlC THAN %NGLISH 7E lND EVIDENCE OF THIS IN
THE SUBJECT PRONOUNS &IRST LOOK AT THE WORD hNOSOTROSv 4HIS MEANS hWEv IN THE SENSE
OF A GROUP CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE MALE )F THE GROUP CONTAINS ONLY FEMALES THE WORD
hNOSOTRASv IS USED 3O IN 3PANISH THERE ARE TWO WAYS TO SAY hWEv
NOSOTROS WE MASCULINE OR MIXED GROUP
NOSOTRAS WE FEMININE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3PANISH SUBJECT PRONOUNS ARE BOTH SIMILAR TO AND DIFFERENT FROM THEIR %NGLISH
COUNTERPARTS ,ETS EXAMINE SOME OF THE DIFFERENCES ,OOK MORE CLOSELY AT THE %NGLISH
WORD hYOUv 9OU HAVE JUST SEEN THAT THIS CAN BE TRANSLATED INTO 3PANISH AS hUSTEDv "UT
THERE IS ALSO A SECOND WAY IT CAN BE TRANSLATED 4HERE ARE TWO WAYS THE %NGLISH WORD
hYOUv CAN BE EXPRESSED IN 3PANISH
USTED YOU
T YOU
4HIS SAME IDEA APPLIES TO THE %NGLISH WORD hTHEYv
ELLOS THEY MASCULINE OR MIXED GROUP
ELLAS THEY FEMININE
4HIS SAME IDEA ALSO APPLIES TO THE hVOSOTROSv FORM
VOSOTROS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR MASCULINE OR MIXED GROUP
VOSOTRAS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR FEMININE
&INALLY DONT GET CONFUSED OVER THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TALKING TO A GROUP OR TALKING
ABOUT A GROUP #ONSIDER THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN MADE BY YOUR
3PANISH TEACHER WHILE STANDING BEFORE THE CLASS
h9OU
ALL NEED TO STUDY YOUR 3PANISH 4HOSE STUDENTS IN THE OTHER CLASS DONT NEED TO STUDY
3PANISH 4HEY ARE STUDYING &RENCH 9OU
ALL CAN PRACTICE 3PANISH IN 3PAIN 4HEY CAN PRACTICE
&RENCH IN &RANCEv
4HE TEACHER IS TALKING TO THE 3PANISH STUDENTS AND ABOUT THE &RENCH STUDENTS
4!,+).' 4/ ! '2/50 53% h9/5
!,,v
USTEDES
VOSOTROS
VOSOTRAS
4!,+).' !"/54 ! '2/50 53% h4(%9v
ELLOS
ELLAS
(ERES THE COMPLETE LIST OF 3PANISH SUBJECT PRONOUNS
3).'5,!2
YO )
T YOU FAMILIAR
L HE
ELLA SHE
USTED YOU FORMAL
0,52!,
NOSOTROS WE MASCULINE OR MIXED GENDER
NOSOTRAS WE FEMININE
VOSOTROS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR 3PAIN MASCULINE OR MIXED GENDER
VOSOTRAS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR 3PAIN FEMININE
ELLOS THEY MASCULINE OR MIXED GENDER
ELLAS THEY FEMININE
USTEDES YOU
ALL FORMAL IN 3PAIN FORMAL AND FAMILIAR IN ,ATIN !MERICA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
./4% 4HESE FORMS ARE USED PRIMARILY IN 3PAIN NOT ,ATIN !MERICA
,i}>6iL\*>
!LL 3PANISH VERBS ARE EITHER hREGULARv OR hIRREGULARv )N THIS LESSON WE WILL LOOK AT THREE
COMPLETELY REGULAR VERBS
HABLAR TO SPEAK
COMER TO EAT
VIVIR TO LIVE
4HERE ARE THREE CATEGORIES OF VERBS
AR VERBS LIKE HABLAR
ER VERBS LIKE COMER
IR VERBS LIKE VIVIR
!LL THREE CATEGORIES ARE INlNITIVES 9OU WILL RECALL FROM A PREVIOUS LESSON THAT INlNITIVES
ARE THE BASE FORM OF THE VERB EQUIVALENT IN %NGLISH TO TO SPEAK TO EAT TO LIVE ETC )N
3PANISH ALL INlNITIVES END IN
AR
ER OR
IR
AR VERB HABLAR TO SPEAK
ER VERB COMER TO EAT
IR VERB VIVIR TO LIVE
2EMEMBER WHAT IT MEANS TO CONJUGATE A VERB
TO SPEAK ) SPEAK
YOU SPEAK
HE SPEAKS
SHE SPEAKS
WE SPEAK
YOU
ALL SPEAK
THEY SPEAK
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN TO CONJUGATE OUR MODEL VERBS FOR ) YOU FORMAL WE AND YOU
ALL FORMAL
HABLAR
YO HABLO ) SPEAK
USTED HABLA YOU SPEAK
NOSOTROSAS HABLAMOS WE SPEAK
USTEDES HABLAN YOU
ALL SPEAK
COMER
YO COMO ) EAT
USTED COME YOU EAT
NOSOTROSAS COMEMOS WE EAT
USTEDES COMEN YOU
ALL EAT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OTICE THE LAST TWO LETTERS OF EACH VERB
HABLAR TO SPEAK
COMER TO EAT
VIVIR TO LIVE
VIVIR
YO VIVO ) LIVE
USTED VIVE YOU LIVE
NOSOTROSAS VIVIMOS WE LIVE
USTEDES VIVEN YOU
ALL LIVE
)F THE SUBJECT IS ) YO CONJUGATE BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD O
YO HABLO HABLAR AR O HABLO
YO COMO COMER ER O COMO
YO VIVO VIVIR IR O VIVO
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE USTED FORM
USTED HABLA
USTED COME
USTED VIVE
)F THE SUBJECT IS YOU FORMAL USTED DROP THE ENDING AND ADD EITHER A OR E )F THE VERB IS
AN AR VERB ADD A )F IT IS AN ER OR IR VERB ADD E
USTED HABLA HABLAR AR A HABLA
USTED COME COMER ER E COME
USTED VIVE VIVIR IR E VIVE
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE NOSOTROSAS FORM
NOSOTROSAS HABLAMOS
NOSOTROSAS COMEMOS
NOSOTROSAS VIVIMOS
)F THE SUBJECT IS WE NOSOTROSAS CONJUGATE BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD AMOS EMOS
OR IMOS .OTICE THAT THE ENDING OF THE INlNITIVE DETERMINES WHICH IS USED AR VERBS ADD
AMOS ER VERBS ADD EMOS IR VERBS ADD IMOS
NOSOTROSAS HABLAMOS HABLAR AR AMOS HABLAMOS
NOSOTROSAS COMEMOS COMER ER EMOS COMEMOS
NOSOTROSAS VIVIMOS VIVIR IR IMOS VIVIMOS
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE USTEDES FORM
USTEDES HABLAN
USTEDES COMEN
USTEDES VIVEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE YO FORM
YO HABLO
YO COMO
YO VIVO
)F THE SUBJECT IS YOU ALL USTEDES CONJUGATE BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD AN OR EN )F
THE VERB IS AN AR VERB ADD AN )F IT IS AN ER OR AN IR VERB ADD EN
USTEDES HABLAN HABLAR AR AN HABLAN
USTEDES COMEN COMER ER EN COMEN
USTEDES VIVEN VIVIR IR EN VIVEN
0RESENT TENSE INDICATIVE IN 3PANISH MEANS THREE THINGS
9O COMO PAN
) EAT BREAD
) DO EAT BREAD
) AM EATING BREAD
9O VIVO EN "UENOS !IRES
) LIVE IN "UENOS !IRES
) DO LIVE IN "UENOS !IRES
) AM LIVING IN "UENOS !IRES
)T IS VITAL THAT YOU CONTINUE WITH YOUR COLLECTION OF VERB mASHCARDS 4HIS WILL BE YOUR KEY
TO SUCCESS IN MASTERING THE 3PANISH VERBS #ONTINUE BY CREATING ADDITIONAL CARDS WRITING
THE WORDS IN BOLD ON ONE SIDE AND THE CONJUGATIONS ON THE OTHER SIDE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT )NDICATIVE ) SPEAK
) DO SPEAK
) AM SPEAKING
HABLAR TO SPEAK HABLO
HABLA
HABLAMOS
HABLAN
COMER TO EAT COMO
COME
COMEMOS
COMEN
VIVIR TO LIVE VIVO
VIVE
VIVIMOS
VIVEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
9O HABLO INGLS
) SPEAK %NGLISH
) DO SPEAK %NGLISH
) AM SPEAKING %NGLISH
,i}>6iL\*>
2EMEMBER ALL 3PANISH VERBS ARE EITHER hREGULARv OR hIRREGULARv )N THIS LESSON WE CONTINUE
BY LOOKING AT OUR THREE MODEL VERBS WHICH ARE COMPLETELY REGULAR
HABLAR TO SPEAK
COMER TO EAT
VIVIR TO LIVE
2EMEMBER THAT WHEN YOU CONJUGATE A VERB YOU MOLD THE INlNITIVE TO MATCH THE SUBJECT
OF THE SENTENCE
TO SPEAK ) SPEAK
YOU SPEAK
HE SPEAKS
SHE SPEAKS
WE SPEAK
YOU
ALL SPEAK
THEY SPEAK
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN TO CONJUGATE REGULAR VERBS FOR THE FOLLOWING FORMS YOU
FAMILIAR HE SHE YOU
ALL FAMILIAR AND THEY
HABLAR
T HABLAS YOU FAMILIAR SPEAK
L HABLA HE SPEAKS
ELLA HABLA SHE SPEAKS
VOSOTROSAS HABLIS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR SPEAK
ELLOSELLAS HABLAN THEY SPEAK
COMER
T COMES YOU FAMILIAR EAT
L COME HE EATS
ELLA COME SHE EATS
VOSOTROSAS COMIS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR EAT
ELLOSELLAS COMEN THEY EAT
VIVIR
T VIVES YOU FAMILIAR LIVE
L VIVE HE LIVES
ELLA VIVE SHE LIVES
VOSOTROSAS VIVS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR LIVE
ELLOSELLAS VIVEN THEY LIVE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!LSO REMEMBER THERE ARE THREE CATEGORIES OF VERBS
AR VERBS LIKE HABLAR
ER VERBS LIKE COMER
IR VERBS LIKE VIVIR
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE T FORM
T HABLAS
T COMES
T VIVES
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE L FORM
L HABLA
L COME
L VIVE
)F THE SUBJECT IS HE L DROP THE ENDING AND ADD EITHER
A OR
E )F THE VERB IS AN
AR VERB
ADD
A )F IT IS AN
ER OR
IR VERB ADD
E
L HABLA HABLAR
AR A HABLA
L COME COMER
ER E COME
L VIVE VIVIR
IR E VIVE
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE ELLA FORM
ELLA HABLA
ELLA COME
ELLA VIVE
)F THE SUBJECT IS SHE ELLA CONJUGATE IN EXACTLY THE SAME MANNER AS YOU DID FOR HE L
4HAT IS BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD
A OR
E DEPENDING ON WHETHER THE VERB IS AN
AR
ER OR
IR VERB
ELLA HABLA HABLAR
AR A HABLA
ELLA COME COMER
ER E COME
ELLA VIVE VIVIR
IR E VIVE
./4% AT THIS POINT YOU MAY NOTICE THAT THE CONJUGATIONS FOR LELLA ARE THE SAME AS FOR USTED USTED HABLA
USTED COME USTED VIVE
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE VOSOTROSAS FORM
VOSOTROSAS HABLIS
VOSOTROSAS COMIS
VOSOTROSAS VIVS
)F THE SUBJECT IS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR VOSOTROSAS CONJUGATE BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADDING
IS
IS OR
S !GAIN DECIDE WHICH ENDING TO USE BY THE CLASS OF INlNITIVE
AR
ER
IR
VOSOTROSAS HABLIS HABLAR
AR IS HABLIS
VOSOTROSAS COMIS COMER
ER IS COMIS
VOSOTROSAS VIVS VIVIR
IR S VIVS
./4% 2EMEMBER VOSOTROS AND VOSOTRAS FORMS ARE PRIMARILY USED IN 3PAIN )N ,ATIN !MERICA USTEDES IS GENERALLY
USED FOR BOTH FORMAL AND INFORMAL SITUATIONS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)F THE SUBJECT IS YOU FAMILIAR CONJUGATE BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD AS OR ES )F THE
VERB IS AN AR VERB ADD AS )F IT IS AN ER OR IR VERB ADD ES
T HABLAS HABLAR AR AS HABLAS
T COMES COMER ER ES COMES
T VIVES VIVIR IR ES VIVES
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE ELLOS FORM
ELLOS HABLAN
ELLOS COMEN
ELLOS VIVEN
,OOK FOR A PATTERN IN THE ELLAS FORM
ELLAS HABLAN
ELLAS COMEN
ELLAS VIVEN
)F THE SUBJECT IS THEY FEMININE ELLAS CONJUGATE IN EXACTLY THE SAME MANNER AS YOU DID FOR
THEY MASCULINE ELLOS 4HAT IS BY DROPPING THE ENDING AND ADD
AN OR
EN DEPENDING ON
WHETHER THE VERB IS AN
AR
ER OR
IR VERB
ELLAS HABLAN HABLAR
AR AN HABLAN
ELLAS COMEN COMER
ER EN COMEN
ELLAS VIVEN VIVIR
IR EN VIVEN
./4% !T THIS POINT YOU MAY NOTICE THAT THE CONJUGATIONS FOR ELLOSELLAS ARE THE SAME AS FOR USTEDES USTEDES
HABLAN USTEDES COMEN USTEDES VIVEN
2EMEMBER THAT THE PRESENT TENSE INDICATIVE IN 3PANISH MEANS THREE THINGS
T HABLAS INGLS
YOU SPEAK %NGLISH
YOU DO SPEAK %NGLISH
YOU ARE SPEAKING %NGLISH
T COMES PAN
YOU EAT BREAD
YOU DO EAT BREAD
YOU ARE EATING BREAD
T VIVES EN "UENOS !IRES
YOU LIVE IN "UENOS !IRES
YOU DO LIVE IN "UENOS !IRES
YOU ARE LIVING IN "UENOS !IRES
)F YOU ARE GOING TO SUCCEED IN 3PANISH YOU MUST LEARN THE VERBS 4HE BEST WAY TO DO THAT IS
BY CREATING A SPECIAL COLLECTION OF mASHCARDS 0RACTICING WITH THESE mASHCARDS IS YOUR KEY TO
SUCCESS IN MASTERING THE 3PANISH VERBS #ONTINUE BY REPLACING THE THREE CARDS YOU CREATED
IN THE PREVIOUS LESSON WITH THESE UPDATED VERSIONS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)F THE SUBJECT IS THEY MASCULINE ELLOS DROP THE ENDING AND ADD EITHER AN OR EN )F THE
VERB IS AN AR VERB ADD AN )F IT IS AN ER OR IR VERB ADD EN
ELLOS HABLAN HABLAR AR AN HABLAN
ELLOS COMEN COMER ER EN COMEN
ELLOS VIVEN VIVIR IR EN VIVEN
COMER TO EAT COMO
COMES
COME
COMEMOS
COMIS
COMEN
VIVIR TO LIVE VIVO
VIVES
VIVE
VIVIMOS
VIVS
VIVEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
HABLAR TO SPEAK HABLO
HABLAS
HABLA
HABLAMOS
HABLIS
HABLAN
,i}>6iL\*>
(ERES THE COMPLETE LIST OF 3PANISH SUBJECT PRONOUNS
3).'5,!2
YO
T
USTED
L
ELLA
NOSOTROSAS
VOSOTROSAS
USTEDES
ELLOS
ELLAS
4O CONJUGATE
AR VERBS DROP THE ENDING AND ADD
O
AS
A
AMOS
IS
AN
4O CONJUGATE
ER VERBS DROP THE ENDING AND ADD
O
ES
E
EMOS
IS
EN
4O CONJUGATE
IR VERBS DROP THE ENDING AND ADD
O
ES
E
IMOS
S
EN
9OU WILL BENElT GREATLY BY QUICKLY MEMORIZING THE THREE MODEL VERBS
HABLAR YO HABLO
T HABLAS
L ELLA 5D HABLA
NOSOTROSAS HABLAMOS
VOSOTROSAS HABLIS
ELLOS ELLAS 5DS HABLAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0,52!,
VIVIR YO VIVO
T VIVES
L ELLA 5D VIVE
NOSOTROSAS VIVIMOS
VOSOTROSAS VIVS
ELLOS ELLAS 5DS VIVEN
./4% 4HE VERB FORMS ARE THE SAME FOR L ELLA AND 5D AS ARE THE VERB FORMS FOR ELLOS ELLAS AND 5DS
)N 3PANISH THE SUBJECT PRONOUNS ARE NOT ALWAYS REQUIRED 4HIS IS BECAUSE THE VERB ENDINGS
CAN INDICATE WHO IS PERFORMING THE ACTION
(ABLO ESPAOL 9O IS NOT NECESSARY ) SPEAK 3PANISH
#OMEMOS CARNE .OSOTROS IS NOT NECESSARY 7E EAT MEAT
6IVES EN -XICO 4 IS NOT NECESSARY 9OU LIVE IN -EXICO
3UBJECT PRONOUNS ARE OFTEN USED FOR CLARIlCATION &OR EXAMPLE THE VERB FORM HABLA IS
AMBIGUOUS
5D HABLA
L HABLA
ELLA HABLA
4HEREFORE TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN hYOU SPEAK v hHE SPEAKS v AND hSHE SPEAKS v IT MAY BE
NECESSARY TO USE THE SUBJECT PRONOUN /FTEN THE CONVERSATION IMPLIES THE SUBJECT OF THE
VERB )N SUCH CASES THE SUBJECT PRONOUN MAY BE OMITTED
3UBJECT PRONOUNS ARE OFTEN USED FOR EMPHASIS
%LLA HABLA ESPAOL Y YO HABLO INGLS
(ERE THERE IS NO AMBIGUITY WITH RESPECT TO HABLO 4HE SUBJECT PRONOUN IS MERELY ADDING
EMPHASIS
3HE SPEAKS 3PANISH AND ) SPEAK %NGLISH
!NOTHER EXAMPLE OF USING SUBJECT PRONOUNS FOR EMPHASIS
9O COMO PAN Y T COMES ARROZ
/NCE AGAIN THERE IS NO AMBIGUITY 4HE PRONOUNS EMPHASIZE THE CONTRAST
) EAT BREAD AND YOU EAT RICE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
COMER YO COMO
T COMES
L ELLA 5D COME
NOSOTROSAS COMEMOS
VOSOTROSAS COMIS
ELLOS ELLAS 5DS COMEN
)T IS POSSIBLE TO USE TWO VERBS IN A ROW *UST LIKE IN %NGLISH THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED
WHILE THE SECOND VERB REMAINS IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
.ECESITO HABLAR CON !LFREDO
) NEED TO SPEAK WITH !LFREDO
NECESITAR HABLAR
.ECESITO HABLAR CON !LFREDO
) NEED TO SPEAK WITH !LFREDO
$ESEAS VIVIR EN %SPAA
9OU WISH TO LIVE IN 3PAIN
DESEAR VIVIR
$ESEAS VIVIR EN %SPAA
9OU WISH TO LIVE IN 3PAIN
(OPEFULLY YOU HAVE TAKEN OUR ADVICE AND HAVE BEEN CREATING A SPECIAL COLLECTION OF VERB
mASHCARDS )F NOT ITS NOT TOO LATE TO START (ERE IS THE ENTIRE LIST OF CARDS TO THIS POINT
6ERB &LASHCARDS
HAY THERE IS THERE ARE
0RESENT )NDICATIVE ) SPEAK
) DO SPEAK
) AM SPEAKING
HABLAR TO SPEAK HABLO
HABLAS
HABLA
HABLAMOS
HABLIS
HABLAN
COMER TO EAT COMO
COMES
COME
COMEMOS
COMIS
COMEN
VIVIR TO LIVE VIVO
VIVES
VIVE
VIVIMOS
VIVS
VIVEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!NOTHER EXAMPLE OF TWO VERBS USED TOGETHER
AR VERBS
ALQUILAR TO RENT
AMAR TO LOVE
ANDAR TO WALK
AYUDAR TO HELP
BAILAR TO DANCE
BUSCAR TO LOOK FOR
CAMINAR TO WALK
CANTAR TO SING
COCINAR TO COOK
COMPRAR TO BUY
DEJAR TO ALLOW TO LEAVE
DESEAR TO DESIRE
ENSEAR TO TEACH
ENTRAR EN TO ENTER INTO
ENVIAR TO SEND
ESCUCHAR TO LISTEN TO
ESPERAR TO HOPE TO WAIT FOR
ESTUDIAR TO STUDY
lRMAR TO SIGN
GANAR TO WIN EARN
GASTAR TO SPEND MONEY
HABLAR TO SPEAK TO TALK
LAVAR TO WASH
LLEGAR TO ARRIVE
LLEVAR TO WEAR TO CARRY
MANDAR TO ORDER
MIRAR TO WATCH TO LOOK AT
NECESITAR TO NEED
OLVIDAR TO FORGET
PAGAR TO PAY FOR
PRACTICAR TO PRACTICE
PREGUNTAR TO ASK
PREPARAR TO PREPARE
REGRESAR TO RETURN
SALUDAR TO GREET
TOCAR TO TOUCH TO PLAY AN
INSTRUMENT
TOMAR TO TAKE TO DRINK
TRABAJAR TO WORK
VIAJAR TO TRAVEL
VISITAR TO VISIT
ER VERBS
APRENDER TO LEARN
BEBER TO DRINK
COMER TO EAT
COMPRENDER TO UNDERSTAND
CORRER TO RUN
CREER TO BELIEVE
DEBER TO HAVE TO TO OWE
ESCONDER TO HIDE
LEER TO READ
METER EN TO PUT INTO
POSEER TO POSSESS TO OWN
PROMETER TO PROMISE
ROMPER TO BREAK
TEMER TO FEAR
VENDER TO SELL
IR VERB
ABRIR TO OPEN
ADMITIR TO ADMIT
ASISTIR A TO ATTEND
CUBRIR TO COVER
DECIDIR TO DECIDE
DESCRIBIR TO DESCRIBE
DESCUBRIR TO DISCOVER
DISCUTIR TO DISCUSS
ESCRIBIR TO WRITE
EXISTIR TO EXIST
OMITIR TO OMIT
PARTIR TO DIVIDE
PERMITIR TO PERMIT
RECIBIR TO RECEIVE
SUBIR TO CLIMB TO GO UP
SUFRIR TO SUFFER
UNIR TO UNITE
VIVIR TO LIVE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERES A LIST OF SOME COMMON REGULAR AR ER AND IR VERBS
`iVi\*>
!DJECTIVES ARE FREQUENTLY DESCRIPTIVE 4HAT IS MOST OFTEN ADJECTIVES ARE USED TO DESCRIBE A
NOUN OR DISTINGUISH THE NOUN FROM A GROUP OF SIMILAR OBJECTS &OR EXAMPLE AN ADJECTIVE
MIGHT DESCRIBE THE COLOR OF AN OBJECT
THE RED PEN
THE BLUE PEN
!DJECTIVES ALSO CHANGE FORM DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE WORD THEY MODIFY IS SINGULAR
OR PLURAL .OTICE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN hTHE TALL BOYv AND hTHE TALL BOYSv hTHE TALL GIRLv
AND hTHE TALL GIRLSv
EL CHICO ALTO
LOS CHICOS ALTOS
LA CHICA ALTA
LAS CHICAS ALTAS
-ANY COMMON ADJECTIVES END IN
O 4HESE ADJECTIVES HAVE FOUR FORMS 4HE FOLLOWING WORDS
ALL MEAN hTALLv
ALTO
ALTA
ALTOS
ALTAS
4HE CORRECT FORM OF THE ADJECTIVE DEPENDS UPON THE NOUN IT MODIlES )S THE NOUN
MASCULINE OR FEMININE 3INGULAR OR PLURAL
LIBRO ROJO RED BOOK
PLUMA ROJA RED PEN
LIBROS ROJOS RED BOOKS
PLUMAS ROJAS RED PENS
.OTICE HOW THE ENDINGS OF THESE NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES ARE SIMILAR
LIBRO ROJO
PLUMA ROJA
LIBROS ROJOS
PLUMAS ROJAS
!DJECTIVES THAT END IN
E ALSO CHANGE FORM FOR SINGULAR OR PLURAL 4O FORM THE PLURAL SIMPLY
ADD
S
LA CHICA INTELIGENTE
LAS CHICAS INTELIGENTES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 3PANISH MOST ADJECTIVES CHANGE FORM DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE WORD THEY MODIFY
IS MASCULINE OR FEMININE .OTICE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN hTHE TALL BOYv AND hTHE TALL GIRLv
EL CHICO ALTO
LA CHICA ALTA
3IMILARLY MOST ADJECTIVES THAT END IN A CONSONANT DO CHANGE FORM FOR SINGULAR OR PLURAL
BUT DO NOT CHANGE FOR MASCULINE OR FEMININE 4O FORM THE PLURAL ADD
ES
LA CHICA POPULAR
EL CHICO POPULAR
LAS CHICAS POPULARES
LOS CHICOS POPULARES
,ETS REVIEW
s !DJECTIVES THAT END IN
O HAVE FOUR FORMS ALTO ALTA ALTOS ALTAS
s !DJECTIVES THAT END IN
E HAVE TWO FORMS INTELIGENTE INTELIGENTES
s -OST ADJECTIVES THAT END IN A CONSONANT HAVE TWO FORMS POPULAR POPULARES FORM PLURAL BY
ADDING
ES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!DJECTIVES THAT END IN E DO NOT HOWEVER CHANGE FORM FOR MASCULINE OR FEMININE
LA CHICA INTELIGENTE
EL CHICO INTELIGENTE
LAS CHICAS INTELIGENTES
LOS CHICOS INTELIGENTES
`iVi\*>
-ANY OTHER ADJECTIVES OF NATIONALITY END IN A CONSONANT 4HESE ADJECTIVES DO NOT FOLLOW
THE SAME RULES AS OTHER ADJECTIVES ENDING IN A CONSONANT RATHER THEY HAVE A DISTINCT
FEMININE FORM ENDING IN
A
EL MUCHACHO ESPAOL
LA MUCHACHA ESPAOLA
LOS MUCHACHOS ESPAOLES
LAS MUCHACHAS ESPAOLAS
4HERE IS ANOTHER GROUP OF ADJECTIVES THAT DOES NOT FOLLOW THE NORMAL RULES !DJECTIVES
ENDING IN
OR
N
N OR
N ALSO HAVE A FEMININE FORM
EL CHICO HABLADOR
LA CHICA HABLADORA
LOS CHICOS HABLADORES
LAS CHICAS HABLADORAS
EL HOMBRE TRABAJADOR
LA MUJER TRABAJADORA
LOS HOMBRES TRABAJADORES
LAS MUJERES TRABAJADORAS
./4% !DJECTIVES ENDING IN h
ERIORv DO NOT HAVE A FEMININE FORM
!DJECTIVES THAT ARE DESCRIPTIVE USUALLY FOLLOW THE NOUN THEY DESCRIBE
EL CHICO ALTO
LA CHICA ALTA
LOS LIBROS PEQUEOS
LAS PLUMAS ROJAS
!DJECTIVES OF QUANTITY ALMOST ALWAYS COME BEFORE THE NOUN 3UCH ADJECTIVES TELL HOW MUCH
OR HOW MANY
POCOS LIBROS
MUCHA ENERGA
MUCHO TRABAJO
POCAS CASAS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-ANY ADJECTIVES OF NATIONALITY END IN
O 4HESE ADJECTIVES FOLLOW THE SAME RULES AS OTHER
ADJECTIVES ENDING IN
O 4HAT IS THEY HAVE FOUR FORMS
EL MUCHACHO MEXICANO
LA MUCHACHA MEXICANA
LOS MUCHACHOS MEXICANOS
LAS MUCHACHAS MEXICANAS
3OMETIMES A DESCRIPTIVE ADJECTIVE CAN PRECEDE THE NOUN )F THE ADJECTIVE IS DESCRIPTIVE
BUT SPEAKS OF A QUALITY THAT IS INHERENT AND USUALLY TAKEN FOR GRANTED THE ADJECTIVE COMES
lRST
LA BLANCA NIEVE THE WHITE SNOW SNOW IS INHERENTLY WHITE
LOS ALTOS PICOS THE TALL PEAKS PEAKS ARE INHERENTLY TALL
s !DJECTIVES OF NATIONALITY ENDING IN
O ARE NO DIFFERENT FROM OTHER SUCH ADJECTIVES
GUATEMALTECO
GUATEMALTECA
GUATEMALTECOS
GUATEMALTECAS
s !DJECTIVES THAT END IN
E HAVE TWO FORMS
INTELIGENTE
INTELIGENTES
s -OST ADJECTIVES ENDING WITH A CONSONANT HAVE TWO FORMS
POPULAR
POPULARES
s !DJECTIVES OF NATIONALITY ENDING IN A CONSONANT HAVE FOUR FORMS
ESPAOL
ESPAOLA
ESPAOLES
ESPAOLAS
s !DJECTIVES ENDING IN
OR
N
N OR
N HAVE FOUR FORMS
HABLADOR
HABLADORA
HABLADORES
HABLADORAS
s !DJECTIVES THAT ARE DESCRIPTIVE USUALLY FOLLOW THE NOUN THEY DESCRIBE
CASA BLANCA
CHICA ALTA
s 7HEN AN ADJECTIVE SPEAKS OF A QUALITY THAT IS INHERENT AND USUALLY TAKEN FOR GRANTED THE
ADJECTIVE PRECEDES THE NOUN
LA BLANCA NIEVE
LOS ALTOS PICOS
s !DJECTIVES OF QUANTITY USUALLY COME BEFORE THE NOUN
POCOS LIBROS
MUCHOS LIBROS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS REVIEW THE LAST TWO LESSONS
s !DJECTIVES THAT END IN
O HAVE FOUR FORMS
ALTO
ALTA
ALTOS
ALTAS
>vi7ii
.OTICE THAT THE DAYS OF THE WEEK ARE NOT CAPITALIZED
LUNES
MARTES
MIRCOLES
JUEVES
VIERNES
SBADO
DOMINGO
4HE DAYS OF THE WEEK ARE ALL MASCULINE
EL LUNES
EL MARTES
EL MIRCOLES
EL JUEVES
EL VIERNES
EL SBADO
EL DOMINGO
7HEN USED WITH THE DAYS OF THE WEEK THE DElNITE ARTICLE HAS THE SPECIAL MEANING hONv
.O TRABAJO EL LUNES ) DONT WORK ON -ONDAY
.O TRABAJO LOS MARTES ) DONT WORK ON 4UESDAYS
(AY UNA lESTA EL MIRCOLES 4HERE IS A PARTY ON 7EDNESDAY
(AY MUCHAS lESTAS LOS VIERNES 4HERE ARE MANY PARTIES ON &RIDAYS
$AYS OF THE WEEK ENDING IN
S DO NOT CHANGE FORM IN THE PLURAL /NLY THE ARTICLE CHANGES
EL LUNES
LOS LUNES
EL MARTES
LOS MARTES
EL MIRCOLES
LOS MIRCOLES
EL JUEVES
LOS JUEVES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 3PANISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES THE WEEK BEGINS ON -ONDAY
LUNES -ONDAY
MARTES 4UESDAY
MIRCOLES 7EDNESDAY
JUEVES 4HURSDAY
VIERNES &RIDAY
SBADO 3ATURDAY
DOMINGO 3UNDAY
5SE THE VERB SER TO EXPRESS THE DAY 9OU WILL SOON LEARN MORE ABOUT THIS VERB &OR NOW
SIMPLY REALIZE THAT THE WORD hESv IS A CONJUGATION OF THAT VERB AND IS THE CORRECT VERB IN
THIS USE
z1U DA ES HOY 7HAT DAY IS TODAY
(OY ES LUNES 4ODAY IS -ONDAY
-AANA ES MARTES 4OMORROW IS 4UESDAY
.OTICE THAT THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS DO NOT OCCUR IN THE PRESENT BUT RATHER IN THE NEAR
FUTURE
3ALIMOS EL LUNES 7E LEAVE ON -ONDAY
-AANA ES DOMINGO 4OMORROW IS 3UNDAY
)N 3PANISH THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE INDICATIVE IS SOMETIMES USED TO EXPRESS THE NEAR
FUTURE %NGLISH DOES THIS TOO
3ALIMOS EL LUNES 7E WILL LEAVE ON -ONDAY
-AANA ES DOMINGO 4OMORROW WILL BE IS 3UNDAY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
EL VIERNES
LOS VIERNES
EL SBADO
LOS SBADOS
EL DOMINGO
LOS DOMINGOS
(ERE ARE THE NUMBERS n
ONCE
DOCE
TRECE
CATORCE
QUINCE
DIECISIS
DIECISIETE
DIECIOCHO
DIECINUEVE
VEINTE
(ERE ARE THE NUMBERS n
VEINTIUNO
VEINTIDS
VEINTITRS
VEINTICUATRO
VEINTICINCO
VEINTISIS
VEINTISIETE
VEINTIOCHO
VEINTINUEVE
TREINTA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
>`> Li\q
-i>` >\*>
3ER AND ESTAR CAN BOTH BE TRANSLATED AS hTO BEv (ERE IS THE %NGLISH VERB FULLY CONJUGATED
TO BE
) AM
YOU ARE
HESHE IS
WE ARE
YOU
ALL ARE
THEY ARE
.OTICE THAT THESE TWO SENTENCES CAN HAVE DIFFERENT MEANINGS IN %NGLISH
4HE APPLE IS GREEN -EANING THE APPLE IS NOT RIPE
4HE APPLE IS GREEN -EANING THE COLOR OF THE APPLE IS GREEN
)N THE lRST CASE OUR EXAMPLE SPEAKS OF THE CONDITION OF THE APPLE 4HE APPLE IS GREEN
BECAUSE IT HAS NOT YET RIPENED 7HEN THE CONDITION OF THE APPLE CHANGES THAT IS WHEN IT
HAS RIPENED IT WILL NO LONGER BE GREEN IT WILL BE RIPE
)N THE SECOND CASE OUR EXAMPLE SPEAKS OF THE ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE APPLE 4HE
APPLE IS GREEN IN COLOR 4HIS PARTICULAR APPLE REMAINS GREEN EVEN AFTER IT HAS RIPENED
)N %NGLISH THE VERB hTO BEv CAN BE USED TO TELL HOW SOMETHING IS THE CONDITION AND
WHAT SOMETHING IS THE ESSENCE
(OW IS THE APPLE )T IS UNRIPE
7HAT COLOR IS THE APPLE )T IS GREEN
)N 3PANISH A DIFFERENT VERB IS USED TO EXPRESS hTO BEv DEPENDING ON WHETHER THE SPEAKER
INTENDS TO ADDRESS A CONDITION OR AN ESSENTIAL QUALITY
,A MANZANA EST VERDE 4HE APPLE IS GREEN CONDITION
,A MANZANA ES VERDE 4HE APPLE IS GREEN ESSENCE
.OTE HOW THE ADJECTIVE hVERDEv ACTUALLY CHANGES MEANING DEPENDING UPON WHETHER IT IS
USED WITH SER OR ESTAR
,A MANZANA EST VERDE CONDITION VERDE UNRIPE
,A MANZANA ES VERDE ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTIC VERDE COLOR GREEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7HOLE BOOKS HAVE BEEN WRITTEN ABOUT THE TWO IMPORTANT 3PANISH VERBS SER AND ESTAR
4HIS WILL BE THE SUBJECT OF OUR DISCUSSION FOR THE NEXT FEW LESSONS 3OON YOU WILL HAVE A
VERY GOOD UNDERSTANDING OF HOW THESE TWO VERBS ARE USED
4O ADDRESS AN ESSENTIAL QUALITY USE SER 3ER IS ALSO IRREGULAR AND MUST BE MEMORIZED
SER
SOY
ERES
ES
SOMOS
SOIS
SON
)F YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT WHAT SOMETHING IS USE SER IF YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT HOW
SOMETHING IS USE ESTAR
7HAT IS SHE LIKE
3HE IS QUIET
5SE SER
%LLA ES CALLADA
(OW IS SHE ACTING
3HE IS BEING QUIET
5SE ESTAR
%LLA EST CALLADA
,ETS ADD THE TWO IMPORTANT VERBS SER AND ESTAR TO OUR SET OF VERB mASHCARDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
SER TO BE
SOY
ERES
ES
SOMOS
SOIS
SON
ESTAR TO BE
ESTOY
ESTS
EST
ESTAMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4O ADDRESS CONDITION USE ESTAR %STAR IS AN IRREGULAR VERB )T DOES NOT FOLLOW THE STANDARD
RULES OF CONJUGATION FOR REGULAR
AR VERBS 4HEREFORE YOU MUST MEMORIZE IT
ESTAR
ESTOY
ESTS
EST
ESTAMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
-i>` >\*>
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS THE HOUR DAY AND DATE
z1U HORA ES 7HAT TIME IS IT
3ON LAS DOS )TS TWO OCLOCK
z1U DA ES HOY 7HAT DAY IS TODAY
(OY ES LUNES 4ODAYS -ONDAY
z1U FECHA ES HOY 7HATS THE DATE TODAY
%S EL CINCO DE MAYO )TS -AY lFTH
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS PLACE OF ORIGIN
z$E DNDE ERES T 7HERE ARE YOU FROM
3OY DE #OLOMBIA )M FROM #OLOMBIA
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS OCCUPATION
z#UL ES TU TRABAJO 7HAT DO YOU DO
3OY CARPINTERO )M A CARPENTER
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS NATIONALITY
z%S ELLA PUERTORRIQUEA )S SHE 0UERTO 2ICAN
.O ES GUATEMALTECA .O SHES 'UATEMALAN
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS RELIGIOUS OR POLITICAL AFlLIATION
z3ON LOS 'ARCA BAUTISTAS !RE THE 'ARCIAS "APTISTS
.O SON CATLICOS .O THEYRE #ATHOLICS
z%S EL GOBIERNO SOCIALISTA )S THE GOVERNMENT SOCIALIST
.O ES COMUNISTA .O ITS COMMUNIST
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS THE MATERIAL SOMETHING IS MADE OF
z$E QU MATERIAL ES LA MESA 7HATS THE TABLE MADE OF
%S DE MADERA )TS MADE OF WOOD
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS POSSESSION
z$E QUIN ES LA PLUMA 7HOSE PEN IS IT
%S DE %MILIO )TS %MILIOS
3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS THE RELATIONSHIP OF ONE PERSON TO ANOTHER
z1UIN ES 2OGELIO 7HO IS 2OGER
%S EL ESPOSO DE -ARTA (ES -ARTHAS HUSBAND
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THE PREVIOUS LESSON YOU LEARNED THE FUNDAMENTAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SER AND ESTAR
ESSENCE OR CONDITION 4HE EXAMPLES USED THE VERBS IN CONJUNCTION WITH ADJECTIVES TO CLEARLY
ILLUSTRATE THIS POINT )N PRACTICE SER AND ESTAR ARE NOT ALWAYS USED WITH ADJECTIVES NOR IS IT
ALWAYS EASY FOR THE NON
NATIVE SPEAKER TO CHOOSE BETWEEN THE TWO VERBS 4HEREFORE IT IS
EXTREMELY USEFUL TO LEARN SOME CONCRETE RULES FOR DECIDING WHEN TO USE SER OR ESTAR 4HIS
LESSON EXAMINES SOME COMMON USES FOR THE VERB SER
3ER IS USED WITH CERTAIN IMPERSONAL EXPRESSIONS
%S IMPORTANTE PRACTICAR CADA DA )TS IMPORTANT TO PRACTICE EVERY DAY
%S NECESARIO HABLAR MUCHO )TS NECESSARY TO SPEAK A LOT
3ER IS USED TO TELL WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE
,A PELCULA ES EN EL CINE 4HE MOVIE IS AT THE THEATRE
,A lESTA ES EN EL CLUB &ANTSTICO 4HE PARTY IS IN THE &ANTASTIC #LUB
,ETS REVIEW 3ER IS USED TO EXPRESS
THE HOUR DAY AND DATE
PLACE OF ORIGIN
OCCUPATION
NATIONALITY
RELIGIOUS OR POLITICAL AFlLIATION
THE MATERIAL SOMETHING IS MADE OF
POSSESSION
RELATIONSHIP OF ONE PERSON TO ANOTHER
CERTAIN IMPERSONAL EXPRESSIONS
WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE
ESSENTIAL QUALITIES
,ETS ADD ANOTHER mASHCARD
6ERB &LASHCARDS
5SES OF SER
THE HOUR DAY AND DATE
PLACE OF ORIGIN
OCCUPATION
NATIONALITY
RELIGIOUS OR POLITICAL AFlLIATION
THE MATERIAL SOMETHING IS MADE OF
POSSESSION
RELATIONSHIP OF ONE PERSON TO ANOTHER
CERTAIN IMPERSONAL EXPRESSIONS
WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE
ESSENTIAL QUALITIES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3ER IS USED WITH ADJECTIVES TO EXPRESS INHERENT OR ESSENTIAL QUALITIES
-IGUEL ES UN HOMBRE SINCERO -IKE IS A SINCERE MAN
4AMBIN ES GUAPO (ES ALSO HANDSOME
-i>`
>\*>
)N THE PREVIOUS TWO LESSONS YOU LEARNED THE FUNDAMENTAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SER AND ESTAR
ESSENCE OR CONDITION AS WELL AS SOME COMMON USES FOR THE VERB SER 4HIS LESSON EXAMINES
THE OTHER 3PANISH VERB FOR hTO BEv ESTAR
./4% 4HE ONE EXCEPTION TO THIS RULE IS THAT SER IS USED TO TELL WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE ,A lESTA ES EN MI
CASA
%STAR IS USED WITH ADJECTIVES TO EXPRESS A STATE OR CONDITION
z#MO EST LA SOPA (OWS THE SOUP
,A SOPA EST FRA 4HE SOUP IS COLD
z#MO ESTS T (OW ARE YOU
%STOY MUY BIEN GRACIAS ) AM VERY WELL THANKS
%STAR IS USED WITH MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 4HESE ARE JUST A FEW
ESTAR DE ACUERDO TO BE IN AGREEMENT
ESTAR DE PIE TO BE STANDING
ESTAR EN CAMINO TO BE ON THE WAY
ESTAR EN LAS NUBES TO DAYDREAM
%STAR IS USED WITH THE PROGRESSIVE TENSES 9OU WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT THIS USAGE LATER 7E
PRESENT IT NOW SIMPLY BECAUSE IT IS AN IMPORTANT USE OF THE VERB ESTAR
z1U ESTS COMIENDO 7HAT ARE YOU EATING
%STOY COMIENDO ARROZ Y FRIJOLES ) AM EATING RICE AND BEANS
,ETS REVIEW %STAR IS USED TO EXPRESS
GEOGRAPHIC OR PHYSICAL LOCATION
STATE OR CONDITION
MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS
PROGRESSIVE TENSES
,ETS ADD ANOTHER mASHCARD
6ERB &LASHCARDS
5SES OF ESTAR
GEOGRAPHIC OR PHYSICAL LOCATION
STATE OR CONDITION
MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS
PROGRESSIVE TENSES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
%STAR IS USED TO EXPRESS GEOGRAPHIC OR PHYSICAL LOCATIONS
z$NDE ESTS 7HERE ARE YOU
%STOY EN EL LABORATORIO )M IN THE LABORATORY
z$NDE EST #HILE 7HERES #HILE
#HILE EST EN !MRICA DEL 3UR #HILE IS IN 3OUTH !MERICA
-i>` >\*>6
7HEN THE VERB hTO BEv IS FOLLOWED BY A NOUN THE VERB SER IS ALWAYS USED )N THIS INSTANCE
IT MIGHT BE HELPFUL TO THINK OF THE VERB AS EQUIVALENT TO AN hEQUALv SIGN SUCH AS A
B 4HIS TYPE OF SENTENCE IS ALWAYS REFERRING TO ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS SINCE THE VERB IS
hLINKINGv WHAT COMES BEFORE THE VERB TO WHAT COMES AFTER THE VERB
*OHN IS A DOCTOR
*OHN DOCTOR
*UAN ES MDICO
7HEN THE VERB hTO BEv IS FOLLOWED BY AN ADJECTIVE THE VERB USED DEPENDS UPON THE
MEANING 7HEN REFERRING TO AN ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTIC USE SER 7HEN REFERRING TO A STATE
OR CONDITION USE ESTAR
,A SOPA EST FRA 4HE SOUP IS COLD
,OS ELEFANTES SON GRANDES 4HE ELEPHANTS ARE BIG
7HEN THE VERB hTO BEv IS FOLLOWED BY AN ADJECTIVE THE VERB CAN ACTUALLY CHANGE THE
MEANING OF THE ADJECTIVE
%L PROFESOR EST ABURRIDO 4HE PROFESSOR IS BORED
%L PROFESOR ES ABURRIDO 4HE PROFESSOR IS BORING
$ISTINGUISHING BETWEEN ORIGIN LOCATION AND hTO TAKE PLACEv 4O DESCRIBE ORIGIN OR WHERE
SOMETHING IS FROM USE SER 4O DESCRIBE LOCATION OR WHERE SOMETHING IS LOCATED RIGHT NOW
USE ESTAR 4O TELL WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE USE SER
-NICA ES DE %SPAA ORIGIN
-NICA EST EN 6ENEZUELA LOCATION
,A lESTA ES EN LA CASA DE -NICA TAKING PLACE
,ETS REVIEW
7HEN A NOUN FOLLOWS THE VERB USE SER
7HEN AN ADJECTIVE FOLLOWS THE VERB DECIDE BETWEEN hESSENCEv AND hCONDITIONv
4O TELL WHERE SOMETHING IS FROM USE SER
4O TELL WHERE SOMETHING IS LOCATED RIGHT NOW USE ESTAR
4O TELL WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE USE SER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THE PREVIOUS THREE LESSONS YOU LEARNED THE FUNDAMENTAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SER AND
ESTARESSENCE OR CONDITION AS WELL AS SOME COMMON USES FOR EACH VERB 4HIS LESSON
PRESENTS THE TWO VERBS SIDE BY SIDE WITH THE EMPHASIS ON CONTRASTING THEIR USES )N THE
PROCESS MUCHBUT NOT ALLOF THE PREVIOUS THREE LESSONS WILL BE REVIEWED 4HE PRACTICE
EXERCISES AND THE TEST COVER MATERIAL FROM ALL FOUR LESSONS 3ER AND %STAR 0ARTS )n)6
,ETS ADD ANOTHER mASHCARD
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
3ER AND ESTAR CONTRASTING USES
7HEN A NOUN FOLLOWS THE VERB USE SER
7HEN AN ADJECTIVE FOLLOWS THE VERB DECIDE BETWEEN hESSENCEv AND hCONDITIONv
4O TELL WHERE SOMETHING IS FROM USE SER
4O TELL WHERE SOMETHING IS LOCATED RIGHT NOW USE ESTAR
4O TELL WHERE AN EVENT IS TAKING PLACE USE SER
Negation
You have already learned how to make simple affirmative statements.
Ella habla ingls ................................................. She speaks English.
l es profesor ..................................................... He is a professor.
When the answer to a question is negative, two negative words are required.
Habla Ud. espaol? .......................................... (Do you speak Spanish?)
No. No hablo espaol......................................... (No. I dont speak Spanish.)
Est Gerardo en la clase? ................................. (Is Gerardo in the class?)
No. Gerardo no est en la clase .......................... (No. Gerardo is not in the class.)
Siempre estudias? ............................................ (Do you always study?)
No, nunca estudio .............................................. (No, I never study.)
Study the following list of affirmative words and their negative counterparts:
algo ................................................................... (something)
nada .................................................................. (nothing)
alguien............................................................... (somebody)
nadie ................................................................. (nobody)
algn (-o, -a, -os, -as) ......................................... (some, something)
ningn (-o, -a, -os, -as) ....................................... (no, none)
siempre .............................................................. (always)
nunca, jams...................................................... (never, ever)
tambin ............................................................. (also)
tampoco ............................................................ (neither, not either)
o . . . o ............................................................... (either . . . or)
ni . . . ni ............................................................. (neither . . . nor)
The negative words can be used alone, preceding the verb.
Nadie habla........................................................ Nobody speaks.
l nunca come ................................................... He never eats.
Alfredo tampoco baila ........................................ Alfredo doesnt dance either.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
To make a sentence negative, place the word no before the verb.
Ella no habla ingls ............................................ She doesnt speak English.
l no es profesor ................................................ He is not a professor.
The negative words can also be used with the word no, following the verb. Note that
unlike English, double negatives are acceptable in Spanish.
No habla nadie................................................... Nobody speaks.
l no come nunca .............................................. He never eats.
Alfredo no baila tampoco .................................. Alfredo doesnt dance either.
Sometimes, three negative words occur in the same sentence.
No compro nada nunca ...................................... I never buy anything.
l no compra nada tampoco .............................. He doesnt buy anything either.
Unlike English, Spanish does not normally mix negative and affirmative words.
ENGLISH
Maria doesnt need anything.
NOT Maria doesnt need nothing.
SPANISH
Mara no necesita nada.
NOT Mara no necesita algo.
Alguno and ninguno drop the -o before a masculine singular noun.
Tienes algn libro? ........................................... No, no tengo ningn libro.
Ninguno(-a) is generally used in the singular.
Tienes algunas revistas?.................................... No, no tengo ninguna.
Tienes algunos libros? ...................................... No, no tengo ninguno.
The plural of ninguno(-a) is used only when the noun it modifies exists only in plural, or is
normally used in plural.
Ningunas vacaciones a Alaska son completas sin una excursin a Mt. McKinley.
No vacation to Alaska is complete without a trip to Mt. McKinley.
In this example ningunas is used because vacaciones is normally used in plural form.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
You can even have four negative words in the same sentence.
Yo no veo nunca a nadie tampoco ..................... I never see anybody either.
+i
4HE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS MEAN PRETTY MUCH THE SAME THING
$OES -ARA SPEAK 3PANISH
z-ARA HABLA ESPAOL
z(ABLA -ARA ESPAOL
z(ABLA ESPAOL -ARA
0OSSIBLE ANSWERS WOULD BE
3 -ARA HABLA ESPAOL
.O -ARA NO HABLA ESPAOL
!NOTHER METHOD OF FORMING QUESTIONS IS TO ADD A TAG QUESTION TO THE END OF A STATEMENT
-ARA HABLA ESPAOL zNO -ARIA SPEAKS 3PANISH DOESNT SHE
-ARA HABLA ESPAOL zVERDAD -ARIA SPEAKS 3PANISH RIGHT
#OMMON WORDS USED TO INTRODUCE OTHER QUESTIONS ARE
z!DNDE
z$NDE
z$E DNDE
z#MO
z#UL
ES
z#UNDO
z#UNTO
A
z#UNTOS
AS
z1U
z$E QU
z1UIN
ES
z! QUIN
ES
z#ON QUIN
ES
z$E QUIN
ES
z0OR QU
z0ARA QU
./4% %ACH HAS A WRITTEN ACCENT MARK
.OTICE HOW THE SUBJECT AND VERBS ARE INVERTED 4HAT IS THE SUBJECT COMES AFTER THE VERB
z1U ESTUDIA 0ILAR 7HAT DOES 0ILAR STUDY
z#UNDO COMEN USTEDES 7HEN DO YOU
ALL EAT
z$NDE EST MI COCHE 7HERE IS MY CAR
z#UNTO CUESTA LA CORBATA (OW MUCH DOES THE TIE COST
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 3PANISH THERE MAY BE SEVERAL WAYS TO ASK THE SAME QUESTION .OTE THE INVERTED
QUESTION MARK THAT BEGINS EACH QUESTION
z-ARA HABLA ESPAOL $OES -ARIA SPEAK 3PANISH
z(ABLA -ARA ESPAOL $OES -ARIA SPEAK 3PANISH
z(ABLA ESPAOL -ARA $OES -ARIA SPEAK 3PANISH
z$NDE MEANS h7HERE v z!DNDE MEANS h4O WHERE v 4HUS DNDE ASKS FOR A LOCATION
WHILE ADNDE ASKS FOR A DESTINATION
z$NDE EST LA BIBLIOTECA 7HERE IS THE LIBRARY
z!DNDE VA 2AL 7HERE IS 2AUL GOING
,ITERALLY 4O WHERE GOES 2AUL
z$E DNDE MEANS h&ROM WHERE v
z$E DNDE ES 'ERARDO 7HERE IS 'ERARDO FROM
z#UL AND z#ULES MEAN h7HAT v OR h7HICH v
z#UL ES TU NOMBRE 7HAT IS YOUR NAME
z#ULES SON TUS LIBROS FAVORITOS 7HAT 7HICH ARE YOUR FAVORITE BOOKS
z#UNDO MEANS h7HEN v
z#UNDO VAN A IR USTEDES 7HEN ARE YOU
ALL GOING TO GO
z#UNTO
A MEANS h(OW MUCH v
z#UNTO DINERO GANA %DUARDO (OW MUCH MONEY DOES %DUARDO EARN
z#UNTOS
AS MEANS h(OW MANY v
z#UNTAS CHICAS HAY EN LA CLASE (OW MANY GIRLS ARE THERE IN THE CLASS
z1U MEANS h7HAT v
z1U ES LA LIBERTAD 7HAT IS LIBERTY
z1U ESTUDIAS 7HAT DO YOU STUDY
z$E QU MEANS h!BOUT WHAT v OR h/F WHAT v
z$E QU MATERIAL ES LA PLUMA 7HAT IS THE PEN MADE OF
,ITERALLY /F WHAT MATERIAL IS THE PEN
z$E QU HABLAN USTEDES 7HAT ARE YOU
ALL TALKING ABOUT
,ITERALLY /F WHAT DO YOU
ALL SPEAK
z1UIN
ES MEANS h7HO v
z1UIN ES 'REGORIO 7HO IS 'REGORIO
z1UINES SON ESOS CHICOS 7HO ARE THOSE BOYS
z! QUIN
ES MEANS h7HOM v
z! QUIN BUSCAS &OR WHOM ARE YOU LOOKING
z! QUINES VAS A DAR TANTOS LIBROS 4O WHOM ARE YOU GOING TO GIVE SO MANY
BOOKS
z#ON QUIN
ES MEANS h7ITH WHOM v
z#ON QUIN HABLO 7ITH WHOM AM ) SPEAKING
z#ON QUINES ESTUDIA -ARIO 7ITH WHOM DOES -ARIO STUDY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
z#MO MEANS h(OW v
z#MO EST USTED (OW ARE YOU
z$E QUIN
ES MEANS h7HOSE v
z$E QUIN ES AQUEL SOMBRERO 7HOSE HAT IS THAT
z$E QUINES SON ESTAS MONEDAS 7HOSE COINS ARE THESE
z0OR QU MEANS h7HY FOR WHAT REASON v
z0OR QU ESTUDIAS ESPAOL &OR WHAT REASON DO YOU STUDY 3PANISH
0OSSIBLE ANSWER
0ORQUE ES UN REQUISITO "ECAUSE ITS REQUIRED
0OSSIBLE ANSWER
0ARA SER PROFESOR DE ESPAOL )N ORDER TO BECOME A 3PANISH TEACHER
7HEN USED WITH THE VERB SER CUL AND QU CAN BOTH MEAN hWHAT v BUT THEY ARE NOT
INTERCHANGEABLE #UL IS MORE COMMON AND IS USED TO INDICATE A SELECTION OR CHOICE OF
POSSIBILITIES 1U IS USED TO ELICIT A DElNITION OR AN EXPLANATION
z#UL ES LA CAPITAL DE %SPAA 7HAT IS THE CAPITAL OF 3PAIN
z1U ES LA CAPITAL 7HAT IS THE DElNITION OF CAPITAL
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
z0ARA QU MEANS h7HY FOR WHAT PURPOSE v
z0ARA QU ESTUDIAS ESPAOL &OR WHAT PURPOSE DO YOU STUDY 3PANISH
*ii`iVi
4HERE ARE lVE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
MI
TU
SU
NUESTRO
VUESTRO
4HREE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES MI TU SU HAVE ONLY TWO FORMS SINGULAR AND PLURAL
MI
MIS
TU
TUS
SU
SUS
0OSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AGREE WITH THE NOUNS THEY MODIFY 4HAT IS THEY AGREE WITH THE THING
POSSESSED NOT THE POSSESSOR
MI LIBRO MY BOOK
MIS LIBROS MY BOOKS
TU PLUMA YOUR PEN
TUS PLUMAS YOUR PENS
-I TU AND SU DO NOT HAVE MASCULINE AND FEMININE FORMS 4HEY STAY THE SAME REGARDLESS
OF THE GENDER OF THE NOUNS THEY MODIFY
MI AMIGO
MI AMIGA
TUS HERMANOS
TUS HERMANAS
SU LIBRO
SUS PLUMAS
-I MEANS hMYv TU MEANS hYOURv
-I CASA ES TU CASA -Y HOUSE IS YOUR HOUSE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0OSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES ARE USED TO SHOW OWNERSHIP
MI LIBRO MY BOOK
TU PLUMA YOUR PEN
3U LIKE TU CAN MEAN hYOURv 4HE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN YOUR TU AND YOUR SU LIES IN THE
DEGREE OF FORMALITY THE SPEAKER WISHES TO CONVEY
-I CASA ES TU CASA SPEAKING TO SOMEONE YOU WOULD ADDRESS AS hTv
-I CASA ES SU CASA SPEAKING TO SOMEONE YOU WOULD ADDRESS AS hUSTEDv
3U HAS FOUR MEANINGS HIS HER THEIR AND YOUR FORMAL
-ARA BUSCA A SU HERMANA -ARA IS LOOKING FOR HER SISTER
*UAN BUSCA A SU HERMANA *UAN IS LOOKING FOR HIS SISTER
%LLOS BUSCAN A SU HERMANA 4HEY ARE LOOKING FOR THEIR SISTER
3U MADRE BUSCA A SU HERMANA 9OUR MOTHER IS LOOKING FOR YOUR SISTER
)F THE MEANING OF SU IS NOT CLEAR FROM THE CONTEXT OF THE SENTENCE A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE
IS USED IN PLACE OF SU
-ARA BUSCA A LA HERMANA DE L -ARA LOOKS FOR HIS SISTER
%L HOMBRE BUSCA LAS LLAVES DE ELLA 4HE MAN LOOKS FOR HER KEYS
-ARA BUSCA EL CUADERNO DE *UAN -ARA LOOKS FOR *UANS NOTEBOOK
%L HOMBRE BUSCA LAS LLAVES DE 3AMANTA 4HE MAN LOOKS FOR 3AMANTAS KEYS
4WO POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES NUESTRO AND VUESTRO HAVE FOUR FORMS
NUESTRO
NUESTRA
NUESTROS
NUESTRAS
VUESTRO
VUESTRA
VUESTROS
VUESTRAS
.UESTRO MEANS hOURv
NUESTRO HERMANO OUR BROTHER
NUESTRA HERMANA OUR SISTER
NUESTROS HERMANOS OUR BROTHERS
NUESTRAS HERMANAS OUR SISTERS
6UESTRO MEANS hYOURv FAMILIAR PLURAL ,IKE VOSOTROS VUESTRO IS PRIMARILY USED IN 3PAIN
VUESTRO LIBRO YOUR BOOK
VUESTRA PLUMA YOUR PEN
VUESTROS LIBROS YOUR BOOKS
VUESTRAS PLUMAS YOUR PENS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
./4% 4HE TWO WORDS hTUv AND hTv ARE PRONOUNCED THE SAME 4 WITH THE WRITTEN ACCENT IS THE SUBJECT
PRONOUN MEANING hYOUv INFORMAL 4U WITHOUT THE WRITTEN ACCENT IS THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE MEANING hYOURv
INFORMAL
(ERE ARE ALL OF THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
MIS MY
TUS YOUR FAM SING
SUS HIS HER YOUR FORMAL THEIR
NUESTRO
A
OS
AS OUR
VUESTRO
A
OS
AS YOUR FAM PL
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OTE THAT THESE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES ARE NOT USED WITH ARTICLES OF CLOTHING OR BODY PARTS
2ATHER THE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USED
-E GUSTA EL VESTIDO NUEVO ) LIKE MY NEW DRESS
-E DUELE EL BRAZO -Y ARM HURTS
i}>6iL\/ii>`6i
VENIR TO COME
TENGO VENGO
TIENES VIENES
TIENE VIENE
TENEMOS VENIMOS
TENIS VENS
TIENEN VIENEN
#ONTINUING WITH OUR VERB mASHCARDS LETS ADD A SINGLE CARD FOR THE TWO VERBS TENER AND
VENIR
6ERB &LASHCARDS
TENER TO HAVE
VENIR TO COME
TENGO VENGO
TIENES VIENES
TIENE VIENE
TENEMOS VENIMOS
TENIS VENS
TIENEN VIENEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
h4ENERv AND hVENIRv ARE BOTH IRREGULAR VERBS "ECAUSE THEY ARE IRREGULAR YOU MUST
MEMORIZE THEIR CONJUGATIONS 7E PRESENT THESE TWO VERBS TOGETHER BECAUSE THEY ARE VERY
SIMILAR IN THE WAY THEY ARE CONJUGATED
TENER TO HAVE
/iii]>i
(AY QUE INlNITIVE IS USED TO EXPRESS THE IDEA OF hONE MUST DO SOMETHINGv OR hIT IS
NECESSARY TO DO SOMETHINGv )T IS A MORE GENERAL EXPRESSION AND SINCE THERE IS NO SUBJECT
THE VERB FORM HAY IS ALWAYS USED
(AY QUE TOMAR UN TAXI )T IS NECESSARY TO TAKE A TAXI
(AY QUE ESTUDIAR MUCHO /NE MUST STUDY A LOT
4HESE EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATE THE CONTRASTING USES OF THESE TWO EXPRESSIONS
-ARA TIENE UN EXAMEN EL LUNES
%LLA TIENE QUE ESTUDIAR -ARA HAS A TEST ON -ONDAY 3HE HAS TO STUDY
.O ES FCIL APRENDER EL ESPAOL
(AY QUE PRACTICAR MUCHO )T ISNT EASY TO LEARN 3PANISH )T IS NECESSARY TO
PRACTICE A LOT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4ENER QUE INlNITIVE IS ONE WAY TO EXPRESS OBLIGATION OR NECESSITY 4HIS EXPRESSION CAN
BE TRANSLATED AS hSOMEONE HAS TO DO SOMETHINGv 4ENER IS CONJUGATED ACCORDING TO THE
SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE
4ENGO QUE COMER LAS VERDURAS ) HAVE TO EAT THE VEGETABLES
NGEL TIENE QUE LEER EL PERIDICO NGEL HAS TO READ THE NEWSPAPER
%LLOS TIENEN QUE COMPRAR UNA REVISTA 4HEY HAVE TO BUY A MAGAZINE
`>V i/ii
3PANISH ALSO HAS MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS !LTHOUGH THEIR LITERAL TRANSLATIONS SOUND ODD
TO %NGLISH SPEAKERS THEY SOUND PERFECTLY NATURAL TO NATIVE SPEAKERS (ERE IS ONE EXAMPLE
)DIOM (ACE MUCHO FRO
,ITERALLY )T MAKES MUCH COLD
4RUE -EANING )T IS VERY COLD
4HERE ARE MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS THAT USE THE VERB TENER 4HIS ONE EXPRESSES AGE
)DIOM TENER ????? AOS
,ITERALLY TO HAVE ????? YEARS
4RUE -EANING TO BE ????? YEARS OLD
-ANY OTHER EXPRESSIONS USING TENER EXPRESS PHYSICAL SENSATIONS
TENER FRO TO BE COLD
TENER CALOR TO BE HOT
TENER HAMBRE TO BE HUNGRY
TENER SED TO BE THIRSTY
TENER SUEO TO BE SLEEPY
TENER DOLOR DE TO HURT OR BE SORE ETC
4HERE ARE ALSO MANY IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS WITH TENER THAT EXPRESS SENSATIONS MORE
PSYCHOLOGICAL IN NATURE
TENER PRISA TO BE IN A HURRY
TENER MIEDO ADE NOUN TO BE AFRAID OF SOMETHING
TENER MIEDO ADE INlNITIVE TO BE AFRAID TO DO SOMETHING
TENER CELOS TO BE JEALOUS
TENER CONlANZA TO BE CONlDENT
TENER CUIDADO TO BE CAREFUL
TENER VERGENZA TO BE ASHAMED
4HERE ARE OTHER IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS WITH TENER AS WELL
TENER RAZN TO BE RIGHT
TENER XITO TO BE SUCCESSFUL
TENER LA CULPA TO BE GUILTY
TENER SUERTE TO BE LUCKY
TENER LUGAR TO TAKE PLACE
TENER GANAS DE TO FEEL LIKE
TENER EN CUENTA TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!N IDIOM IS AN EXPRESSION THAT CANNOT BE IMMEDIATELY UNDERSTOOD BY ANALYZING ITS LITERAL
MEANING ! FEW EXAMPLES OF IDIOMS IN %NGLISH ARE
TO BE hON THE GOv
TO hPLAY THE lELDv
TO hJUMP THE GUNv
.OTICE THAT THE EXPRESSIONS COMBINE THE VERB TENER WITH A NOUN
EL AO
LOS CELOS
EL FRO
LA CONlANZA
EL CALOR
EL CUIDADO
LA HAMBRE
LA VERGENZA
LA SED
LA RAZN
EL SUEO
EL XITO
EL DOLOR
LA CULPA
LA PRISA
LA SUERTE
EL MIEDO
EL LUGAR
"ECAUSE THE EXPRESSIONS WITH TENER USE NOUNS THEY ARE MODIlED WITH ADJECTIVES NOT
ADVERBS
4ENGO FRO
4ENGO MUCHO FRO NOT MUY
4HE lRST PRACTICE EXERCISE AND TEST WILL COVER TEN OF THE MOST COMMON AND USEFUL OF THESE
EXPRESSIONS
TENER ????? AOS
TENER CALOR
TENER FRO
TENER HAMBRE
TENER SED
TENER PRISA
TENER MIEDO ADE ?????
TENER RAZN
TENER SUERTE
0RACTICE EXERCISES n AND TEST WILL COVER ALL OF THE EXPRESSIONS IN THIS LESSON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7HEN USING THESE IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS CONJUGATE THE VERB TENER ACCORDING TO THE
SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE
9O TENGO CINCO AOS
4 TIENES OCHO AOS
0ABLO TIENE DOS AOS
Weather Expressions
Spanish also has many idiomatic expressions. Although their literal translations sound odd
to English speakers, they sound perfectly natural to native speakers. Here is one example:
Idiom ....................... Hace mucho fro
Literally .................... It makes much cold
True Meaning ........... It is very cold
In Spanish, there are a number of idiomatic expressions that employ the verb hacer (literal
meaning: to do or to make), and are used to describe the weather.
Qu tiempo hace? ... Whats the weather like?
Hace fro .................. Its cold.
Hace calor ................ Its hot.
Hace viento .............. Its windy.
Hace sol ................... Its sunny.
Hace buen tiempo.... The weather is good.
Hace mal tiempo ...... The weather is bad.
Hace fresco .............. Its brisk.
Like the idioms that use tener, these idioms also contain a noun.
el fro
el calor
el viento
el sol
el tiempo
Because the idioms use nouns, they are modified by adjectives, not adverbs.
Hace mucho fro ...... Its very cold.
There are also weather expressions that use the verb hay:
Hay niebla .......................................................... Its foggy.
Hay neblina ........................................................ Its misty.
Hay sol ............................................................... The sun is shining.
Hay luna ............................................................ The moon is out.
Hay relmpagos ................................................. Its lightning.
Hay humedad .................................................... Its humid.
Hay nubes .......................................................... Its cloudy.
Hay lluvias torrenciales ....................................... Its pouring.
Hay un vendaval................................................. Theres a windstorm.
Hay granizo........................................................ Its hailing.
Hay lloviznas ...................................................... Its sprinkling.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Remember, an idiom is an expression that cannot be immediately understood by analyzing
its literal meaning. A few examples of idioms in English are:
to drive someone crazy
to lose it
to be raining cats and dogs
Other weather expressions use the verb estar along with an adjective:
Est oscuro .............. Its dark.
Est nublado ............ Its cloudy.
Est lluvioso ............. Its raining.
Nieva.
It is snowing. or It snows.
From the verb nevar (to snow)
Truena.
It is thundering. or It thunders.
From the verb tronar (to thunder)
Llovizna.
It is drizzling. or It drizzles.
From the verb lloviznar (to drizzle)
Here are some common ways to ask about the weather:
Qu tiempo hace?
Qu clima hace?
Cmo est el clima en . . .?
Cmo est el tiempo?
Cmo est el clima hoy?
The first practice exercise and test will cover ten of the most common and useful of these
expressions:
Qu tiempo hace?
Hace fro.
Hace calor.
Hace viento.
Hay niebla.
Hay granizo.
Hay relmpagos.
Llovizna.
Nieva.
Llueve.
Practice exercises 24 and test 2 will cover all of the expressions in this lesson.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Other weather expressions simply use a single verb:
Llueve.
It is raining. or It rains.
From the verb llover (to rain)
/i*i>>
4HE DIRECT OBJECT IS THE NOUN OR PRONOUN THAT RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB )N THE
FOLLOWING SENTENCES THE DIRECT OBJECTS ARE UNDERLINED
-IKE HIT THE BALL
'EORGE CALLS -ARY
(E CALLS HER
&ROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF THE %NGLISH SPEAKER THE PERSONAL hAv APPEARS TO BE AN EXTRA
WORD &ROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF THE 3PANISH SPEAKER THE PERSONAL hAv IS REQUIRED AND TO
NOT USE IT IS A SERIOUS ERROR
*ORGE LLAMA A -ARA
4HE PERSONAL hAv MAY ALSO BE USED IF THE DIRECT OBJECT IS A DOMESTICATED ANIMAL ESPECIALLY
A PET PROVIDED THAT THE SPEAKER ATTACHES SOME SORT OF PERSONAL FEELINGS TOWARDS THE
ANIMAL
,A MUJER ACARICIA A SU PERRO ACARICIAR 4HE WOMAN PETS HER DOG
%L PERRO PERSIGUE A LA GATA PERSEGUIR 4HE DOG CHASES THE CAT
4HE PERSONAL hAv IS NOT USED WHEN THE DIRECT OBJECT IS NOT A PERSON OR IS AN ANIMAL FOR
WHICH NO PERSONAL FEELINGS ARE FELT
"EBO LA LECHE BEBER ) DRINK THE MILKMILK IS NEITHER A PERSON NOR
AN ANIMAL
-IRO LA JIRAFA MIRAR ) LOOK AT THE GIRAFFENO PERSONAL FEELINGS ARE
FELT TOWARDS THE GIRAFFE
4HE PERSONAL hAv IS NOT USED AFTER THE VERB TENER OR THE VERB FORM HAY 4HIS IS TRUE EVEN IF
THE DIRECT OBJECT IS A PERSON
4ENGO DOS HERMANOS TENER ) HAVE TWO BROTHERS
(AY CINCO CHICAS 4HERE ARE lVE GIRLS
)F THE DIRECT OBJECT IS AN INDElNITE PERSON THE PERSONAL hAv IS NOT USED 4HE RESULT IS THAT
THE PERSON BECOMES hDEPERSONALIZEDv
.ECESITO MDICO ) NEED ANY DOCTOR
OR ) NEED MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
.ECESITO JARDINERO ) NEED ANY GARDENER
OR ) NEED SOMEONE TO TEND MY GARDEN
"ECAUSE THIS 3PANISH GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE HAS NO EQUIVALENT IN %NGLISH IT IS NORMAL TO
EXPECT THAT THE STUDENT WILL FORGET TO USE IT UNTIL A PATTERN OF USE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED
2EMEMBER TO NOT USE THE PERSONAL hAv IS A SERIOUS ERROR AND THE STUDENT SHOULD TRY TO
REMEMBER TO USE IT WHEN APPROPRIATE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 3PANISH WHEN THE DIRECT OBJECT IS A PERSON IT IS PRECEDED BY THE PREPOSITION hAv 4HIS
WORD HAS NO %NGLISH TRANSLATION
*ORGE LLAMA A -ARA *ORGE CALLS -ARA
>V
7HEN A OR DE PRECEDES THE DElNITE ARTICLE EL THE TWO WORDS COMBINE TO FORM A
CONTRACTION 4HAT IS TWO WORDS BECOME ONE
A EL AL
DE EL DEL
$E EL IS ALWAYS CONTRACTED
)NCORRECT z%L LIBRO ES DE EL PROFESOR
#ORRECT z%L LIBRO ES DEL PROFESOR
$E LA DE LAS DE LOS A LA A LAS AND A LOS ARE NEVER CONTRACTED
z,LEVAS AL HERMANO DE 2AL !RE YOU TAKING 2AULS BROTHER
.O LLEVO A LAS HERMANAS DE 0ILAR .O )M TAKING 0ILARS SISTERS
z%L LIBRO ES DEL PROFESOR )S THE BOOK THE PROFESORS
.O EL LIBRO ES DE LA PROFESORA .O THE BOOK IS THE PROFESORS FEM
2EMEMBER THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EL AND L 4HE PRONOUN L DOES HAVE A WRITTEN ACCENT
AND MEANS hHEv 4HE DElNITE ARTICLE EL DOES NOT HAVE A WRITTEN ACCENT AND MEANS hTHEv
EL LIBRO THE BOOK L COME HE EATS
/NLY THE DElNITE ARTICLE EL IS CONTRACTED 4HE PRONOUN L IS NOT
,A #ASA "LANCA ES LA CASA DEL PRESIDENTE 4HE 7HITE (OUSE IS THE PRESIDENTS HOUSE
%S LA CASA DE L )TS HIS HOUSE
! L NO LE GUSTA FUMAR (E DOESNT LIKE TO SMOKE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
! EL IS ALWAYS CONTRACTED
)NCORRECT z,LEVAS A EL HERMANO DE 2AL
#ORRECT z,LEVAS AL HERMANO DE 2AL
-i
>}}6iL\\i
7ITH REGULAR VERBS THE STEM STAYS THE SAME AND THE ENDING CHANGES AS THEY ARE
CONJUGATED
HABLO
COMO
VIVO
HABLAS
COMES
VIVES
HABLA
COME
VIVE
HABLAMOS
COMEMOS
VIVIMOS
HABLIS
COMIS
VIVS
HABLAN
COMEN
VIVEN
7ITH SOME VERBS THE STEM ALSO CHANGES WHEN YOU CONJUGATE THEM )N THE PRESENT TENSE
THERE ARE THREE GROUPS OF STEM CHANGING VERBS
OUE
EIE
EI
7ITH THE lRST GROUP OF STEM CHANGING VERBS THE LETTER O IN THE STEM CHANGES TO UE IN ALL
FORMS EXCEPT THE NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS
CONTAR
CUENTO
CUENTAS
CUENTA
CONTAMOS
CONTIS
CUENTAN
(ERES ANOTHER OUE STEM CHANGING VERB #OMPARE IT TO THE REGULAR VERB COMER .OTICE
THAT THE ENDINGS ARE THE SAME FOR REGULAR VERBS AND STEM CHANGING VERBS
MOVER OUE
COMER REGULAR ER VERB
MUEVO
COMO
MUEVES
COMES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2EMEMBER THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF INlNITIVES AR ER IR )NlNITIVES ARE MADE UP OF TWO
PARTS THE ENDING AND THE STEM )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES THE STEM IS UNDERLINED AND THE
ENDING IS IN BOLD
HABLAR
COMER
VIVIR
(ERES ANOTHER OUE STEM
CHANGING VERB .OTICE HOW THE STEM DOESNT CHANGE IN THE
NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS
DORMIR OUE
DUERMO
DUERMES
DUERME
DORMIMOS
DORMS
DUERMEN
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON OUE STEM
CHANGING VERBS
ALMORZAR TO EAT LUNCH
MORIR TO DIE
APROBAR TO APPROVE
MOSTRAR TO SHOW
COLGAR TO HANG
MOVER TO MOVE AN OBJECT
CONTAR TO COUNT TO TELL
PROBAR TO PROVE TEST SAMPLE TASTE
COSTAR TO COST
RECORDAR TO REMEMBER
DEVOLVER TO RETURN AN OBJECT
RESOLVER TO SOLVE
VOLVER TO RETURN FROM SOMEPLACE
ROGAR TO BEG PRAY
DORMIR TO SLEEP
SONAR TO SOUND RING
ENCONTRAR TO lND
SOAR CON TO DREAM ABOUT
ENVOLVER TO WRAP
TOSTAR TO TOAST
MORDER TO BITE
VOLAR TO mY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
MUEVE
COME
MOVEMOS
COMEMOS
MOVIS
COMIS
MUEVEN
COMEN
6ERB &LASHCARDS
OUE STEM
CHANGERS DORMIR
DUERMO
DUERMES
DUERME
DORMIMOS
DORMS
DUERMEN
ALMORZAR CONTAR COSTAR VOLVER RECORDAR VOLAR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR OUE STEM CHANGERS
-i
>}}6iL\i\i
7ITH REGULAR VERBS THE STEM STAYS THE SAME AND THE ENDING CHANGES AS THEY ARE
CONJUGATED
HABLO
COMO
VIVO
HABLAS
COMES
VIVES
HABLA
COME
VIVE
HABLAMOS
COMEMOS
VIVIMOS
HABLIS
COMIS
VIVS
HABLAN
COMEN
VIVEN
7ITH SOME VERBS THE STEM ALSO CHANGES WHEN YOU CONJUGATE THEM )N THE PRESENT TENSE
THERE ARE THREE GROUPS OF STEM CHANGING VERBS
OUE
EIE
EI
7ITH THE SECOND GROUP OF STEM CHANGING VERBS THE LETTER E IN THE STEM CHANGES TO IE IN ALL
FORMS EXCEPT THE NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS
CERRAR
CIERRO
CIERRAS
CIERRA
CERRAMOS
CERRIS
CIERRAN
(ERES ANOTHER EIE STEM CHANGING VERB #OMPARE IT TO THE REGULAR VERB COMER .OTICE THAT
THE ENDINGS ARE THE SAME FOR REGULAR VERBS AND STEM CHANGING VERBS
ENTENDER EIE
COMER REGULAR ER VERB
ENTIENDO
COMO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2EMEMBER THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF INlNITIVES AR ER IR )NlNITIVES ARE MADE UP OF TWO
PARTS THE ENDING AND THE STEM )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES THE STEM IS UNDERLINED AND THE
ENDING IS IN BOLD
HABLAR
COMER
VIVIR
(ERES ANOTHER EIE STEM
CHANGING VERB .OTICE HOW THE STEM DOESNT CHANGE IN THE
NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS
MENTIR EIE
MIENTO
MIENTES
MIENTE
MENTIMOS
MENTS
MIENTEN
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON EIE STEM
CHANGING VERBS
ACERTAR TO GUESS GET RIGHT
ENCENDER TO LIGHT KINDLE
ADVERTIR TO ADVISE WARN
ENTENDER TO UNDERSTAND
CERRAR TO CLOSE SHUT
FREGAR TO SCRUB WASH DISHES
COMENZAR TO BEGIN
HERVIR TO BOIL
CONFESAR TO CONFESS
MENTIR TO LIE
CONSENTIR TO CONSENT
NEGAR TO DENY
CONVERTIR TO CONVERT
PENSAR EN TO THINK ABOUT
DEFENDER TO DEFEND
PERDER TO LOSE
EMPEZAR TO BEGIN
PREFERIR TO PREFER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
ENTIENDES
COMES
ENTIENDE
COME
ENTENDEMOS
COMEMOS
ENTENDIS
COMIS
ENTIENDEN
COMEN
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR EIE STEM CHANGERS
EIE STEM CHANGERS CERRAR
CIERRO
CIERRAS
CIERRA
CERRAMOS
CERRIS
CIERRAN
COMENZAR EMPEZAR ENTENDER PENSAR PERDER PREFERIR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
-i
>}}6iL\i\
7ITH REGULAR VERBS THE STEM STAYS THE SAME AND THE ENDING CHANGES AS THEY ARE
CONJUGATED
HABLO
COMO
VIVO
HABLAS
COMES
VIVES
HABLA
COME
VIVE
HABLAMOS
COMEMOS
VIVIMOS
HABLIS
COMIS
VIVS
HABLAN
COMEN
VIVEN
7ITH SOME VERBS THE STEM ALSO CHANGES WHEN YOU CONJUGATE THEM )N THE PRESENT TENSE
THERE ARE THREE GROUPS OF STEM CHANGING VERBS
OUE
EIE
EI
7ITH THE THIRD GROUP OF STEM CHANGING VERBS THE LETTER E IN THE STEM CHANGES TO I IN ALL
FORMS EXCEPT THE NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS
REPETIR
REPITO
REPITES
REPITE
REPETIMOS
REPETS
REPITEN
(ERES ANOTHER EI STEM CHANGING VERB #OMPARE IT TO THE REGULAR VERB VIVIR .OTICE THAT THE
ENDINGS ARE THE SAME FOR REGULAR VERBS AND STEM CHANGING VERBS
COMPETIR EI
VIVIR REGULAR IR VERB
COMPITO
VIVO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2EMEMBER THERE ARE THREE TYPES OF INlNITIVES AR ER IR )NlNITIVES ARE MADE UP OF TWO
PARTS THE ENDING AND THE STEM )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES THE STEM IS UNDERLINED AND THE
ENDING IS IN BOLD
HABLAR
COMER
VIVIR
COMPITES
VIVES
COMPITE
VIVE
COMPETIMOS
VIVIMOS
COMPITEN
VIVEN
(ERES ANOTHER EI STEM
CHANGING VERB .OTICE HOW THE STEM DOESNT CHANGE IN THE
NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS
PEDIR EI
PIDO
PIDES
PIDE
PEDIMOS
PEDS
PIDEN
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON EI STEM
CHANGING VERBS
BENDECIR
TO BLESS
IMPEDIR TO IMPEDE
COLEGIR TO DEDUCE
MALDECIR
TO CURSE
COMPETIR TO COMPETE
MEDIR TO MEASURE
CONSEGUIR TO GET OBTAIN
PEDIR TO ASK FOR TO ORDER
CORREGIR TO CORRECT
PERSEGUIR TO PURSUE TO PERSECUTE
DECIR
TO SAY TELL
RER TO LAUGH
DESPEDIR TO DISMISS lRE
REPETIR TO REPEAT
ELEGIR TO ELECT
SEGUIR TO FOLLOW CONTINUE
FRER TO FRY
SERVIR TO SERVE
GEMIR TO GROAN MOAN
SONRER TO SMILE
./4% 4HE VERB hDECIRv AND ITS DERIVITIVE FORMS ARE IRREGULAR IN THE lRST PERSON YO DIGO ETC
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
COMPETS
VIVS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
EI STEM
CHANGERS REPETIR
REPITO
REPITES
REPITE
REPETIMOS
REPETS
REPITEN
DECIR YO DIGO DESPEDIR MEDIR PEDIR SERVIR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR EI STEM CHANGERS
i}>6iL\ >]] >
9OU SHOULD ALREADY KNOW HOW TO CONJUGATE THE VERB ESTAR
ESTOY
ESTS
EST
ESTAMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
%34!2 4/ "%
ESTOY
ESTS
EST
ESTAMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
)2 4/ '/
VOY
VAS
VA
VAMOS
VAIS
VAN
$!2 4/ ')6%
DOY
DAS
DA
DAMOS
DAIS
DAN
3INCE THESE VERBS ARE IRREGULAR THEIR CONJUGATIONS MUST BE MEMORIZED -AKE A mASHCARD
WITH THESE THREE VERBS ON ONE SIDE AND THEIR CONJUGATIONS ON THE OTHER SIDE
)T SEEMS THAT THERE ARE TWO OPTIONS WHEN IT COMES TO LEARNING THE IRREGULAR VERBS 4HE lRST
IS TO VIEW THEM AS COMPLEX AND DIFlCULT IN WHICH CASE YOU WILL STRUGGLE WRING YOUR HANDS
IN CONSTERNATION AND NEVER REALLY LEARN THEM 7E DO NOT ADVOCATE THIS APPROACH
! MORE PRODUCTIVE STRATEGY IS TO BUILD A LIBRARY OF mASHCARDS AND TO STUDY THEM REGULARLY
)T IS NOT NECESSARY TO STUDY THEM FOR LONG PERIODS OF TIME )T IS HOWEVER ESSENTIAL TO STUDY
THEM FREQUENTLY 4HEREFORE WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU CARRY YOUR LITTLE STACK OF VERB CARDS
WITH YOU AND PULL THEM OUT SEVERAL TIMES A DAY 4HIS WILL WORK EVEN IF YOU ONLY STUDY
THEM FOR
MINUTES PER SESSION
'UARANTEED
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE IRREGULAR VERBS ESTAR IR AND DAR
6ERB &LASHCARDS
ESTAR IR DAR
ESTOY
VOY
DOY
ESTS
VAS
DAS
EST
VA
DA
ESTAMOS
VAMOS
DAMOS
ESTIS
VAIS
DAIS
ESTN
VAN
DAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OTICE THAT IR AND DAR FOLLOW THE SAME PATTERN AS ESTAR THEY ARE IRREGULAR IN THE lRST
PERSON SINGULAR YO
>wi
)N 3PANISH MANY USEFUL EXPRESSIONS ARE FORMED BY COMBINING TWO VERBS 7HEN THIS OCCURS
THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED WHILE THE SECOND VERB REMAINS IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
IR VIAJAR 9O VOY A VIAJAR A %SPAA
) AM GOING TO TRAVEL TO 3PAIN
ACABAR COMER 4 ACABAS DE COMER
9OU HAVE JUST EATEN
VOLVER LEER -ARA VUELVE A LEER EL LIBRO
-ARA READS THE BOOK AGAIN
/NE SUCH EXPRESSION COMBINES THE VERB IR CONJUGATED WITH AN INlNITIVE 4HE PREPOSITION
hAv IS ALWAYS USED 4HE FORMULA IS
IR A INlNITIVE TO BE GOING TO DO SOMETHING IN THE NEAR FUTURE
6OY A LLEVAR A MI HERMANA A SU CASA ) AM GOING TO TAKE MY SISTER TO HER HOUSE
6AS A INVITAR A MUCHAS MUCHACHAS 9OU ARE GOING TO INVITE LOTS OF GIRLS
#RISTINA VA A CONVERSAR CON MI MAM #HRISTINA IS GOING TO TALK WITH MY MOM
%DUARDO VA A LEER EL LIBRO %DWARD IS GOING TO READ THE BOOK
2EMEMBER FROM THE PREVIOUS LESSON HOW TO CONJUGATE THE VERB IR
VOY
VAS
VA
VAMOS
VAIS
VAN
(ERE ARE SOME USEFUL WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS FOR PINPOINTING EXACTLY WHEN YOU ARE GOING
TO DO SOMETHING
HOY TODAY
MAANA TOMORROW
MS TARDE LATER
ESTA TARDE THIS AFTERNOON
LA SEMANA QUE VIENE NEXT WEEK
EL MES QUE VIENE NEXT MONTH
EL AO QUE VIENE NEXT YEAR
ESTA NOCHE TONIGHT
MAANA POR LA MAANA TOMORROW MORNING
MAANA POR LA TARDE TOMORROW AFTERNOON
MAANA POR LA NOCHE TOMORROW NIGHT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
SABER NADAR *UAN SABE NADAR
*UAN KNOWS HOW TO SWIM
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE EXPRESSION hIR A INlNITIVEv
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)R A INlNITIVE
4O BE GOING TO DO SOMETHING
VOY VAS VA VAMOS VAIS VAN
V>L>`iwi
)N 3PANISH MANY USEFUL EXPRESSIONS ARE FORMED BY COMBINING TWO VERBS 7HEN THIS OCCURS
THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED WHILE THE SECOND VERB REMAINS IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
9O VOY A VIAJAR A %SPAA ) AM GOING TO TRAVEL TO 3PAIN
4 ACABAS DE COMER 9OU HAVE JUST EATEN
*UAN PUEDE NADAR CADA DA *UAN CAN SWIM EVERY DAY
-ARA VUELVE A LEER EL LIBRO -ARA READS THE BOOK AGAIN
!CABO DE LLEVAR A MI HERMANA A SU CASA ) JUST TOOK MY SISTER TO HER HOUSE
!CABAS DE INVITAR A MUCHAS MUCHACHAS 9OU HAVE JUST INVITED MANY GIRLS
#RISTINA ACABA DE CONVERSAR CON MI MAM #HRISTINA HAS JUST SPOKEN WITH MY MOM
.OSOTROS ACABAMOS DE LEER EL LIBRO 7E JUST READ THE BOOK
6OSOTROS ACABIS DE ESCRIBIR UNAS CARTAS 9OU
ALL HAVE JUST WRITTEN SOME LETTERS
%LLOS ACABAN DE NADAR EN EL MAR 4HEY HAVE JUST SWUM IN THE OCEAN
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE EXPRESSION hACABAR DE INlNITIVEv
6ERB &LASHCARDS
!CABAR DE INlNITIVE
4O HAVE JUST DONE SOMETHING
ACABO ACABAS ACABA ACABAMOS ACABIS ACABAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
/NE SUCH EXPRESSION COMBINES THE VERB ACABAR CONJUGATED WITH AN INlNITIVE 4HE
PREPOSITION hDEv IS ALWAYS USED 4HE FORMULA IS
ACABAR DE INlNITIVE TO HAVE JUST DONE SOMETHING IN THE VERY RECENT PAST
6i>wi
/NE SUCH EXPRESSION COMBINES THE VERB VOLVER CONJUGATED WITH AN INlNITIVE 4HE
PREPOSITION hAv IS ALWAYS USED 4HE FORMULA IS
VOLVER A INlNITIVE TO DO SOMETHING AGAIN
6UELVO A LEER EL LIBRO ) READ THE BOOK AGAIN
#RISTINA VUELVE A CONVERSAR CON MI MAM #HRISTINA SPEAKS WITH MY MOM AGAIN
2EMEMBER VOLVER IS AN OUE STEM
CHANGING VERB
VUELVO
VUELVES
VUELVE
VOLVEMOS
VOLVIS
VUELVEN
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE EXPRESSION hVOLVER A INlNITIVEv
6ERB &LASHCARDS
6OLVER A INlNITIVE
4O DO SOMETHING AGAIN
VUELVO VUELVES VUELVE VOLVEMOS VOLVIS VUELVEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 3PANISH MANY USEFUL EXPRESSIONS ARE FORMED BY COMBINING TWO VERBS 7HEN THIS
OCCURS THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED WHILE THE SECOND VERB REMAINS IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
9O VOY A VIAJAR A %SPAA ) AM GOING TO TRAVEL TO 3PAIN
4 ACABAS DE COMER 9OU HAVE JUST EATEN
*UAN NO PUEDE COMER *UAN CANT EAT
-ARA VUELVE A LEER EL LIBRO -ARA READS THE BOOK AGAIN
(ERE ARE THE ORDINAL NUMBERS lRST
TENTH
PRIMERO lRST
SEGUNDO SECOND
TERCERO THIRD
CUARTO FOURTH
QUINTO lFTH
SEXTO SIXTH
SPTIMO SEVENTH
OCTAVO EIGHTH
NOVENO NINTH
DCIMO TENTH
,IKE MANY OTHER ADJECTIVES THE ORDINAL NUMBERS HAVE A MASCULINE AND A FEMININE FORM
PRIMERO PRIMERA
SEGUNDO SEGUNDA
TERCERO TERCERA
CUARTO CUARTA
QUINTO QUINTA
SEXTO SEXTA
SPTIMO SPTIMA
OCTAVO OCTAVA
NOVENO NOVENA
DCIMO DCIMA
4HEY ALSO HAVE A SINGULAR AND PLURAL FORM
PRIMERO PRIMEROS
SEGUNDO SEGUNDOS
TERCERO TERCEROS
CUARTO CUARTOS
QUINTO QUINTOS
SEXTO SEXTOS
SPTIMO SPTIMOS
OCTAVO OCTAVOS
NOVENO NOVENOS
DCIMO DCIMOS
3O THE ORDINAL NUMBERS HAVE FOUR FORMS JUST LIKE OTHER ADJECTIVES THAT END IN
O
PRIMERO
PRIMEROS
PRIMERA
PRIMERAS
0RIMERO AND TERCERO DROP THE
O IN THE MASCULINE SINGULAR ADJECTIVE FORM
EL PRIMER DA
EL TERCER AO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"`> Li
/RDINAL NUMBERS USUALLY PRECEDE THE NOUN (OWEVER IF THE NOUN THEY REFER TO IS ROYALTY A
POPE OR A STREET THEY COME AFTER THE NOUN
#ARLOS 1UINTO h1UINTOv COMES AFTER h#ARLOSv ROYALTY
EL QUINTO LIBRO hQUINTOv COMES BEFORE hLIBROv
LA #ALLE 3EXTA hSEXTAv COMES AFTER hCALLEv STREET
LA SEXTA PLUMA hSEXTAv COMES BEFORE hPLUMAv
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
/RDINAL NUMBERS ARE NOT NORMALLY USED AFTER
LA #ALLE $IECISIS 3IXTEENTH 3TREET
EL SIGLO DIECINUEVE THE NINETEENTH CENTURY
(ERE ARE THE MONTHS IN 3PANISH .OTE THAT LIKE THE DAYS OF THE WEEK THEY ARE NOT CAPITALIZED
ENERO *ANUARY
FEBRERO &EBRUARY
MARZO -ARCH
ABRIL !PRIL
MAYO -AY
JUNIO *UNE
JULIO *ULY
AGOSTO !UGUST
SEPTIEMBRE 3EPTEMBER
OCTUBRE /CTOBER
NOVIEMBRE .OVEMBER
DICIEMBRE $ECEMBER
4O EXPRESS hIN A CERTAIN MONTH v USE THE PREPOSITION hENv
6AMOS A -XICO EN ENERO 7E ARE GOING TO -EXICO IN *ANUARY
,AS CLASES EMPIEZAN EN EL MES DE SEPTIEMBRE #LASSES BEGIN IN 3EPTEMBER
(ERE ARE THE FOUR SEASONS ,AS ESTACIONES DEL AO
LA PRIMAVERA SPRING
EL VERANO SUMMER
EL OTOO AUTUMN
EL INVIERNO WINTER
.OTE THAT THE ARTICLES ARE NORMALLY USED WITH THE SEASONS
%N !MRICA DEL .ORTE
LA PRIMAVERA EMPIEZA EN MARZO )N .ORTH !MERICA SPRING BEGINS IN -ARCH
%N !MRICA DEL 3UR LA PRIMAVERA EMPIEZA
EN SEPTIEMBRE )N 3OUTH !MERICA SPRING BEGINS IN 3EPTEMBER
./4% 4HE SEASONS ARE REVERSED SOUTH OF THE EQUATOR 7HEN IT IS WINTER IN .EW 9ORK .9 IT IS SUMMER IN
3ANTIAGO #HILE
(ERE ARE SOME WAYS TO INQUIRE AS TO THE DATE
z#UL ES LA FECHA DE HOY
z! CUNTOS ESTAMOS HOY
z1U DA ES HOY
z! CUNTOS ESTAMOS
)F YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT THE lRST DAY OF THE MONTH USE THE EXPRESSION hEL PRIMER DAv OR
SIMPLY hEL PRIMEROv
z1U DA ES HOY
(OY ES LUNES EL PRIMER DA DE MAYO
(OY ES LUNES EL PRIMERO DE MAYO
4ODAY IS -ONDAY -AY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
]-i>]>` >i
&OR ALL OTHER DAYS OF THE MONTH USE THE CARDINAL NUMBERS
z#UL ES LA FECHA DE HOY 4UESDAY -ARCH
(OY ES MARTES EL VEINTICINCO DE MARZO
z! CUNTOS ESTAMOS HOY 3UNDAY *UNE
%STAMOS AL DOMINGO EL TRES DE JUNIO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE 3PANISH WAY IS TO WRITE THE DAY MONTH YEAR 4HIS IS DIFFERENT FROM THE !MERICAN
WAY MONTH DAY YEAR
EL DE FEBRERO DE &EBRUARY
>vi>
)N 3PANISH INEQUALITY IS EXPRESSED BY USING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMULAE
MS MENOS ADJECTIVE QUE
MS MENOS ADVERB QUE
MS MENOS NOUN QUE
(ERE ARE SOME EXAMPLES
4 ERES MS ALTO QUE YO 9OU ARE TALLER THAN )
-NICA HABLA MS LENTAMENTE QUE #ARMEN -ONICA SPEAKS MORE SLOWLY THAN #ARMEN
4ENGO MENOS LIBROS QUE !RSENIO ) HAVE FEWER BOOKS THAN !RSENIO
)F THE COMPARATIVE IS FOLLOWED BY A NUMBER USE hDEv RATHER THAN hQUEv
(AY MENOS DE VEINTE ALUMNOS EN LA CLASE 4HERE ARE LESS THAN TWENTY STUDENTS IN THE CLASS
L TIENE MS DE NOVENTA AOS (E IS MORE THAN NINETY YEARS OLD
,)4%2!,,9 (E HAS MORE THAN NINETY YEARS
.OTE THAT WHEN THE SENTENCE IS NEGATIVE hQUEv IS USED EVEN WITH NUMBERS TO CONVEY THE
MEANING hONLYv
4ENGO MS DE CINCO DLARES ) HAVE MORE THAN lVE DOLLARS
BUT
.O TENGO MS QUE CINCO DLARES ) ONLY HAVE lVE DOLLARS
(AY MS DE VEINTE ESTUDIANTES EN LA CLASE 4HERE ARE MORE THAN TWENTY STUDENTS IN THE CLASS
BUT
.O HAY MS QUE VEINTE ESTUDIANTES EN LA CLASE 4HERE ARE ONLY TWENTY STUDENTS IN THE CLASS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)F TWO THINGS ARE NOT EQUAL THEY ARE UNEQUAL
7E ARE NOT THE SAME HEIGHT
9OU ARE TALLER THAN )
4HE TWO ITEMS DO NOT COST THE SAME
4HE CAMERA IS MORE EXPENSIVE THAN THE TELEVISION
>v
>
4O FORM THE COMPARISONS OF EQUALITY USING ADJECTIVES OR ADVERBS USE THE FOLLOWING
FORMULA
TAN ADJECTIVE ADVERB COMO
%L LIBRO ES TAN BUENO COMO LA PELCULA 4HE BOOK IS AS GOOD AS THE MOVIE
%L CHICO ES TAN ALTO COMO LA CHICA 4HE BOY IS AS TALL AS THE GIRL
4O FORM COMPARISONS OF EQUALITY WITH NOUNS USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
TANTO
A
OS
AS NOUN COMO
*UAN TIENE TANTO DINERO COMO -ARA AS MUCH MONEY AS
L TIENE TANTA PACIENCIA COMO ELLA AS MUCH PATIENCE AS
4IENE TANTOS LIBROS COMO ELLA AS MANY BOOKS AS
4IENE TANTAS PLUMAS COMO ELLA AS MANY PENS AS
#HOOSE THE FORM OF TANTO TO AGREE WITH THE NOUN IT MODIlES
TANTO DINERO
TANTA PACIENCIA
TANTOS LIBROS
TANTAS PLUMAS
7HEN ACTIONS NOT THINGS ARE BEING COMPARED AND THERE IS NO ADJECTIVE USE THE
FOLLOWING FORMULA
VERB TANTO COMO
3US ESTUDIANTES APRENDEN TANTO COMO
MIS ESTUDIANTES LEARN AS MUCH AS
2OSARIO COCINA TANTO COMO *OSElNA COOKS AS MUCH AS
,AS NARANJAS CUESTAN TANTO COMO
LAS MANZANAS COST AS MUCH AS
7HEN ACTIONS NOT THINGS ARE BEING COMPARED AND THERE IS AN ADJECTIVE USE THE
FOLLOWING FORMULA
VERB TAN ADJECTIVE MASCULINE FORM COMO
!QU SE TRABAJA TAN DURO COMO AH WORK AS HARD AS
%L NIO JUEGA TAN POCO COMO LA NIA PLAYS AS LITTLE AS
%LLOS DUERMEN TAN POCO COMO ELLA SLEEP AS LITTLE AS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7HEN THINGS BEING COMPARED HAVE EQUAL CHARACTERISTICS THE COMPARISON OF EQUALITY IS
USED
4HE BOOK IS AS GOOD AS THE MOVIE
4HE BOY IS AS TALL AS THE GIRL
-i>i
4HERE ARE TWO TYPES OF SUPERLATIVE RELATIVE AND ABSOLUTE
2ELATIVE *OHN IS THE SMARTEST BOY IN THE CLASS
!BSOLUTE *OHN IS VERY SMART
4HE ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE DOES NOT DESCRIBE THE NOUN IN THE CONTEXT OF A LARGER GROUP
*OHN IS VERY SMART
4HE BOOK IS EXTREMELY EXPENSIVE
4HE FOOD IS INDESCRIBABLY TASTY
)N %NGLISH THE RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE IS FORMED BY USING THE WORD hMOSTv OR THE ENDING h
ESTv
*OHN IS THE MOST INTELLIGENT BOY IN THE CLASS
-ARY IS THE SMARTEST GIRL IN THE CLASS
)N 3PANISH THE RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE CONSTRUCTION IS SIMILAR TO THE COMPARATIVE
DElNITE ARTICLE NOUN MS MENOS ADJECTIVE DE
(ERE ARE SOME SUPERLATIVE EXAMPLES
*UAN ES EL CHICO MS INTELIGENTE DE LA CLASE *OHN IS THE SMARTEST BOY IN THE CLASS
"ILL 'ATES ES EL HOMBRE MS RICO DE LOS %%55 "ILL 'ATES IS THE RICHEST MAN IN THE 53
*UST LIKE IN %NGLISH THE NOUN CAN BE OMITTED !LL OF THE FOLLOWING ARE CORRECT
-ARA ES LA CHICA MS DELGADA DE LA CLASE -ARY IS THE THINNEST GIRL IN THE CLASS
-ARA ES LA MS DELGADA DE LA CLASE -ARY IS THE THINNEST IN THE CLASS
4HE ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE FOR ADJECTIVES HAS THREE POSSIBLE FORMS
MUY ADJECTIVE
SUMAMENTE ADJECTIVE
ADJECTIVE SIMO
A
OS
AS
4HE FOLLOWING TRANSLATIONS ARE SOMEWHAT ARBITRARY %ACH SUPERLATIVE STATEMENT IS A LITTLE
STRONGER THAN THE ONE THAT PRECEDES IT
MUY GUAPO VERY HANDSOME
SUMAMENTE GUAPO EXTREMELY HANDSOME
GUAPSIMO INDESCRIBABLY HANDSOME
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE DESCRIBES A NOUN WITHIN THE CONTEXT OF SOME LARGER GROUP
*OHN IS THE SMARTEST BOY IN THE CLASS
-ARY IS THE YOUNGEST PERSON IN THE ROOM
/F THE THREE -OE IS THE MEANEST
*>"LiVv*i
9OU HAVE ALREADY LEARNED ONE SET OF PRONOUNS CALLED THE SUBJECT PRONOUNS
YO
T
L ELLA USTED
NOSOTROSAS
VOSOTROSAS
ELLOS ELLAS USTEDES
!S THE NAME IMPLIES SUBJECT PRONOUNS ARE THE PRONOUNS TO USE FOR THE SUBJECT OF THE
SENTENCE
*UAN COME MUCHO
L COME MUCHO
*UAN Y -ARA HABLAN ESPAOL
%LLOS HABLAN ESPAOL
7HEN THE PRONOUN ACTS AS THE OBJECT OF A PREPOSITION A DIFFERENT SET OF PRONOUNS IS USED
35"*%#4 02/./5.3
YO
T
L
ELLA
USTED
NOSOTROSAS
VOSOTROSAS
ELLOSAS
USTEDES
/"*%#4 02%0/3)4)/. 02/./5.3
M
TI
L
ELLA
USTED
NOSOTROSAS
VOSOTROSAS
ELLOSAS
USTEDES
./4% /NLY M AND TI ARE DIFFERENT FROM THE SUBJECT PRONOUNS
5SE THIS SECOND SET OF PRONOUNS TO REPLACE THE NOUN THAT COMES IMMEDIATELY AFTER A
PREPOSITION
*UAN HABLA DE M *UAN SPEAKS OF ME
(ABLO CON ELLOS ) SPEAK WITH THEM
0ABLO COMPR UN ANILLO PARA ELLA 0ABLO BOUGHT A RING FOR HER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
! PRONOUN IS A WORD THAT IS USED INSTEAD OF THE NAME OF A PERSON OR THING
*UAN HE HIM
-ARA SHE HER
-ARA AND *UAN THEY THEM
ETC
7HENEVER M FOLLOWS THE PREPOSITION CON THE TWO WORDS COMBINE TO FORM CONMIGO
z0OR QU NO VIENES CONMIGO 7HY DONT YOU COME WITH ME
7HENEVER TI FOLLOWS THE PREPOSITION CON THE TWO WORDS COMBINE TO FORM CONTIGO
.O VOY CONTIGO VOY CON ELLOS )M NOT GOING WITH YOU )M GOING WITH THEM
0RONOUN DOES REFER TO THE SUBJECT
(E TOOK THE PENS WITH HIMSELF L LLEV LAS PLUMAS CONSIGO
7HY DONT YOU TAKE A BOOK WITH YOURSELF z0OR QU NO LLEVA UN LIBRO CONSIGO
0RONOUN DOES NOT REFER TO THE SUBJECT
4HEY LIVE WITH HIM %LLOS VIVEN CON L
) DONT WANT TO TALK TO YOU .O QUIERO HABLAR CON USTED
4HERE ARE SIX SPECIAL PREPOSITIONS THAT ARE FOLLOWED BY SUBJECT PRONOUNS RATHER THAN OBJECT
PRONOUNS
ENTRE BETWEEN
EXCEPTO EXCEPT
INCLUSO INCLUDING
MENOS EXCEPT
SEGN ACCORDING TO
SALVO EXCEPT
%XAMPLES
%NTRE T Y YO ESTA COMIDA ES HORRIBLE
4ODOS BEBEN AGUA INCLUSO YO
3EGN T LA CHICA ES BONITA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7HENEVER YOU WANT TO SAY hWITH HIM WITH HER WITH YOU FORMAL WITH THEM WITH YOU
ALL FORMAL v THERE ARE TWO POSSIBILITIES )F THE PRONOUN IS REFERRING TO THE SUBJECT OF THE
SENTENCE USE CONSIGO )F THE PRONOUN DOES NOT REFER TO THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE USE
CON THE APPROPRIATE PRONOUN
Direct Object Pronouns: Part I
The object that directly receives the action of the verb is called the direct object.
Bill hit the ball.
Ball receives the action of the verb hit.
Sherry reads the book.
Book receives the action of the verb reads.
The direct object answers the question what? or whom? with regard to what the
subject of the sentence is doing.
Bill hit the ball.
Bill hit what?
Bill hit the ball.
Sherry hit Bill.
Sherry hit whom?
Sherry hit Bill.
Often, it is desirable to replace the name of the direct object with a pronoun.
Example 1:
Paul bought the flowers. He took the flowers home and gave the flowers to his wife.
Example 2:
Paul bought the flowers. He took them home and gave them to his wife.
When the pronoun replaces the name of the direct object, use the following pronouns:
me (me)
te (you-familiar)
lo, la (him, her, it, you-formal)
nos (us)
os (you-all-familiar)
los, las (them, you-all-formal)
In an affirmative statement with one verb, the direct object pronoun comes immediately
before the conjugated verb.
Tengo = I have
Tengo la pluma. = I have the pen.
La tengo. = I have it.
The pronoun (la) comes immediately before the verb (tengo).
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
The direct object can also be a person.
Sherry hit Bill. (DO=Bill)
Notice that if the subject of the sentence changes, this does not affect the direct object
pronoun.
Juan la tiene.
Juan tiene = John has
Juan tiene la pluma. = John has the pen.
Juan la tiene. = John has it.
Mara la tiene.
Mara tiene = Mary has
Mara tiene la pluma. = Mary has the pen.
Mara la tiene. = Mary has it.
However, if the direct object of the sentence changes to a masculine noun, the masculine
pronoun must be used.
Juan lo tiene.
Juan tiene = John has
Juan tiene el libro. = John has the book.
Juan lo tiene. = John has it.
but
Juan la tiene.
Juan tiene = John has
Juan tiene la pluma. = John has the pen.
Juan la tiene. = John has it.
Likewise, if the direct object of the sentence changes from singular to plural, the plural
pronoun must be used.
Juan lo tiene.
Juan tiene = John has
Juan tiene el libro. = John has the book.
Juan lo tiene. = John has it.
but
Mara los tiene.
Mara tiene = Mary has
Mara tiene los libros. = Mary has the books.
Mara los tiene. = Mary has them.
Look at how Spanish and English are different.
Lo tengo and La tengo BOTH mean I have it.
Differences:
1 ..It has two forms in Spanish: lo, la
2 Tengo one word in Spanish = two words in English (I have)
3 The word order is different. In Spanish, the pronoun (lo, la) comes before the
verb; in English, the pronoun (it) comes after the verb.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
and
Other times, direct translation doesnt work so well:
I eat the soup.
I = Yo
I eat = Yo como
I eat the = Yo como la
I eat the soup = Yo como la sopa.
Because como means I eat, the word yo is redundant. A better translation might be:
I eat the soup. = Como la sopa.
Sometimes, when you try to translate literally, you run into much bigger problems:
I eat it. (the soup - la sopa)
I = Yo
I eat = Yo como
I eat it. = Yo como la.
This is completely incorrect!
The correct translation would be:
I eat it. (the soup) = La como.
As you can see, directly translating sentences with direct object pronouns doesnt work,
so . . . dont do it! There is a better, easier way.
Learn to translate groups of words, rather than individual words. The first step is to learn
to view two Spanish words as a single phrase.
Try to think of each line as a single phrase, not two separate words:
la como
lo como
la leo
lo leo
la veo
lo veo
la tengo
lo tengo
la compro
lo compro
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
When you try to translate literally from English to Spanish, sometimes it works very well:
John eats the soup.
John = Juan
John eats = Juan come
John eats the = Juan come la
John eats the soup = Juan come la sopa.
Read each line again. Before you do, glance at the translation beneath it. Then, read each
line thinking of it as a phrase that has the same meaning as the English phrase below it.
la como
I eat it (feminine DO - la sopa, la comida, etc.)
lo como
I eat it (masculine DO - el pollo, el arroz, etc.)
lo leo
I read it
la veo
I see it
lo veo
I see it
la tengo
I have it
lo tengo
I have it
la compro
I buy it
lo compro
I buy it
In the previous examples, it is clear that the subject of the sentence is I because the
verbs are all conjugated in the yo form. With other verb forms, it is often desirable to
add a word to clarify the subject.
Juan la come. (la comida) ................................... Juan eats it.
Mara lo tiene. (el libro) ...................................... Mara has it.
El chico la compra. (la pluma) ............................. The boy buys it.
La chica lo ve. (el edificio) ................................... The girl sees it.
Ustedes lo leen. (el peridico) ............................. You-all read it.
Now, some examples of plural direct objects.
Juan come dos sndwiches ................................ Los come. or Juan los come.
Mara tiene tres libros ......................................... Los tiene. or Mara los tiene.
El chico compra dos revistas ............................... Las compra. or El chico las compra.
La chica ve dos coches ....................................... Los ve. or La chica los ve.
Ella compra dos televisiores ................................ Los compra. or Ella los compra.
Tenemos dos mesas............................................ Las tenemos. or Nosotros las tenemos.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
la leo
I read it
Now, some examples where the direct object is a person.
I know you ............... Te conozco.
She loves him ........... Ella lo ama.
She loves me ............ Ella me ama.
Juan sees her ........... Juan la ve.
They call us .............. Ellos nos llaman.
We call them ............ Los llamamos.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Just as no one has ever learned to ride a bicycle by reading about it, neither will you learn
to use direct object pronouns simply by reading this lesson. The key to success, as always,
is to practice, practice, practice.
iV"LiV*\*>
2EMEMBER A DIRECT OBJECT RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB
"ILL HIT THE BALL
h"ALLv RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB hHITv
3HERRY READS THE BOOK
h"OOKv RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB hREADSv
!LSO THE DIRECT OBJECT ANSWERS THE QUESTION hWHAT v OR hWHOM v WITH REGARD TO WHAT
THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS DOING
"ILL HIT THE BALL
"ILL HIT WHAT 4HE BALL
3HERRY HIT "ILL
3HERRY HIT WHOM "ILL
/FTEN IT IS DESIRABLE TO REPLACE THE NAME OF THE DIRECT OBJECT WITH A PRONOUN
%XAMPLE
0AUL BOUGHT THE mOWERS (E TOOK THE mOWERS HOME AND GAVE THE mOWERS TO HIS WIFE
%XAMPLE
0AUL BOUGHT THE mOWERS (E TOOK THEM HOME AND GAVE THEM TO HIS WIFE
7HEN THE PRONOUN REPLACES THE NAME OF THE DIRECT OBJECT USE THE FOLLOWING PRONOUNS
ME ME
TE YOU
FAMILIAR
LO LA HIM HER IT YOU
FORMAL
NOS US
OS YOU
ALL
FAMILIAR
LOS LAS THEM YOU
ALL
FORMAL
)N A NEGATIVE SENTENCE WITH ONE VERB THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN IS PLACED BETWEEN THE
NEGATIVE WORD AND THE CONJUGATED VERB
!FlRMATIVE 3ENTENCE
) BUY THE BOOKS
#OMPRO LOS LIBROS
,OS COMPRO ) BUY THEM
.EGATIVE 3ENTENCE
) DONT BUY THE BOOKS
.O COMPRO LOS LIBROS
.O LOS COMPRO ) DONT BUY THEM
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!ND THE DIRECT OBJECT CAN ALSO BE A PERSON
3HERRY HIT "ILL $/ "ILL
2EMEMBER DONT TRY TO TRANSLATE WORD FOR WORD )NSTEAD THINK IN TERMS OF PHRASES OR
CONCEPTS &OR EXAMPLE THE SENTENCE h.O LOS COMPRASv CONTAINS TWO CONCEPTS
LOS COMPRAS YOU BUY THEM
NO MAKES THE WHOLE SENTENCE NEGATIVE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#OMPARE THE FOLLOWING AFlRMATIVE STATEMENTS WITH THEIR NEGATIVE COUNTERPARTS
,OS COMPRAS
.O LOS COMPRAS
'UADALUPE SIEMPRE LO ESTUDIA
'UADALUPE NUNCA LO ESTUDIA
%LLOS NOS CONOCEN
%LLOS NO NOS CONOCEN
iV"LiV*\*>
2EMEMBER A DIRECT OBJECT RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB
"ILL HIT THE BALL
h"ALLv RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB hHITv
3HERRY READS THE BOOK
h"OOKv RECEIVES THE ACTION OF THE VERB hREADSv
!LSO REMEMBER THAT THE DIRECT OBJECT ANSWERS THE QUESTION hWHAT v OR hWHOM v WITH
REGARD TO WHAT THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS DOING
"ILL HIT THE BALL
"ILL HIT WHAT 4HE BALL
3HERRY HIT "ILL
3HERRY HIT WHOM "ILL
/FTEN IT IS DESIRABLE TO REPLACE THE NAME OF THE DIRECT OBJECT WITH A PRONOUN
%XAMPLE
0AUL BOUGHT THE mOWERS (E TOOK THE mOWERS HOME AND GAVE THE mOWERS TO HIS WIFE
%XAMPLE
0AUL BOUGHT THE mOWERS (E TOOK THEM HOME AND GAVE THEM TO HIS WIFE
7HEN THE PRONOUN REPLACES THE NAME OF THE DIRECT OBJECT USE THE FOLLOWING PRONOUNS
ME ME
TE YOU
FAMILIAR
LO LA HIM HER IT YOU
FORMAL
NOS US
OS YOU
ALL
FAMILIAR
LOS LAS THEM YOU
ALL
FORMAL
7HEN A SENTENCE HAS TWO VERBS THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED AND THE SECOND VERB REMAINS
IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
PODER TO BE ABLE
PAGAR TO PAY
0UEDO PAGAR DIEZ PESOS ) AM ABLE TO PAY PESOS
PREFERIR TO PREFER
HABLAR TO SPEAK
%LENA PRElERE HABLAR ESPAOL %LENA PREFERS TO SPEAK 3PANISH
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!ND THE DIRECT OBJECT CAN ALSO BE A PERSON
3HERRY HIT "ILL $/ "ILL
)N SENTENCES WITH TWO VERBS THERE ARE TWO OPTIONS REGARDING THE PLACEMENT OF THE DIRECT
OBJECT PRONOUN
0LACE IT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
!TTACH IT DIRECTLY TO THE INlNITIVE
(ERE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE INlNITIVE
1UIERO VERLO ) WANT TO SEE IT
$EBEMOS COMPRARLO 7E SHOULD BUY IT
-ARA DEBE VISITARNOS -ARY SHOULD VISIT US
*UAN NECESITA LAVARLO *OHN NEEDS TO WASH IT
(ERE ARE THE TWO METHODS SIDE BY SIDE .EITHER METHOD IS hBETTERv THAN THE OTHER
,O QUIERO VER
1UIERO VERLO
) WANT TO SEE IT
,O DEBEMOS COMPRAR
$EBEMOS COMPRARLO
7E SHOULD BUY IT
-ARA NOS DEBE VISITAR
-ARA DEBE VISITARNOS
-ARY SHOULD VISIT US
*UAN LO NECESITA LAVAR
*UAN NECESITA LAVARLO
*OHN NEEDS TO WASH IT
4HESE SAME RULES APPLY FOR QUESTIONS AND NEGATIVE STATEMENTS
z,O DEBEMOS COMPRAR
z$EBEMOS COMPRARLO
3HOULD WE BUY IT
*UAN NO LO NECESITA LAVAR
*UAN NO NECESITA LAVARLO
*OHN DOESNT NEED TO WASH IT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN PLACED BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
,O QUIERO VER ) WANT TO SEE IT
,O DEBEMOS COMPRAR 7E SHOULD BUY IT
-ARA NOS DEBE VISITAR -ARY SHOULD VISIT US
*UAN LO NECESITA LAVAR *OHN NEEDS TO WASH IT
4HE INDIRECT OBJECT )/ TELLS US WHERE THE DIRECT OBJECT $/ IS GOING
(E GIVES THE BOOK TO -ARA
$/ "OOK
7HERE IS THE BOOK GOING
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
(E GIVES -ARA THE BOOK
$/ "OOK
7HERE IS THE BOOK GOING
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
4HE INDIRECT OBJECT ANSWERS THE QUESTION h4O WHOM v OR h&OR WHOM v THE ACTION OF THE
VERB IS PERFORMED
(E GIVES -ARA THE BOOK
4O WHOM DOES HE GIVE THE BOOK
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
(E BUYS ME mOWERS
&OR WHOM DOES HE BUY THE mOWERS
&OR ME
)/ ME
3ENTENCES THAT HAVE AN INDIRECT OBJECT USUALLY ALSO HAVE A DIRECT OBJECT 2EMEMBER THE
)/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING .OTICE HOW THE SENTENCES BELOW JUST WOULDNT WORK
WITHOUT A DIRECT OBJECT
(E GIVES -ARA
THE BOOK THE PEN THE DIAMOND ETC
(E BUYS ME
mOWERS CANDY AN IRONING BOARD ETC
3OMETIMES THE DIRECT OBJECT IS NOT STATED RATHER IT IS IMPLIED OR UNDERSTOOD
-Y MOTHER WRITES ME EVERY WEEK
$/ LETTER UNDERSTOOD
)/ ME
-Y MOTHER WRITES ME A LETTER EVERY WEEK
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
`iV"LiV*\*>
3HE TOLD HIM
$/ IT UNDERSTOOD
)/ HIM
3HE TOLD IT TO HIM
7HEN A PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF THE NAME OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE THE FOLLOWING
PRONOUNS
ME ME
TE YOU
FAMILIAR
LE HIM HER YOU
FORMAL
NOS US
OS YOU
ALL
FAMILIAR
LES THEM YOU
ALL
FORMAL
)N AN AFlRMATIVE STATEMENT WITH ONE VERB THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES IMMEDIATELY
BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
*UAN ME COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS ME A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR ME
*UAN TE COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS YOU A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR YOU
*UAN LE COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS HER A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR HER
*UAN NOS COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS US A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR US
*UAN OS COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS YOU
ALL FAMILIAR A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR YOU
ALL
*UAN LES COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS THEM A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR THEM
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4O IDENTIFY THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE OUR TWO GUIDELINES
4HE )/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING
4HE )/ ANSWERS THE QUESTION hTO WHOM v OR hFOR WHOMv THE ACTION OF THE VERB IS
PERFORMED
,ETS EXTRACT THE )/ PHRASE AND ITS %NGLISH EQUIVALENT
ME COMPRA BUYS FOR ME
TE COMPRA BUYS FOR YOU
LE COMPRA BUYS FOR HER
NOS COMPRA BUYS FOR US
OS COMPRA BUYS FOR YOU
ALL
LES COMPRA BUYS FOR THEM
*UST LIKE WITH THE DIRECT OBJECT THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRESENTS A PROBLEM IF ONE TRIES TO
TRANSLATE WORD
FOR
WORD
*UAN ME COMPRA UN REGALO *OHN FOR ME HE BUYS A GIFT
4HE KEY TO LEARNING TO USE THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS IS THE SAME AS THE KEY FOR DIRECT
OBJECT PRONOUNS 9OU MUST LEARN TO THINK IN PHRASES NOT WORDS 4HE PHRASES CONSIST OF A
PRONOUN AND A CONJUGATED VERB )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES NOTE THAT THE )/ REMAINS THE
SAME WHILE THE SUBJECT OF THE PHRASE CHANGES
ME COMPRA HE BUYS ME
ME COMPRAN THEY BUY ME
ME COMPRAS YOU BUY ME
4HE )/ PRONOUNS LE AND LES PRESENT A SPECIAL PROBLEM BECAUSE THEY ARE AMBIGUOUS 4HAT
IS THEY CAN STAND FOR DIFFERENT THINGS
LE
TO FOR HIM
TO FOR HER
TO FOR YOU
FORMAL
LES
TO FOR THEM
TO FOR YOU
ALL
FORMAL
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OW FOCUS IN ON ONE PART OF EACH OF THE PREVIOUS EXAMPLES
*UAN ME COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR ME A GIFT
*UAN TE COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR YOU A GIFT
*UAN LE COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR HER A GIFT
*UAN NOS COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR US A GIFT
*UAN OS COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR YOU
ALL FAMILIAR A GIFT
*UAN LES COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS FOR THEM A GIFT
/UT OF CONTEXT THERE IS NO WAY WE CAN KNOW THE MEANING
%LLA LE ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
3HE WRITES HIM A LETTER
3HE WRITES HER A LETTER
3HE WRITES YOU FORMAL A LETTER
%LLA LES ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
3HE WRITES THEM A LETTER
3HE WRITES YOU
ALL FORMAL A LETTER
3INCE LE AND LES CAN MEAN MORE THAN ONE THING A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE IS OFTEN ADDED TO
REMOVE THE AMBIGUITY
%LLA LE ESCRIBE A *UAN UNA CARTA
%LLA LE ESCRIBE A SU HERMANA UNA CARTA
%LLA LE ESCRIBE A USTED UNA CARTA
%LLA LES ESCRIBE A SUS PADRES UNA CARTA
%LLA LES ESCRIBE A USTEDES UNA CARTA
3OMETIMES A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE IS ADDED NOT FOR CLARITY BUT RATHER FOR EMPHASIS
*UAN ME DA A M EL DINERO
*OHN GIVES ME THE MONEY
EMPHASIZING THAT THE MONEY IS GIVEN TO ME AND NOT TO SOMEONE ELSE
*UAN TE DA A TI EL DINERO
*OHN GIVES YOU THE MONEY EMPHASIS ON YOU
4HERE IS NO AMBIGUITY IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE )T CAN ONLY MEAN ONE THING
*UAN ME DA EL DINERO
*OHN GIVES ME THE MONEY
4HE ADDITION OF A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE MERELY ADDS EMPHASIS
*UAN ME DA A M EL DINERO
*OHN GIVES ME THE MONEY
,ETS SUM UP THE IMPORTANT POINTS OF THIS LESSON
s 4HE )/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING
s 4HE )/ ANSWERS THE QUESTION TO WHOM OR FOR WHOM
s 3ENTENCES THAT HAVE AN )/ USUALLY ALSO HAVE A $/
s 3OMETIMES THE $/ IS NOT STATED BUT RATHER IS IMPLIED OR UNDERSTOOD
s 4HE )/ PRONOUNS ARE ME TE LE NOS OS LES
s 0LACE THE PRONOUN BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
s 4HINK IN PHRASES DO NOT TRANSLATE WORD
FOR
WORD
s ,E AND LES ARE AMBIGUOUS
s 0REPOSITIONAL PHRASES ARE OFTEN USED FOR CLARITY AND FOR EMPHASIS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE FOLLOWING SENTENCES WHILE GRAMMATICALLY CORRECT ARE AMBIGUOUS
%LLA LE ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
%LLA LES ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
`iV"LiV*\*>
4HE INDIRECT OBJECT )/ TELLS US WHERE THE DIRECT OBJECT $/ IS GOING
(E GIVES THE BOOK TO -ARA
$/ "OOK
7HERE IS THE BOOK GOING
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
(E GIVES -ARA THE BOOK
$/ "OOK
7HERE IS THE BOOK GOING
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
4HE INDIRECT OBJECT ANSWERS THE QUESTION h4O WHOM v OR h&OR WHOM v THE ACTION OF THE
VERB IS PERFORMED
(E GIVES -ARA THE BOOK
4O WHOM DOES HE GIVE THE BOOK
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
(E BUYS ME mOWERS
&OR WHOM DOES HE BUY THE mOWERS
&OR ME
)/ ME
3ENTENCES THAT HAVE AN INDIRECT OBJECT USUALLY HAVE A DIRECT OBJECT 2EMEMBER THE )/ TELLS
US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING .OTICE HOW THE SENTENCES BELOW JUST WOULDNT WORK WITHOUT A
DIRECT OBJECT
(E GIVES -ARA
THE BOOK THE PEN THE DIAMOND ETC
(E BUYS ME
mOWERS CANDY AN IRONING BOARD ETC
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS BEGIN WITH A REVIEW OF THE PREVIOUS LESSON
4O IDENTIFY THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE OUR TWO GUIDELINES
4HE )/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING
4HE )/ ANSWERS THE QUESTION hTO WHOM v OR hFOR WHOMv THE ACTION OF THE VERB IS
PERFORMED
7HEN A PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF THE NAME OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE THE FOLLOWING
PRONOUNS
ME ME
TE YOU
FAMILIAR
LE HIM HER YOU
FORMAL
NOS US
OS YOU
ALL
FAMILIAR
LES THEM YOU
ALL
FORMAL
)N A NEGATIVE STATEMENT WITH ONE VERB THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES BETWEEN THE
NEGATIVE WORD AND THE CONJUGATED VERB
L NO ME COMPRA NADA
(E DOESNT BUY ME ANYTHING
(E DOESNT BUY ANYTHING FOR ME
%LLA NO TE TRAE EL DESAYUNO
3HE DOESNT BRING YOU BREAKFAST
3HE DOESNT BRING BREAKFAST FOR YOU
.O LE MANDO A L LA CUENTA
) DONT SEND HIM THE BILL
) DONT SEND THE BILL TO HIM
%LLOS NO NOS COMPRAN NINGN REGALO
4HEY DONT BUY US ANY GIFTS
4HEY DONT BUY ANY GIFTS FOR US
#OMPARE THE AFlRMATIVE STATEMENTS WITH THEIR NEGATIVE COUNTERPARTS
L ME COMPRA ALGO
L NO ME COMPRA NADA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3OMETIMES THE DIRECT OBJECT IS NOT STATED RATHER IT IS IMPLIED OR UNDERSTOOD
-Y MOTHER WRITES ME EVERY WEEK
$/ LETTER UNDERSTOOD
)/ ME
-Y MOTHER WRITES ME A LETTER EVERY WEEK
3HE TOLD HIM
$/ IT UNDERSTOOD
)/ HIM
3HE TOLD IT TO HIM
2EMEMBER DONT TRANSLATE WORD FOR WORD )NSTEAD THINK IN TERMS OF PHRASES OR CONCEPTS
h%LLOS NO NOS COMPRAN NINGN REGALOv CONTAINS CONCEPTS
ELLOS NOS COMPRAN THEY BUY US
REGALO GIFT
NO NINGN MAKE THE SENTENCE NEGATIVE
4HE KEY TO LEARNING TO USE THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS IS THE SAME AS THE KEY FOR DIRECT
OBJECT PRONOUNS 9OU MUST LEARN TO THINK IN PHRASES NOT WORDS 4HE PHRASES CONSIST OF A
PRONOUN AND A CONJUGATED VERB )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES NOTE THAT THE )/ REMAINS THE
SAME WHILE THE SUBJECT OF THE PHRASE CHANGES
NO ME COMPRA HE DOESNT BUY FOR ME
NO ME COMPRAS YOU DONT BUY FOR ME
2EMEMBER THE )/ PRONOUNS LE AND LES PRESENT A SPECIAL PROBLEM BECAUSE THEY ARE
AMBIGUOUS 4HAT IS THEY CAN STAND FOR DIFFERENT THINGS
LE
TO FOR HIM
TO FOR HER
TO FOR YOU FORMAL
LES
TO FOR THEM
TO FOR YOU ALL FORMAL
4HE FOLLOWING SENTENCES WHILE GRAMMATICALLY CORRECT ARE AMBIGUOUS
%LLA NO LE ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
%LLA NO LES ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
/UT OF CONTEXT THERE IS NO WAY WE CAN KNOW THE MEANING
%LLA NO LE ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
3HE DOESNT WRITE HIM A LETTER
3HE DOESNT WRITE HER A LETTER
3HE DOESNT WRITE YOU FORMAL A LETTER
%LLA NO LES ESCRIBE UNA CARTA
3HE DOESNT WRITE THEM A LETTER
3HE DOESNT WRITE YOU ALL FORMAL A LETTER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
%LLA TE TRAE EL DESAYUNO
%LLA NO TE TRAE EL DESAYUNO
,E MANDO A L LA CUENTA
.O LE MANDO A L LA CUENTA
%LLOS NOS COMPRAN REGALOS
%LLOS NO NOS COMPRAN NINGN REGALO
3OMETIMES A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE IS ADDED NOT FOR CLARITY BUT RATHER FOR EMPHASIS
*UAN NO ME DA A M EL DINERO
*OHN DOESNT GIVE ME THE MONEY
EMPHASIZING THAT THE MONEY IS NOT GIVEN TO ME BUT RATHER TO SOMEONE ELSE
*UAN NO TE DA A TI EL DINERO
*OHN DOESNT GIVE YOU THE MONEY EMPHASIS ON YOU
4HERE IS NO AMBIGUITY IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE )T CAN ONLY MEAN ONE THING
*UAN NO ME DA EL DINERO
*OHN DOESNT GIVE ME THE MONEY
4HE ADDITION OF A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE MERELY ADDS EMPHASIS
*UAN NO ME DA A M EL DINERO
*OHN DOESNT GIVE ME THE MONEY
2EMEMBER
s 4HE )/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING
s 4HE )/ ANSWERS THE QUESTION TO WHOM OR FOR WHOM
s )N ORDER FOR A SENTENCE TO HAVE A )/ IT MUST ALSO HAVE A $/
s 3OMETIMES THE $/ IS NOT STATED BUT RATHER IS IMPLIED OR UNDERSTOOD
s 4HE )/ PRONOUNS ARE ME TE LE NOS OS LES
s )N A NEGATIVE SENTENCE PLACE THE PRONOUN BETWEEN THE NEGATIVE WORD AND THE CONJUGATED
VERB
s 4HINK IN PHRASES DO NOT TRANSLATE WORD
FOR
WORD
s ,E AND LES ARE AMBIGUOUS
s 0REPOSITIONAL PHRASES ARE OFTEN USED FOR CLARITY AND FOR EMPHASIS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3INCE LE AND LES CAN MEAN MORE THAN ONE THING A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE IS OFTEN ADDED TO
REMOVE THE AMBIGUITY
%LLA NO LE ESCRIBE A *UAN UNA CARTA
%LLA NO LE ESCRIBE A SU HERMANA UNA CARTA
%LLA NO LE ESCRIBE A USTED UNA CARTA
%LLA NO LES ESCRIBE A SUS PADRES UNA CARTA
%LLA NO LES ESCRIBE A USTEDES UNA CARTA
2EMEMBER THE INDIRECT OBJECT ANSWERS THE QUESTION h4O WHOM v OR h&OR WHOM v THE
ACTION OF THE VERB IS PERFORMED
(E GIVES -ARA THE BOOK
4O WHOM DOES HE GIVE THE BOOK
4O -ARA
)/ -ARA
(E BUYS ME mOWERS
&OR WHOM DOES HE BUY THE mOWERS
&OR ME
)/ ME
4O IDENTIFY THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE OUR TWO GUIDELINES
4HE )/ TELLS US WHERE THE $/ IS GOING
4HE )/ ANSWERS THE QUESTION hTO WHOM v OR hFOR WHOMv THE ACTION OF THE VERB IS PERFORMED
7HEN A PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF THE NAME OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT USE THE FOLLOWING
PRONOUNS
ME ME
TE YOU
FAMILIAR
LE HIM HER YOU
FORMAL
NOS US
OS YOU
ALL
FAMILIAR
LES THEM YOU
ALL
FORMAL
)N AN AFlRMATIVE STATEMENT WITH ONE VERB THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES IMMEDIATELY
BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
*UAN ME COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS ME A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR ME
*UAN NOS COMPRA UN REGALO
*OHN BUYS US A GIFT
*OHN BUYS A GIFT FOR US
7HEN A SENTENCE HAS TWO VERBS THE lRST VERB IS CONJUGATED AND THE SECOND VERB REMAINS
IN THE INlNITIVE FORM
PODER TO BE ABLE
PAGAR TO PAY
0UEDO PAGAR DIEZ PESOS ) AM ABLE TO PAY PESOS
PREFERIR TO PREFER
HABLAR TO SPEAK
%LENA PRElERE HABLAR ESPAOL %LENA PREFERS TO SPEAK 3PANISH
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
`iV"LiV*\*>
)N SENTENCES WITH TWO VERBS THERE ARE TWO OPTIONS REGARDING THE PLACEMENT OF THE
INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
0LACE IT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
!TTACH IT DIRECTLY TO THE INlNITIVE
(ERE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE INlNITIVE
.ECESITAS DARME UN REGALO 9OU NEED TO GIVE ME A GIFT
.ECESITO COMPRARTE UN SOMBRERO ) NEED TO BUY YOU A HAT
*UAN DEBE PRESTARNOS EL DINERO *UAN MUST LEND US THE MONEY
-ARA QUIERE ALQUILARLE A *UAN EL APARTAMENTO -ARA WANTS TO RENT THE APARTMENT TO *UAN
(ERE ARE THE TWO METHODS SIDE BY SIDE .EITHER METHOD IS hBETTERv THAN THE OTHER
-E NECESITAS DAR UN REGALO
.ECESITAS DARME UN REGALO
9OU NEED TO GIVE ME A GIFT
4E NECESITO COMPRAR UN SOMBRERO
.ECESITO COMPRARTE UN SOMBRERO
) NEED TO BUY YOU A HAT
*UAN NOS DEBE PRESTAR EL DINERO
*UAN DEBE PRESTARNOS EL DINERO
*UAN MUST LEND US THE MONEY
-ARA LE QUIERE ALQUILAR A *UAN EL APARTAMENTO
-ARA QUIERE ALQUILARLE A *UAN EL APARTAMENTO
-ARA WANTS TO RENT THE APARTMENT TO *UAN
7HEN READING OR HEARING SENTENCES LIKE THESE YOU MUST LEARN TO RECOGNIZE WHOLE GROUPS
OF WORDS RATHER THAN INSPECTING EACH WORD INDEPENDENTLY
-E NECESITAS DAR UN REGALO
-E NECESITAS DAR 9OU NEED TO GIVE ME
.ECESITAS DARME UN REGALO
.ECESITAS DARME 9OU NEED TO GIVE ME
4E NECESITO COMPRAR UN SOMBRERO
4E NECESITO COMPRAR ) NEED TO BUY YOU
.ECESITO COMPRARTE UN SOMBRERO
.ECESITO COMPRARTE ) NEED TO BUY YOU
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN PLACED BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
-E NECESITAS DAR UN REGALO 9OU NEED TO GIVE ME A GIFT
4E NECESITO COMPRAR UN SOMBRERO ) NEED TO BUY YOU A HAT
*UAN NOS DEBE PRESTAR EL DINERO *UAN MUST LEND US THE MONEY
-ARA LE QUIERE ALQUILAR A *UAN EL APARTAMENTO -ARA WANTS TO RENT THE APARTMENT TO *UAN
9OUR SUCCESS IN BEING ABLE TO RECOGNIZE THESE GROUPS IS LARGELY DEPENDENT UPON HAVING
LEARNED PREVIOUS MATERIALNAMELY VERB CONJUGATION
9OU NEED TO BE ABLE TO QUICKLY RECOGNIZE A CONJUGATED VERB AND AN INlNITIVE 9OU NEED TO
AUTOMATICALLY RECOGNIZE hNECESITO COMPRARv AS h) NEED TO BUYv
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)F YOU CAN DO THAT IT IS JUST ONE SMALL STEP TO RECOGNIZE hTE NECESITO COMPRARv AS h) NEED TO BUY FOR
YOUv &ROM THERE THE lNAL STEP IS EASY h4E NECESITO COMPRAR UN REGALOv
iV>``iV"LiV*
1i`/}ii
$/ 02/./5.3
ME
TE
LO LA
NOS
OS
LOS LAS
)/ 02/./5.3
%.',)3( %15)6!,%.4
ME
TE
LE
NOS
OS
LES
ME
YOU FAMILIAR
HIM HER IT YOU FORMAL
US
YOU
ALL FAMILIAR
THEM YOU
ALL FORMAL
7HEN YOU HAVE BOTH A DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN AND AN INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN IN THE SAME
SENTENCE THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES lRST
%LLOS ME LOS DAN
4HEY GIVE THEM TO ME
)/ PRONOUN ME
$/ PRONOUN LOS
%LLA TE LA VENDE
3HE SELLS IT TO YOU
)/ PRONOUN TE
$/ PRONOUN LA
7HENEVER BOTH PRONOUNS BEGIN WITH THE LETTER hLv CHANGE THE lRST PRONOUN TO hSEv
LE LO SE LO
LE LA SE LA
LE LOS SE LOS
LE LAS SE LAS
LES LO SE LO
LES LA SE LA
LES LOS SE LOS
LES LAS SE LAS
4HE REASON FOR CHANGING hLE LOv TO hSE LOv IS MERELY TO AVOID THE TONGUE
TWISTING EFFECT
OF TWO SHORT CONSECUTIVE WORDS THAT BEGIN WITH THE LETTER hLv 4O DEMONSTRATE THIS lRST
QUICKLY SAY hLES LASv AND THEN QUICKLY SAY hSE LASv 3EE HOW MUCH EASIER IT IS TO SAY hSE LAS v
)N NEGATIVE SENTENCES THE NEGATIVE WORD COMES DIRECTLY BEFORE THE lRST PRONOUN
.O SE LO TENGO ) DONT HAVE IT FOR YOU
.UNCA SE LOS COMPRO ) NEVER BUY THEM FOR HER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS AND THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS SIDE BY SIDE
)N SENTENCES WITH TWO VERBS THERE ARE TWO OPTIONS REGARDING THE PLACEMENT OF THE
PRONOUNS 0LACE THEM IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB OR ATTACH THEM DIRECTLY TO
THE INlNITIVE
3HE SHOULD EXPLAIN IT TO ME
%LLA ME LO DEBE EXPLICAR
%LLA DEBE EXPLICRMELO
) WANT TO TELL IT TO YOU
4E LO QUIERO DECIR
1UIERO DECRTELO
9OU NEED TO SEND IT TO THEM
3E LA NECESITAS ENVIAR A ELLOS
.ECESITAS ENVIRSELA A ELLOS
.OTE THAT WHEN ATTACHING THE PRONOUNS TO THE INlNITIVE A WRITTEN ACCENT IS ALSO ADDED TO THE lNAL SYLLABLE OF
THE INlNITIVE 4HIS PRESERVES THE SOUND OF THE INlNITIVE
7HEN THE PRONOUNS ARE ATTACHED TO THE INlNITIVE MAKE THE SENTENCE NEGATIVE BY PLACING
THE NEGATIVE WORD DIRECTLY BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
%LLA DEBE EXPLICRMELO
%LLA NO DEBE EXPLICRMELO
1UIERO DECRTELO
.O QUIERO DECRTELO
.ECESITAS ENVIRSELA A ELLOS
.O NECESITAS ENVIRSELA A ELLOS
7HEN THE PRONOUNS COME BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB MAKE THE SENTENCE NEGATIVE BY
PLACING THE NEGATIVE WORD DIRECTLY BEFORE THE PRONOUNS
%LLA ME LO DEBE EXPLICAR
%LLA NO ME LO DEBE EXPLICAR
4E LO QUIERO DECIR
.O TE LO QUIERO DECIR
3E LA NECESITAS ENVIAR A ELLOS
.O SE LA NECESITAS ENVIAR A ELLOS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"ECAUSE THE PRONOUN SE CAN HAVE SO MANY MEANINGS IT IS OFTEN HELPFUL TO CLARIFY IT BY
USING A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE
L SE LO DICE !MBIGUOUS (E TELLS IT TO WHOM
L SE LO DICE A *UAN (E TELLS IT TO HIM TO *UAN
L SE LO DICE A -ARA (E TELLS IT TO HER TO -ARA
L SE LO DICE A ELLA (E TELLS IT TO HER
6iLi>
4HIS IS A GOOD TIME TO DISCUSS THE VERB hGUSTARv BECAUSE USING IT REQUIRES USE OF THE )/
PRONOUNS
-E GUSTA EL CUARTO ) LIKE THE ROOM
.OS GUSTAN LOS LIBROS 7E LIKE THE BOOKS
%XAMINE THE SAME SENTENCES MORE CLOSELY
) LIKE THE ROOM
) SUBJECT OF SENTENCE
LIKE VERB
THE ROOM DIRECT OBJECT
7E LIKE THE BOOKS
7E SUBJECT OF SENTENCE
LIKE VERB
THE BOOKS DIRECT OBJECT
)N %NGLISH IT IS CORRECT TO CONSTRUCT A SENTENCE THAT HAS THE SUBJECT hLIKINGv A DIRECT OBJECT
)N 3PANISH THIS NEVER OCCURS )N 3PANISH A DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTION IS USED
%NGLISH ) LIKE THE ROOM
3PANISH 4HE ROOM IS PLEASING TO ME
%NGLISH 7E LIKE THE BOOKS
3PANISH 4HE BOOKS ARE PLEASING TO US
4HE lRST THING YOU NEED TO NOTICE IS THAT BOTH VERSIONS REALLY MEAN THE SAME THING 4HEY
ARE MERELY DIFFERENT EXPRESSIONS OF THE SAME IDEA
)DEA -Y FEELINGS WITH REGARD TO THE BOOK ARE POSITIVE
%NGLISH 7AY ) LIKE THE BOOK
3PANISH 7AY 4HE BOOK IS PLEASING TO ME
4HE SECOND THING TO NOTICE IS THAT IN %NGLISH THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS THE PERSON )
WE WHILE IN 3PANISH THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS THE OBJECT ROOM BOOKS
4HE ROOM IS PLEASING TO ME
3UBJECT 4HE ROOM
) LIKE THE ROOM
3UBJECT )
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N %NGLISH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES ARE CORRECT
) LIKE THE ROOM
7E LIKE THE BOOKS
,ETS STUDY THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE
-E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS
,ITERAL 4RANSLATION 4O ME ARE PLEASING THE BOOKS
!CTUAL 4RANSLATION ) LIKE THE BOOKS
.OTICE THAT GUSTAR IS CONJUGATED AS hGUSTANv NOT hGUSTOv ! COMMON MISTAKE IS TO SAY
h-E GUSTO LOS LIBROSv 4HIS IS INCORRECT BECAUSE THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS hLOS LIBROSv
EVEN THOUGH IT COMES AT THE END 2EMEMBER THE VERB IS CONJUGATED TO AGREE WITH THE
SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE
-E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS ) LIKE THE BOOKS
.OTICE THAT THE CONJUGATION OF GUSTAR CHANGES TO hGUSTAv WHEN THE SUBJECT OF THE
SENTENCE IS SINGULAR
-E GUSTA EL LIBRO ) LIKE THE BOOK
3INCE THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE MUST BE EITHER SINGULAR BOOK OR PLURAL BOOKS THE ONLY
FORMS OF GUSTAR YOU WILL USE ARE hGUSTAv AND hGUSTANv 4HIS IS TRUE REGARDLESS OF WHAT )/
PRONOUN APPEARS IN THE SENTENCE
-E GUSTA EL LIBRO ) LIKE THE BOOK
4E GUSTA EL LIBRO 9OU LIKE THE BOOK
.OS GUSTA EL LIBRO 7E LIKE THE BOOK
-E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS ) LIKE THE BOOKS
4E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS 9OU LIKE THE BOOKS
.OS GUSTAN LOS LIBROS 7E LIKE THE BOOKS
2EMEMBER GUSTAR BECOMES EITHER GUSTA OR GUSTAN DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE SUBJECT
OF THE SENTENCE IS SINGULAR OR PLURAL )T HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH WHICH )/ PRONOUN IS USED
3UBJECT IS SINGULAR USE GUSTA
-E GUSTA EL LIBRO
4E GUSTA EL LIBRO
3UBJECT IS PLURAL USE GUSTAN
-E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS
4E GUSTAN LOS LIBROS
2EMEMBER THE )/ PRONOUN IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE
.OS GUSTAMOS INCORRECT
4E GUSTAS INCORRECT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
&INALLY NOTICE THAT WHILE THE %NGLISH SENTENCE HAS A DIRECT OBJECT THE 3PANISH SENTENCE HAS
AN INDIRECT OBJECT
4HE ROOM IS PLEASING TO ME
ME )NDIRECT /BJECT
) LIKE THE ROOM
ROOM $IRECT /BJECT
(ERE ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF THE CORRECT USE OF GUSTAR .OTICE THAT THE ONLY FORMS OF GUSTAR
THAT APPEAR ARE GUSTA AND GUSTAN EVEN THOUGH EACH OF THE )/ PRONOUNS IS USED
3).'5,!2 35"*%#4
0,52!, 35"*%#4
,OOK MORE CLOSELY AT ONE EXAMPLE
,E GUSTA LA SILLA
)T IS IMPOSSIBLE TO TELL WHETHER THIS MEANS
(E LIKES THE CHAIR
3HE LIKES THE CHAIR
9OU USTED LIKE THE CHAIR
&OR PURPOSES OF CLARIlCATION THE SENTENCE WILL OFTEN BEGIN WITH A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE
THAT CLARIlES JUST WHO THE )/ PRONOUN REFERS TO
! L LE GUSTA LA SILLA (E LIKES THE CHAIR
! *UAN LE GUSTA LA SILLA *OHN LIKES THE CHAIR
! ELLA LE GUSTA LA SILLA 3HE LIKES THE CHAIR
! -ARA LE GUSTA LA SILLA -ARY LIKES THE CHAIR
! USTED LE GUSTA LA SILLA 9OU FORMAL LIKE THE CHAIR
!S YOU CAN SEE BY ADDING A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE WE REMOVE THE AMBIGUITY OF THE hLEv FORM
9OU CAN ALSO USE A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE TO ADD EMPHASIS EVEN IF THERE IS NO AMBIGUITY
! *UAN LE GUSTA EL CAF *OHN LIKES COFFEE
! M ME GUSTA EL T ) LIKE TEA
)N THE lRST EXAMPLE hA *UANv CLARIlES THE AMBIGUOUS PRONOUN hLEv )N THE SECOND EXAMPLE THERE
IS NO AMBIGUITY h-E GUSTA EL Tv CAN ONLY MEAN h) LIKE TEAv )N THIS CASE hA Mv ADDS EMPHASIS
DRAWING ATTENTION TO THE FACT THAT TEA IS WHAT ) LIKE AS CONTRASTED WITH WHAT *UAN LIKES
!NOTHER WAY TO LOOK AT IT
*OHN LIKES COFFEE -E ) LIKE TEA ! *UAN LE GUSTA EL CAF ! M ME GUSTA EL T
.OW THAT YOU KNOW HOW TO CORRECTLY USE THE VERB GUSTAR HERE IS A LIST OF VERBS THAT
OPERATE IN THE SAME MANNER
ABURRIR TO BORE
FASCINAR 4O BE FASCINATING TO
BASTAR TO BE SUFlCIENT
IMPORTAR TO BE IMPORTANT TO
CAER BIEN MAL TO NOT SUIT
INTERESAR TO BE INTERESTING TO
DAR ASCO TO BE LOATHSOME
MOLESTAR TO BE A BOTHER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-E GUSTA LA CASA -E GUSTAN LAS CASAS
4E GUSTA EL CUARTO 4E GUSTAN LOS CUARTOS
,E GUSTA LA SILLA ,E GUSTAN LAS SILLAS
.OS GUSTA EL HOTEL .OS GUSTAN LOS HOTELES
/S GUSTA LA COMIDA /S GUSTAN LAS COMIDAS
,ES GUSTA EL RELOJ ,ES GUSTAN LOS RELOJES
4HE PRACTICE EXERCISES FOCUS ON USEFUL VERBS
GUSTAR
FALTAR
MOLESTAR
PARECER
DISGUSTAR
.OTE THAT ALL OF THE OTHER VERBS LISTED ABOVE BEHAVE IN THE SAME FASHION AS THE lVE PRACTICE VERBS
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE SPECIAL VERB hGUSTARv
6ERB &LASHCARDS
! *UAN LE GUSTA EL LIBRO
! *UAN LE GUSTAN LOS LIBROS
4O hLIKEv SOMETHING
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
DISGUSTAR TO HATE SOMETHING
PARECER TO APPEAR TO BE
DOLER OUE TO BE PAINFUL
PICAR TO ITCH
ENCANTAR TO hLOVEv SOMETHING
QUEDAR TO BE LEFT OVER REMAIN
FALTAR TO BE LACKING SOMETHING
VOLVER OUE LOCO TO BE CRAZY ABOUT
Present Progressive
The present progressive is formed by combining the verb to be with the present
participle. (The present participle is merely the -ing form of a verb.)
I am studying.
I am studying with Mara.
In Spanish, the present progressive is only used to describe an action that is in the process
of taking place. It is not used for future actions.
I am studying now.
(use present progressive)
I am studying with Mara tonight.
(do not use present progressive)
To form the present progressive in Spanish, combine a form of estar with the present
participle.
Estoy hablando .................................................. I am speaking.
Juan est comiendo ........................................... John is eating.
Mara est escribiendo una carta ........................ Mary is writing a letter.
In order to form the present progressive, you must know how to conjugate the verb estar,
and how to form the present participle. You already know how to conjugate the verb
estar:
estar
estoy
ests
est
estamos
estis
estn
To form the present participle of regular -ar verbs, add -ando to the stem of the verb.
hablar: hablando
(hablar - ar + ando)
trabajar: trabajando
(trabajar - ar + ando)
estudiar: estudiando
(estudiar - ar + ando)
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
In English, present progressive can be used to describe what is happening now, or what
will happen in the future.
I am studying now.
I am studying with Mara tonight.
To form the present participle of regular -er and -ir verbs, add -iendo to the stem of the
verb.
comer: comiendo
(comer - er + iendo)
hacer: haciendo
(hacer - er + iendo)
escribir: escribiendo
(escribir - ir + iendo)
To form the present participle of -ir stem changing verbs, change e:i and o:u in the stem,
and then add -iendo to the stem of the verb.
servir: sirviendo
pedir: pidiendo
decir: diciendo
dormir: durmiendo
morir: muriendo
Although it is not an -ir stem changing verb, poder also changes o:u in the stem:
poder: pudiendo
Sometimes when forming the present participle it is necessary to change the spelling of
a word so that it agrees with the way it is pronounced. We call this an orthographic
change. Here are some common examples:
caer ......................... cayendo
creer ........................ creyendo
huir .......................... huyendo
ir .............................. yendo
influir ....................... influyendo
or ............................ oyendo
traer......................... trayendo
leer .......................... leyendo
seguir....................... siguiendo
The following examples illustrate the rules for forming the present participle.
hablar ...................... hablando (-ar)
comer ...................... comiendo (-er)
vivir .......................... viviendo (-ir)
decir ........................ diciendo (e:i)
dormir...................... durmiendo (o:u)
leer .......................... leyendo (orthographic)
seguir....................... siguiendo (orthographic)
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
vivir: viviendo
(vivir - ir + iendo)
To form the present progressive, simply conjugate the verb estar to agree with the subject
of the sentence, and follow it with the present participle.
Juan est comiendo pan.
John is eating bread.
Mara y Carmen estn hablando con nosotros.
Mary and Carmen are speaking with us.
I study Spanish.
I am studying Spanish (these days).
I do study Spanish.
Estoy estudiando espaol. (Present Progressive)
I am studying (right now, at this moment) Spanish.
It is important to remember that you would never use the present progressive to say something
like We are going to Spain this summer. Use present progressive only for actions that are in
progress.
Lets add two more verb flashcards: one for present progressive and one for practice in
forming the present participle:
Verb Flashcards
20. Present Progressive
estar + present participle
I am speaking (right now, at this moment)
Never use present progressive for something that will occur in the future.
21. Present Participle (-ando, -iendo, yendo)
hablar - hablando (-ar)
comer - comiendo (-er)
vivir - viviendo (-ir)
decir - diciendo (e:i)
dormir - durmiendo (o:u)
leer - leyendo (orthographic)
seguir: siguiendo (orthographic)
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Remember, only use the present progressive for actions that are in progress. Compare
the uses of the present indicative with the uses of the present progressive.
Estudio espaol. (Present Indicative)
4HE FOLLOWING VERBS HAVE IRREGULAR FORMS FOR THE lRST PERSON SINGULAR OF THE PRESENT TENSE
CABER TO lT YO QUEPO
CAER TO FALL YO CAIGO
CONDUCIR TO DRIVE YO CONDUZCO
CONOCER TO KNOW TO BE ACQUAINTED WITH YO CONOZCO
ESCOGER TO CHOOSE YO ESCOJO
DIRIGIR TO DIRECT YO DIRIJO
HACER TO DO TO MAKE YO HAGO
PONER TO PUT TO PLACE YO PONGO
SABER TO KNOW SOMETHING
A FACT YO S
SALIR TO LEAVE YO SALGO
SEGUIR TO FOLLOW YO SIGO
TRAER TO BRING YO TRAIGO
VALER TO BE WORTH YO VALGO
VER TO SEE YO VEO
)N ADDITION TO MEMORIZING THE ABOVE LISTED VERBS YOU SHOULD FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE
FOLLOWING THREE RULES
&OR VERBS THAT END IN
CER AND
CIR CHANGE THE C TO ZC FOR THE YO FORM
CONOCER TO KNOW YO CONOZCO
CONDUCIR TO DRIVE YO CONDUZCO
CRECER TO GROW YO CREZCO
TRADUCIR TO TRANSLATE YO TRADUZCO
ESTABLECER TO ESTABLISH YO ESTABLEZCO
PRODUCIR TO PRODUCE YO PRODUZCO
&OR VERBS THAT END IN
GER AND
GIR CHANGE THE G TO J FOR THE YO FORM
ESCOGER TO CHOOSE YO ESCOJO
DIRIGIR TO DIRECT YO DIRIJO
EMERGER TO EMERGE YO EMERJO
lNGIR TO PRETEND YO lNJO
&OR VERBS THAT END IN
GUIR CHANGE THE GU TO G FOR THE YO FORM
SEGUIR TO FOLLOW YO SIGO
CONSEGUIR TO GET YO CONSIGO
DISTINGUIR TO DISTINGUISH YO DISTINGO
)T IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT THAT YOU LEARN THESE VERBS BECAUSE MATERIAL COVERED LATER
ASSUMES THAT YOU HAVE MASTERED THIS !T TIMES LEARNING THE IRREGULAR VERBS MAY SEEM
DAUNTING BUT ITS NOT AS BAD AS IT SEEMS 9OUR BEST TOOL IS YOUR VERB mASHCARDS WHICH
SHOULD BE SEPARATE FROM ANY OTHER mASHCARDS YOU MIGHT BE USING !DD THE FOLLOWING
VERB mASHCARDS TO YOUR COLLECTION
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6iLi}>*i
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
CABER TO lT YO QUEPO
CAER TO FALL YO CAIGO
CONDUCIR TO DRIVE YO CONDUZCO
CONOCER TO KNOW TO BE ACQUAINTED WITH YO CONOZCO
ESCOGER TO CHOOSE YO ESCOJO
DIRIGIR TO DIRECT YO DIRIJO
HACER TO DO TO MAKE YO HAGO
PONER TO PUT TO PLACE YO PONGO
SABER TO KNOW SOMETHINGA FACT YO S
SALIR TO LEAVE YO SALGO
SEGUIR TO FOLLOW YO SIGO
TRAER TO BRING YO TRAIGO
VALER TO BE WORTH YO VALGO
VER TO SEE YO VEO
->Li
Vi*i`*i}>
)N 3PANISH THERE ARE TWO VERBS THAT EXPRESS THE IDEA hTO KNOWv 4HESE TWO VERBS ARE
hSABERv AND hCONOCERv 4HE VERB YOU CHOOSE DEPENDS UPON THE CONTEXT IN WHICH IT IS USED
4HESE VERBS ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE
4O SAY THAT ONE IS OR IS NOT ACQUAINTED WITH A PERSON A PLACE OR AN OBJECT USE CONOCER
9O NO CONOZCO A -ARA ) DONT KNOW AM NOT ACQUAINTED WITH -ARIA
!LBERTO Y !LFREDO CONOCEN -ADRID !LBERTO AND !LFREDO KNOW
ARE ACQUAINTED WITH -ADRID
4O EXPRESS KNOWLEDGE OR IGNORANCE OF A SUBJECT OR LEARNING DISCIPLINE USE SABER OR
CONOCER DEPENDING UPON THE CONTEXT
*UAN NO SABE NADA DE INGLS *UAN DOESNT KNOW ANY %NGLISH
L SABE MATEMTICAS (E KNOWS MATHEMATICS
*UAN CONOCE LA LITERATURA ESPAOLA *UAN IS FAMILIAR WITH 3PANISH LITERATURE
4O EXPRESS KNOWLEDGE OR IGNORANCE OF A SKILL OR HOW TO DO SOMETHING USE SABER
INlNITIVE
-ARA SABE CONDUCIR -ARIA KNOWS HOW TO DRIVE
.O S NADAR MUY BIEN ) DONT KNOW HOW TO SWIM VERY WELL
4O SAY THAT YOU KNOW SOMETHING BY HEART USE SABER
-ARA SABE LOS VERBOS IRREGULARES -ARIA KNOWS THE IRREGULAR VERBS BY HEART
%LLA NO SABE LA LETRA DE ESA CANCIN 3HE DOESNT KNOW THE WORDS TO THAT SONG
4HE SITUATION WITH REGARDS TO THE CORRECT USE OF SABER AND CONOCER CAN BE SUMMARIZED AS
FOLLOWS
SABER TO KNOW A FACT TO KNOW SOMETHING THOROUGHLY TO KNOW HOW TO DO SOMETHING
CONOCER TO BE ACQUAINTED WITH A PERSON PLACE OR THING
4HE SAME SORT OF SITUATION EXISTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TWO 3PANISH VERBS PEDIR AND
PREGUNTAR 4HEY BOTH MEAN hTO ASKv BUT THEY ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE &ORTUNATELY THE
RULES FOR USING THEM ARE A BIT MORE STRAIGHTFORWARD
PEDIR TO ASK FOR OR REQUEST AN OBJECT SERVICE OR FAVOR
0IDO MS CARNE ) ASK FOR MORE MEAT
0EDIMOS AHORA 7E ORDER NOW ASK FOR SERVICE
PREGUNTAR TO ASK A QUESTION OR REQUEST INFORMATION
0REGUNTO QU HORA ES ) ASK WHAT TIME IT IS
0REGUNTAMOS A QU HORA SIRVEN LA CENA 7E ASK WHAT TIME THEY SERVE DINNER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4O EXPRESS KNOWLEDGE OR IGNORANCE OF A FACT OR INFORMATION ABOUT SOMETHING USE hSABERv
*UAN SABE DONDE EST -ARA *UAN KNOWS WHERE -ARIA IS
9O NO S TU NMERO DE TELFONO ) DONT KNOW YOUR TELEPHONE NUMBER
9OUR VERB mASHCARDS SHOULD BE YOUR CONSTANT COMPANIONS 9OU SHOULD ALWAYS HAVE THEM
WITH YOU AND YOU SHOULD PULL THEM OUT SEVERAL TIMES EACH DAY EVEN IF YOU ONLY LOOK AT
THEM FOR A COUPLE OF MINUTES .OW LETS ADD THESE TWO VERBS TO OUR GROWING STACK
6ERB &LASHCARDS
3ABER VS #ONOCER
SABER TO KNOW FACTS INFORMATION HOW TO DO SOMETHING SOMETHING BY HEART
CONOCER TO KNOW TO BE FAMILIAR WITH PEOPLE PLACES THINGS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0EDIR VS 0REGUNTAR
PEDIR TO ASK FOR AN OBJECT OR A SERVICE
PREGUNTAR TO ASK A QUESTION REQUEST INFORMATION
&IRST LETS REVIEW THE CARDINAL NUMBERS n
UNO
DOS
TRES
CUATRO
CINCO
SEIS
SIETE
OCHO
NUEVE
DIEZ
ONCE
DOCE
TRECE
CATORCE
QUINCE
DIECISIS
DIECISIETE
DIECIOCHO
DIECINUEVE
VEINTE
VEINTIUNO
VEINTIDS
VEINTITRS
VEINTICUATRO
VEINTICINCO
VEINTISIS
VEINTISIETE
VEINTIOCHO
VEINTINUEVE
TREINTA
4HE NEXT STEP IS TO LEARN TO COUNT BY S ALL THE WAY TO
SESENTA
DIEZ
SETENTA
VEINTE
OCHENTA
TREINTA
NOVENTA
CUARENTA
CIEN
CINCUENTA
.OW SEE HOW EASY IT IS TO lLL IN THE GAPS
TREINTA Y UNO
TREINTA Y DOS
TREINTA Y TRES
TREINTA Y CUATRO
TREINTA Y CINCO
TREINTA Y SEIS
TREINTA Y SIETE
4HIS PATTERN CONTINUES ALL THE WAY TO
CINCUENTA Y TRES
CINCUENTA Y CUATRO
SESENTA Y CINCO
SESENTA Y SEIS
TREINTA Y OCHO
TREINTA Y NUEVE
CUARENTA
CUARENTA Y UNO
CUARENTA Y DOS
ETC
SETENTA Y OCHO
OCHENTA Y OCHO
NOVENTA Y NUEVE
ETC
&ROM n USE hCIENTOv
CIENTO UNO
CIENTO DOS
CIENTO TRES
CIENTO SESENTA Y UNO
CIENTO SESENTA Y DOS
ETC
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
>`> Li\q
4O GET TO ALL OF THE RULES YOU HAVE LEARNED SO FAR CONTINUE TO APPLY !LL YOU NEED TO
DO NOW IS LEARN TO COUNT BY S ALL THE WAY TO AND THAT IS QUITE EASY
CIEN
DOSCIENTOS
TRESCIENTOS
CUATROCIENTOS
QUINIENTOS
SEISCIENTOS
SETECIENTOS
OCHOCIENTOS
NOVECIENTOS
MIL
(ERE ARE SOME MORE EXAMPLES
CIENTO CUARENTA Y DOS
TRESCIENTOS SETENTA Y CINCO
SEISCIENTOS DOCE
NOVECIENTOS SIETE
NOVECIENTOS NOVENTA Y NUEVE
2EMEMBER FROM AN EARLIER LESSON THERE IS A MASCULINE AND A FEMININE FORM FOR THE
NUMBER ONE
UN LIBRO ONE BOOK
UNA PLUMA ONE PEN
4HIS IS ALSO TRUE FOR THE NUMBERS ETC
DOSCIENTOS LIBROS
DOSCIENTAS PLUMAS
CUATROCIENTOS SEORES
CUATROCIENTAS SEORAS
7HEN THERE IS EXACTLY OF SOMETHING AND THE NUMBER IS USED WITH THE NOUN USE THE
SHORTENED FORM hCIENv
CIEN DLARES
CIEN GATAS
CIEN PERROS
CIEN PESETAS
&INALLY IN 3PANISH A PERIOD IS USED TO INDICATE THOUSANDS AND A COMMA IS USED AS A DECIMAL
POINT
%NGLISH
3PANISH
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OTICE THAT hYv IS USED ONLY IN NUMBERS AND ETC AND IT
IS NOT USED TO SEPARATE HUNDREDS FROM TENS
#ORRECT CIENTO OCHENTA Y NUEVE
)NCORRECT CIENTO Y OCHENTA Y NUEVE
Telling Time
The verb ser is used to express the time of day. Use es when referring to one oclock and
use son when referring to all other hours.
Es la una ............................................................ Its one oclock.
Son las dos......................................................... Its two oclock.
Minutes can be added to the hour using the word y (and).
Es la una y cinco................................................. Its five minutes past one.
Son las tres y doce ............................................. Its twelve minutes past three.
Minutes can be subtracted from the hour using the word menos (less).
Es la una menos cinco ........................................ Its five minutes till one.
Son las tres menos doce ..................................... Its twelve minutes till three.
You can also use the words media (half) and cuarto (quarter).
Es la una y media ............................................... Its half past one.
Son las dos y cuarto ........................................... Its quarter past two.
Son las tres menos cuarto. ................................. Its quarter till three.
To say something occurs at a specific time, use the formula a + la(s) + time.
La fiesta empieza a las nueve ............................. The party begins at nine oclock.
El banco abre a las ocho y media ........................ The bank opens at half past eight.
To differentiate between a.m. and p.m. use the expressions de la maana, de la tarde and
de la noche.
Son las dos de la tarde ....................................... Its two in the afternoon.
Son las dos de la maana ................................... Its two in the morning.
Son las diez de la noche ..................................... Its ten in the evening.
When no specific time is mentioned, use the expressions por la maana, por la tarde, por
la noche.
Siempre leo el peridico por las maanas ........... I always read the newspaper in the morning.
Here are a number of useful time expressions:
por la maana.................................................... in the morning (no specific time)
de la maana ..................................................... in the morning (specific time)
por la tarde ........................................................ in the afternoon (no specific time)
de la tarde ......................................................... in the afternoon (specific time)
por la noche....................................................... in the evening or night (no specific time)
de la noche ........................................................ in the evening or night (specific time)
la maana .......................................................... morning
el maana .......................................................... morrow, future
maana por la maana ...................................... tomorrow morning
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
The feminine article (la, las) is used before the hour because it refers to la hora.
Es la una ............................................................ Its one oclock.
Son las dos......................................................... Its two oclock.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
pasado maana ................................................. the day after tomorrow
ayer ................................................................... yesterday
anoche............................................................... last night
la noche anterior, anteanoche ............................ the night before last
el lunes que viene .............................................. next Monday
la semana que viene........................................... next week
el ao que viene................................................. next year
el lunes pasado .................................................. last Monday
la semana pasada............................................... last week
el ao pasado .................................................... last year
al medioda ........................................................ at noon
a la medianoche................................................. at midnight
alrededor de ...................................................... around
de da ................................................................ days
durante el da..................................................... during the day
a tiempo ............................................................ on time
en punto ............................................................ exactly, on-the-dot
tarde .................................................................. late
temprano ........................................................... early
Por y para
Por and para have a variety of meanings, and they are often confused because they
can each be translated as for.
Gracias por la informacin
Thanks for the information.
Este regalo es para Juan
This gift is for Juan.
Por has many uses, and so it is the more problematic of the two.
Rule: to express gratitude or apology
Model: Gracias por la ayuda.
(Thanks for the help.)
Rule: for multiplication and division
Model: Dos por dos son cuatro.
(Two times two equals four.)
Rule: for velocity, frequency and proportion
Model: Voy al restaurante cinco veces por semana.
(I go to the restaurant five times per week.)
Rule: meaning through, along, by or in the area of
Model: Andamos por el parque.
(We walk through the park.)
Rule: when talking about exchange, including sales
Model: l me dio diez dlares por el libro.
(He gave me ten dollars for the book.)
Rule: to mean on behalf of, or in favor of,
Model: No vot por nadie.
(I didnt vote for anyone.)
Rule: to express a length of time
Model: Yo estudi por dos horas.
(I studied for two hours.)
Rule: to express an undetermined, or general time, meaning during
Model: Se puede ver las estrellas por la noche.
(One can see the stars during the night.)
Rule: for means of communication or transportation
Model: Prefiero viajar por tren y hablar por telfono.
(I prefer to travel by train and speak by phone.)
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
To learn to use por and para correctly, you need to do two things:
1. Learn the rules for how por and para are used.
2. Memorize model sentences.
Rule: in cases of mistaken identity, or meaning to be seen as
Model: Me tienen por loco.
(They take me for crazy.)
Rule: to show the reason for an errand (with ir, venir, pasar, mandar, volver, and preguntar)
Model: Paso por ti a las ocho.
(Ill come by for you at eight oclock.)
Rule: to express cause or reason
Model: El hombre muri por falta de agua.
The man died for lack of water.
Rule: estar por means to be in the mood, or inclined to do something
Model: Estoy por tomar caf.
(Im in the mood for drinking coffee.)
Rule: in passive constructions
Model: El libro fue escrito por Octavio Paz.
(The book was written by Octavio Paz.)
Por also appears in many idiomatic expressions:
por adelantado .................................................. in advance
por lo visto ......................................................... apparently
por ahora ........................................................... for now
por medio de ..................................................... by means of
por all ............................................................... around there; that way
por lo menos...................................................... at least
por amor de Dios ............................................... for the love of God
por lo tanto........................................................ consequently
por aqu ............................................................. around here; this way ..
por mi parte ....................................................... as for me
por casualidad.................................................... by chance
por ningn lado ................................................. nowhere
por ciento .......................................................... percent
por otra parte .................................................... on the other hand
por cierto ........................................................... certainly
palabra por palabra ............................................ word for word
por completo ..................................................... completely
por primera vez .................................................. for the first time
por dentro ......................................................... inside
por separado...................................................... separately
por desgracia ..................................................... unfortunately
por supuesto ...................................................... of course
por ejemplo ....................................................... for example
por suerte .......................................................... fortunately
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Rule: when followed by an infinitive, to express an action that remains to be completed, use por + infinitive
Model: La cena est por cocinar.
(Dinner has yet to be cooked.)
por eso .............................................................. therefore
por todas partes ................................................. everywhere
por favor ............................................................ please
por todos lados .................................................. on all sides
por fin................................................................ finally
por ltimo .......................................................... finally
por lo general .................................................... generally
Para in contrast, has relatively fewer uses.
Rule: to indicate destination
Model: El hombre sali para Madrid.
(The man left for Madrid.)
Rule: to show the use or purpose of a thing
Model: El vaso es para agua.
(The glass is for water.)
Rule: to mean in order to or for the purpose of
Model: Para hacer una paella, primero dore las carnes.
To make a paella, first saut the meats.
Rule: to indicate a recipient
Model: Este regalo es para ti.
(This gift is for you.)
Rule: to express a deadline or specific time
Model: Necesito el vestido para el lunes.
(I need the dress by Monday.)
Rule: to express a contrast from what is expected
Model: Para un nio lee muy bien.
(For a child, he reads very well.)
Rule: estar para to express an action that will soon be completed
Model: El tren est para salir.
(The train is about to leave.)
It is quite important to learn to use these two prepositions correctly, because if you
inadvertently substitute one for the other, you might end up saying something altogether
different from what you had intended. Study the two examples:
Juan compr el regalo para Mara ...................... Juan bought the gift for Maria.
(he bought it to give to her)
Juan compr el regalo por Mara ........................ Juan bought the gift for Maria.
(he bought it because she could not)
StudySpanish.com
Por and para can also be used in questions. Por qu? means Why? (for what
reason) while Para qu? means Why? (for what purpose).
Por qu estudias espaol? ................................ For what reason do you study Spanish?
Possible answer:
Porque es un requisito ........................................ Because its required.
Para qu estudias espaol?............................... For what purpose do you study Spanish?
Possible answer:
Para ser profesor de espaol .............................. In order to become a Spanish teacher.
StudySpanish.com
i}>
>>i
4HE FOLLOWING ADJECTIVES HAVE IRREGULAR FORMS FOR THE COMPARATIVE AND THE SUPERLATIVE
!DJECTIVE BUENO GOOD
#OMPARATIVE MEJOR BETTER
3UPERLATIVE ELLA MEJOR BEST
!DJECTIVE MALO BAD
#OMPARATIVE PEOR WORSE
3UPERLATIVE ELLA PEOR THE WORST
.OTE THAT THE WORDS MS AND MENOS ARE NOT USED WITH THE IRREGULAR COMPARATIVES
#ORRECT %STE LIBRO ES BUENO PERO ESE LIBRO ES MEJOR
#ORRECT %STA PELCULA ES MALA PERO ESA PELCULA ES PEOR
7ITH THE IRREGULAR SUPERLATIVES THE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USED
%STE LIBRO ES BUENO 4HIS BOOK IS GOOD
%SE LIBRO ES MEJOR 4HAT BOOK IS BETTER
!QUEL LIBRO ES EL MEJOR 4HAT BOOK OVER THERE IS THE BEST
(ERE ARE TWO MORE ADJECTIVES WITH IRREGULAR COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES
!DJECTIVE GRANDE BIG
#OMPARATIVE MAYOR OLDER GREATER
3UPERLATIVE ELLA MAYOR THE OLDEST THE GREATEST
!DJECTIVE PEQUEO SMALL
#OMPARATIVE MENOR YOUNGER LESS
3UPERLATIVE ELLA MENOR YOUNGEST LEAST
.OTE THAT WHEN REFERRING TO SIZE GRANDE AND PEQUEO FOLLOW THE NORMAL RULES FOR
COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE FORMS 4HAT IS THEY DO NOT USE THE IRREGULAR FORMS MENOR AND
MAYOR
%STA CASA ES GRANDE 4HIS HOUSE IS BIG
%SA CASA ES MS GRANDE 4HAT HOUSE IS BIGGER
!QUELLA CASA ES LA MS GRANDE 4HAT HOUSE OVER THERE IS THE BIGGEST
7HEN REFERRING TO AGE USE THE IRREGULAR FORMS MAYOR AND MENOR
*UAN ES MENOR QUE -ARA *UAN IS YOUNGER THAN -ARIA
-ARA ES LA MAYOR DE LA FAMILIA -ARIA IS THE OLDEST OF THE FAMILY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2ECALL FROM A PREVIOUS LESSON SOME EXAMPLES OF COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES
4 ERES MS ALTO QUE YO 9OU ARE TALLER THAN )
*UAN ES EL CHICO MS INTELIGENTE DE LA CLASE *OHN IS THE SMARTEST BOY IN THE CLASS
7HEN REFERRING TO THE CONCEPTS hLESSv OR hGREATERv USE THE IRREGULAR FORMS MAYOR AND
MENOR
%L AGUA ES DE MAYOR IMPORTANCIA QUE LA COMIDA 7ATER IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN FOOD
,A COMIDA ES DE MENOR IMPORTANCIA QUE EL AGUA &OOD IS LESS IMPORTANT THAN WATER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE WORDS JOVEN AND VIEJO ARE USED FOR NON
COMPARATIVE DESCRIPTIONS OF AGE
%L NIO ES JOVEN 4HE BOY IS YOUNG
%L ABUELO ES VIEJO 4HE GRANDFATHER IS OLD
i>i
)N THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES THE WORDS IN BOLD ALL FUNCTION AS ADJECTIVES SINCE THEY ALL
DESCRIBE THE NOUN hBOOKv
'IVE ME THE RED BOOK
'IVE ME THE BIG BOOK
'IVE ME THAT BOOK
'IVE ME THIS BOOK
.OTICE THAT ADJECTIVES ANSWER THE QUESTION h7HICH v IN RELATION TO THE NOUNS THAT THEY MODIFY
7HICH BOOK 4HE RED BOOK 4HE BIG BOOK 4HAT BOOK 4HIS BOOK
)N THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES THE WORDS IN BOLD ALL FUNCTION AS PRONOUNS SINCE THEY ALL TAKE
THE PLACE OF A NOUN
-ARIA IS NEXT GIVE HER THE BALL
*UAN IS HERE SAY HELLO TO HIM
4HAT PENCIL IS YOURS THIS IS MINE
4HIS BOOK IS MINE THAT IS YOURS
.OTICE THAT PRONOUNS REPLACE A NOUN hHERv REPLACES h-ARIAv hHIMv REPLACES h*UANv hTHISv
REPLACES hPENCILv hTHATv REPLACES hBOOKv
!S YOU HAVE JUST SEEN THE WORDS hTHISv AND hTHATv CAN FUNCTION AS BOTH ADJECTIVES AND
PRONOUNS
4HIS BOOK IS MINE ADJECTIVE
4HIS IS MINE PRONOUN
4HAT BOOK IS YOURSADJECTIVE
4HAT IS YOURS PRONOUN
)N 3PANISH THE ONLY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS AND DEMONSTRATIVE
ADJECTIVES IS THAT DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HAVE A WRITTEN ACCENT
*UAN READS THIS BOOK ADJECTIVE *UAN LEE ESTE LIBRO
*UAN READS THIS PRONOUN *UAN LEE STE
4HAT STATUE IS 'REEK %SA ESTATUA ES GRIEGA
4HAT IS !MERICAN SA ES AMERICANA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THIS LESSON WE WILL DISCUSS DEMONSTRATIVES OF TWO TYPES DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 4HE lRST STEP IN CLEARLY UNDERSTANDING THESE TWO TOPICS IS TO
REVIEW THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN hADJECTIVESv AND hPRONOUNSv
ADJECTIVE DESCRIBES A NOUN
PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF A NOUN
2EMEMBER THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS ARE THE SAME AS THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES
EXCEPT THAT THE PRONOUNS HAVE A WRITTEN ACCENT
THIS
ESTE ADJECTIVE
STE PRONOUN
THAT
ESE ADJECTIVE
SE PRONOUN
THAT ONE OVER THERE
AQUEL ADJECTIVE
AQUL PRONOUN
!LSO REMEMBER THAT IN 3PANISH ADJECTIVES HAVE FOUR FORMS MASCULINE SINGULAR MASCULINE
PLURAL FEMININE SINGULAR FEMININE PLURAL &OR EXAMPLE THE ADJECTIVE hSHORTv HAS FOUR
FORMS IN 3PANISH BAJO BAJOS BAJA BAJAS
EL CHICO BAJO
LOS CHICOS BAJOS
LA CHICA BAJA
LAS CHICAS BAJAS
4HE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES ALSO HAVE FOUR FORMS
ESTE LIBRO THIS BOOK
ESTOS LIBROS THESE BOOKS
ESTA PLUMA THIS PEN
ESTAS PLUMAS THESE PENS
ESE LIBRO THAT BOOK
ESOS LIBROS THOSE BOOKS
ESA PLUMA THAT PEN
ESAS PLUMAS THOSE PENS
AQUEL LIBRO THAT BOOK OVER THERE
AQUELLOS LIBROS THOSE BOOKS OVER THERE
AQUELLA PLUMA THAT PEN OVER THERE
AQUELLAS PLUMAS THOSE PENS OVER THERE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3PANISH HAS THREE WORDS WHERE %NGLISH ONLY HAS TWO )N %NGLISH WE SAY hTHISv OR hTHATv
DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE OBJECT IS CLOSE TO US OR NOT )N 3PANISH WE ALSO SAY hTHISv
AND hTHAT v BUT THERE IS ANOTHER SEPARATE WORD USED TO MEAN hTHAT ONE OVER THEREv 4HIS
FORM IS USED WHEN THE OBJECT IS MORE THAN JUST A SHORT DISTANCE AWAY FOR EXAMPLE ON THE
OTHER SIDE OF THE ROOM (ERE ARE THE THREE FORMS FOR hTHISv hTHATv AND hTHAT ONE OVER
THEREv
ESTE THIS
ESE THAT
AQUEL THAT ONE OVER THERE
(ERE ARE THE CORRESPONDING DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
STE THIS ONE
MASCULINE
STOS THESE ONES
MASCULINE
STA THIS ONE
FEMININE
STAS THESE ONES
FEMININE
SE THAT ONE
MASCULINE
SOS THOSE ONES
MASCULINE
SA THAT ONE
FEMININE
SAS THOSE ONES
FEMININE
AQUL THAT ONE OVER THERE
MASC
AQULLOS THOSE ONES OVER THERE
MASC
AQULLA THAT ONE OVER THERE
FEM
AQULLAS THOSE ONES OVER THERE
FEM
%ACH DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN ALSO HAS A NEUTER FORM 4HEY DO NOT CHANGE FOR NUMBER OR
GENDER THEY DO NOT HAVE A WRITTEN ACCENT AND THEY ARE USED TO REFER TO ABSTRACT IDEAS OR
TO AN UNKNOWN OBJECT
ESTO THIS MATTER THIS THING
ESO THAT MATTER THAT THING
AQUELLO THAT MATTERTHING OVER THERE
-`->V
/i
i>Vi
4HE VERB hHACERv CAN BE USED IN A NUMBER OF WAYS TO INDICATE THE LENGTH OF TIME AN ACTION
HAS BEEN TAKING PLACE 4HE lRST WAY USES THE FORMULA
(ACE TIME QUE PRESENT TENSE FORM OF THE VERB
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDIO ESPAOL ) HAVE BEEN STUDYING 3PANISH FOR ONE YEAR
(ACE DOS AOS QUE ELLAS ESTUDIAN INGLS 4HEY HAVE BEEN STUDYING %NGLISH FOR TWO YEARS
(ACE UN AO QUE NO ESTUDIO ESPAOL ) HAVENT STUDIED 3PANISH FOR A YEAR
(ACE DOS AOS QUE ELLAS NO ESTUDIAN INGLS 4HEY HAVENT STUDIED %NGLISH FOR TWO YEARS
!NOTHER WAY TO USE THE VERB hHACERv TO EXPRESS HOW LONG SOMETHING HAS BEEN TAKING
PLACE IS TO USE THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
0RESENT TENSE FORM OF THE VERB DESDE HACE TIME
%STUDIO ESPAOL DESDE HACE UN AO ) HAVE BEEN STUDYING 3PANISH FOR ONE YEAR
%LLAS ESTUDIAN INGLS DESDE HACE DOS AOS 4HEY HAVE BEEN STUDYING %NGLISH FOR TWO YEARS
4O MAKE THIS TYPE OF EXPRESSION NEGATIVE AGAIN SIMPLY ADD THE WORD hNOv BEFORE THE
VERB AS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
.O PRESENT TENSE FORM OF THE VERB DESDE HACE TIME
.O ESTUDIO ESPAOL DESDE HACE UN AO ) HAVENT STUDIED 3PANISH FOR A YEAR
%LLAS NO ESTUDIAN INGLS DESDE HACE DOS AOS 4HEY HAVENT STUDIED %NGLISH FOR TWO YEARS
3O WHEN IT COMES TO USING THE VERB hHACERv TO EXPRESS THE LENGTH OF TIME AN ACTION HAS
BEEN TAKING PLACE THERE ARE TWO WAYS TO SAY THE SAME THING
%STUDIO ESPAOL DESDE HACE UN AO
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDIO ESPAOL
) HAVE BEEN STUDYING 3PANISH FOR ONE YEAR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4O MAKE THIS TYPE OF EXPRESSION NEGATIVE JUST ADD THE WORD hNOv BEFORE THE VERB AS IN
THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
(ACE TIME QUE NO PRESENT TENSE FORM OF THE VERB
*ii*
7E BEGIN THIS LESSON WITH A REVIEW OF THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN AN ADJECTIVE AND A PRONOUN
ADJECTIVE DESCRIBES A NOUN
PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF A NOUN
.OW LETS LOOK AT EACH SENTENCE A LITTLE MORE CLOSELY
-Y BOOK IS LARGE
-Y IS AN ADJECTIVE BECAUSE IT MODIlES OR DESCRIBES THE NOUN hBOOKv &URTHERMORE IT IS A
hPOSSESSIVEv ADJECTIVE BECAUSE IT TELLS WHO OWNS OR POSSESSES THE BOOK
9OURS IS SMALL
9OURS IS A PRONOUN BECAUSE IT REPLACES OR TAKES THE PLACE OF A NOUN )N THIS CASE THE PREVIOUS
SENTENCE TELLS US THAT hYOURSv IS REPLACING THE NOUN hBOOKv &URTHERMORE IT IS A hPOSSESSIVEv
PRONOUN BECAUSE IT TELLS WHO OWNS OR POSSESSES THE NOUN IT IS REPLACING
9OUR CAR IS GREEN
9OUR IS AN ADJECTIVE BECAUSE IT MODIlES THE NOUN hCARv &URTHERMORE IT IS A hPOSSESSIVEv
ADJECTIVE BECAUSE IT TELLS WHO OWNS OR POSSESSES THE CAR
-INE IS RED
-INE IS A PRONOUN BECAUSE IT REPLACES OR TAKES THE PLACE OF A NOUN )N THIS CASE THE PREVIOUS
SENTENCE TELLS US THAT hMINEv IS REPLACING THE NOUN hCARv &URTHERMORE IT IS A hPOSSESSIVEv
PRONOUN BECAUSE IT TELLS WHO OWNS OR POSSESSES THE NOUN IT IS REPLACING
3O FAR WE HAVE BEEN TALKING ABOUT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE AND
THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUN 9OU WILL RECALL THAT IN A PREVIOUS LESSON YOU ALREADY LEARNED
ABOUT THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
MIS
MY
MI LIBRO
MIS PLUMAS
TUS
YOUR FAM SING
TU LIBRO
TUS PLUMAS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,OOK AT THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE PAIRS /NE HAS AN ADJECTIVE WHILE THE OTHER HAS A PRONOUN
-Y BOOK IS LARGE ADJECTIVE DESCRIBES BOOK
9OURS IS SMALL PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF NOUN
9OUR CAR IS GREEN ADJECTIVE DESCRIBES CAR
-INE IS RED PRONOUN TAKES THE PLACE OF NOUN
4HE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS ARE SIMILAR TO THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES BUT THEY ARE NORMALLY
USED WITH THE DElNITE ARTICLE
MINE
EL MO LA MA
LOS MOS LAS MAS
YOURS FAMILIAR
EL TUYO LA TUYA
LOS TUYOS LAS TUYAS
YOURS FORMAL HIS HERS
EL SUYO LA SUYA
LOS SUYOS LAS SUYAS
OURS
EL NUESTRO LA NUESTRA
LOS NUESTROS LAS NUESTRAS
YOURS FAMILIAR
EL VUESTRO LA VUESTRA
LOS VUESTROS LAS VUESTRAS
YOURS FORMAL THEIRS
EL SUYO LA SUYA
LOS SUYOS LAS SUYAS
.OW LETS TRANSLATE OUR MODEL SENTENCES
-I LIBRO ES GRANDE -Y BOOK IS LARGE
%L TUYO ES PEQUEO 9OURS IS SMALL
4U CARRO ES VERDE 9OUR CAR IS GREEN
%L MO ES ROJO -INE IS RED
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
SUS
HIS HER YOUR FORMAL THEIR
SU LIBRO
SUS PLUMAS
NUESTRO
A
OS
AS
OUR
NUESTRO LIBRO
NUESTRAS PLUMAS
VUESTRO
A
OS
AS
YOUR FAM PL
VUESTRO LIBRO
VUESTRAS PLUMAS
4HE PREVIOUS TRANSLATIONS ASSUME THAT YOU ARE TALKING TO A FRIEND OR SOMEONE YOU KNOW
WELL AND ARE USING THE INFORMAL hTv FORM OF SPEECH "UT REMEMBER 3PANISH ALSO HAS A
MORE FORMAL FORM OF SPEECH .OTICE HOW THE SAME SENTENCES CHANGE IF WE ASSUME THAT
YOU ARE TALKING TO SOMEONE IN A POSITION OF AUTHORITY USING THE MORE FORMAL hUSTEDv FORM
OF SPEECH
-I LIBRO ES GRANDE NO CHANGE -Y BOOK IS LARGE
%L SUYO ES PEQUEO FORMAL 9OURS FORMAL IS SMALL
3U CARRO ES VERDE FORMAL 9OUR FORMAL CAR IS GREEN
%L MO ES ROJO NO CHANGE -INE IS RED
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USUALLY OMITTED WHEN THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUN COMES AFTER THE VERB
SER
%L CARRO GRANDE ES MO 4HE BIG CAR IS MINE
%L CARRO PEQUEO ES SUYO 4HE SMALL CAR IS HERS
.OTICE THE FOLLOWING AMBIGUITY
%L CARRO GRANDE ES SUYO 4HE BIG CAR IS HIS
%L CARRO GRANDE ES SUYO 4HE BIG CAR IS HERS
%L SUYO LA SUYA LOS SUYOS LAS SUYAS CAN BE CLARIlED AS FOLLOWS
%L CARRO GRANDE ES SUYO 4HE BIG CAR IS HIS UNCLARIlED
%L CARRO GRANDE ES DE L 4HE BIG CAR IS HIS CLARIlED
,A CASA PEQUEA ES SUYA 4HE SMALL HOUSE IS HERS UNCLARIlED
,A CASA PEQUEA ES DE ELLA 4HE SMALL HOUSE IS HERS CLARIlED
,OS CARROS GRANDES SON SUYOS 4HE BIG CARS ARE THEIRS UNCLARIlED
,OS CARROS GRANDES SON DE ELLAS 4HE BIG CARS ARE THEIRS CLARIlED
,AS CASAS PEQUEAS SON SUYAS 4HE SMALL HOUSES ARE THEIRS UNCLARIlED
,AS CASAS PEQUEAS SON DE ELLOS 4HE SMALL HOUSES ARE THEIRS CLARIlED
./4% DE EL ARE CONTRACTED TO FORM hDEL v HOWEVER DE L ARE NOT CONTRACTED
-`->V
! VERB IS REmEXIVE WHEN THE SUBJECT AND THE OBJECT ARE THE SAME
) WASH MYSELF
SUBJECT )
VERB WASH
OBJECT MYSELF
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE THE SAME THE VERB IS REmEXIVE
) WASH THE CAR
SUBJECT )
VERB WASH
OBJECT CAR
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE DIFFERENT THE VERB IS NOT REmEXIVE
(ERES ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF HOW A VERB CAN BE EITHER REmEXIVE OR NON
REmEXIVE
) SCRATCH MYSELF
SUBJECT )
VERB SCRATCH
OBJECT MYSELF
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE THE SAME THE VERB IS REmEXIVE
) SCRATCH THE DOG
SUBJECT )
VERB SCRATCH
OBJECT DOG
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE DIFFERENT THE VERB IS NOT REmEXIVE
7HEN A VERB IS REmEXIVE THE INlNITIVE ENDS IN hSEv
LAVAR TO WASH NON
REmEXIVE
LAVARSE TO WASH ONESELF REmEXIVE
RASCAR TO SCRATCH NON
REmEXIVE
RASCARSE TO SCRATCH ONESELF REmEXIVE
4HERE IS ONE REmEXIVE VERB YOU HAVE BEEN USING SINCE YOU BEGAN STUDYING 3PANISH
LLAMARSE
TO CALL ONESELF
z#MO SE LLAMA USTED 7HAT DO YOU CALL YOURSELF
-E LLAMO *UAN ) CALL MYSELF *UAN
./4% ! MORE hNATURALv TRANSLATION WOULD BE h7HAT IS YOUR NAME v AND h-Y NAME IS *UANv
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,iyii6iL\*>
7HEN YOU LEARNED TO CONJUGATE REGULAR VERBS YOU NEEDED TO LEARN A SET OF PRONOUNS
CALLED hSUBJECT PRONOUNSv
LAVAR
4O LEARN TO CONJUGATE REmEXIVE VERBS YOU NEED TO LEARN A DIFFERENT SET OF PRONOUNS CALLED
hREmEXIVE PRONOUNSv 4HESE PRONOUNS ARE POSITIONED BEFORE THE VERB WHILE THE ENDING
hSEv IS DROPPED AND THE VERB IS CONJUGATED NORMALLY
LAVARSE
YO ME LAVO ) WASH MYSELF
T TE LAVAS YOU WASH YOURSELF INFORMAL
L SE LAVA HE WASHES HIMSELF
ELLA SE LAVA SHE WASHES HERSELF
USTED SE LAVA YOU WASH YOURSELF FORMAL
NOSOTROS NOS LAVAMOS WE WASH OURSELVES
NOSOTRAS NOS LAVAMOS WE WASH OURSELVES FEMININE
VOSOTROS OS LAVIS YOU
ALL WASH YOURSELVES INFORMAL
VOSOTRAS OS LAVIS YOU
ALL WASH YOURSELVES INFORMAL FEMININE
USTEDES SE LAVAN YOU
ALL WASH YOURSELVES FORMAL
ELLOS SE LAVAN THEY WASH THEMSELVES
ELLAS SE LAVAN THEY WASH THEMSELVES FEMININE
4HE REmEXIVE PRONOUNS ARE NOT SUBJECT PRONOUNS RATHER THEY ARE OBJECT PRONOUNS
ME MYSELF
TE YOURSELF
SE HIMSELF HERSELF YOURSELF
NOS OURSELVES
OS YOURSELVES
SE THEMSELVES YOURSELVES
4HE PURPOSE OF THE REmEXIVE OBJECT PRONOUNS IS TO SHOW THAT THE ACTION OF THE VERB
REMAINS WITH THE SUBJECT
*UAN SE LAVA LA CARA *UAN WASHES HIS FACE REmEXIVE
*UAN LAVA SU CARRO NON
REmEXIVE *UAN WASHES HIS CAR
./4% 7HEN REFERRING TO BODY PARTS USE THE DElNITE ARTICLE THUS hLA CARAv NOT hSU CARAv
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
YO LAVO
T LAVAS
L ELLA USTED LAVA
NOSOTROSAS LAVAMOS
VOSOTROSAS LAVIS
ELLOS ELLAS USTEDES LAVAN
.OTE THAT MANY MANY VERBS CAN BE MADE REmEXIVE !LL IT MEANS WHEN A VERB IS REmEXIVE IS
THAT THE ACTION REMAINS WITH THE SUBJECT
WASH THE DOG NON
REmEXIVE
WASH YOUR FACE REmEXIVE
RAISE THE BOOK NON
REmEXIVE
RAISE YOUR ARM REmEXIVE
PUT THE BABY TO BED NON
REmEXIVE
GO TO BED REmEXIVE
WAKE UP YOUR SON NON
REmEXIVE
WAKE UP YOURSELF REmEXIVE
AND SO ON
.OW ADD A mASHCARD FOR REmEXIVE VERBS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
LAVARSE TO WASH ONESELF
YO ME LAVO
T TE LAVAS
L SE LAVA
ELLA SE LAVA
USTED SE LAVA
NOSOTROS NOS LAVAMOS
NOSOTRAS NOS LAVAMOS
VOSOTROS OS LAVIS
VOSOTRAS OS LAVIS
USTEDES SE LAVAN
ELLOS SE LAVAN
ELLAS SE LAVAN
-`->V
)N THE PREVIOUS LESSON YOU LEARNED THAT A VERB IS REmEXIVE WHEN THE SUBJECT AND THE OBJECT
ARE THE SAME
) WASH MYSELF
SUBJECT )
VERB WASH
OBJECT MYSELF
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE THE SAME THE VERB IS REmEXIVE
) WASH THE CAR
SUBJECT )
VERB WASH
OBJECT CAR
3INCE THE SUBJECT AND OBJECT ARE DIFFERENT THE VERB IS NOT REmEXIVE
9OU ALSO LEARNED THAT WHEN A VERB IS REmEXIVE THE INlNITIVE ENDS IN hSEv
LAVAR TO WASH NON
REmEXIVE
LAVARSE TO WASH ONESELF REmEXIVE
RASCAR TO SCRATCH NON
REmEXIVE
RASCARSE TO SCRATCH ONESELF REmEXIVE
9OU SHOULD HAVE MEMORIZED A SET OF PRONOUNS CALLED hREmEXIVE PRONOUNSv
ME MYSELF
TE YOURSELF
SE HIMSELF HERSELF YOURSELF
NOS OURSELVES
OS YOURSELVES
SE THEMSELVES YOURSELVES
9OU LEARNED TO CONJUGATE REmEXIVE VERBS LIKE THIS
LAVARSE
YO ME LAVO ) WASH MYSELF
T TE LAVAS YOU WASH YOURSELF INFORMAL
LELLA SE LAVA HESHE WASHES HIMHERSELF
USTED SE LAVA YOU WASH YOURSELF FORMAL
NOSOTROSAS NOS LAVAMOS WE WASH OURSELVES
VOSOTROSAS OS LAVIS YOU
ALL WASH YOURSELVES INFORMAL
USTEDES SE LAVAN YOU
ALL WASH YOURSELVES FORMAL
ELLOSAS SE LAVAN THEY WASH THEMSELVES
)N THE LESSON TITLED $IRECT /BJECT 0RONOUNS 0ART ))) YOU LEARNED THAT WHEN THERE ARE TWO
VERBS YOU HAVE TWO OPTIONS ON WHERE TO PLACE THE PRONOUN BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB
OR ATTACHED TO THE END OF THE INlNITIVE
) WANT TO SEE IT QUERER VER
,O QUIERO VER
1UIERO VERLO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,iyii6iL\*>
4HE SAME IS TRUE REGARDING REmEXIVE PRONOUNS 7HEN THE SENTENCE HAS TWO VERBS THE
PRONOUN CAN BE PLACED DIRECTLY BEFORE THE CONJUGATED VERB OR ATTACHED TO THE END OF THE
INlNITIVE
) WANT TO SEE MYSELF
-E QUIERO VER
1UIERO VERME
*OHN NEEDS TO WASH HIS HAIR
*UAN SE NECESITA LAVAR EL PELO
*UAN NECESITA LAVARSE EL PELO
-ARIA CAN WASH HER FACE NOW
!HORA -ARA SE PUEDE LAVAR LA CARA
!HORA -ARA PUEDE LAVARSE LA CARA
) HAVE JUST GONE TO BED
!CABO DE ACOSTARME
-E ACABO DE ACOSTAR
7E PREFER TO WASH WITH SCENTED SOAP
0REFERIMOS LAVARNOS CON JABN PERFUMADO
.OS PREFERIMOS LAVAR CON JABN PERFUMADO
7HENEVER A VERB DIRECTLY FOLLOWS A PREPOSITION IT REMAINS IN THE INlNITIVE FORM &OR
REmEXIVE VERBS THE ENDING
SE CHANGES TO AGREE WITH THE SUBJECT /BSERVE THE DIFFERENCES
IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES ALL OF WHICH ARE ABOUT COUNTING BURROS BEFORE FALLING ASLEEP
!NTES DE DORMIRME YO CUENTO BURROS
!NTES DE DORMIRTE T CUENTAS BURROS
!NTES DE DORMIRSE LA CHICA CUENTA BURROS
!NTES DE DORMIRNOS NOSOTROS CONTAMOS BURROS
!NTES DE DORMIROS VOSOTROS CONTIS BURROS
!NTES DE DORMIRSE LOS CHICOS CUENTAN BURROS
)N %NGLISH MANY VERBS CAN BE USED TRANSITIVELY WITH A DIRECT OBJECT OR INTRANSITIVELY
WITHOUT A DIRECT OBJECT
4HE SUN DRIED THE CLOTHES TRANSITIVE
4HE CLOTHES DRIED IN THE SUN INTRANSITIVE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,O DEBEMOS COMPRAR
$EBEMOS COMPRARLO
7E SHOULD BUY IT
-ARA NOS DEBE VISITAR
-ARA DEBE VISITARNOS
-ARY SHOULD VISIT US
*UAN LO NECESITA LAVAR
*UAN NECESITA LAVARLO
*OHN NEEDS TO WASH IT
)N 3PANISH THESE INTRANSITIVE CONSTRUCTIONS FREQUENTLY EMPLOY THE REmEXIVE FORM
4HE SUN DRIED THE CLOTHES TRANSITIVE %L SOL SEC LA ROPA
4HE CLOTHES DRIED IN THE SUN INTRANSITIVE ,A ROPA SE SEC AL SOL
3OMETIMES THE REmEXIVE CONSTRUCTION IS USED MERELY TO EMPHASIZE WHO IS PERFORMING THE
ACTION OF THE SENTENCE
4HE CAKE -ARIA ATE IT z,A TORTA -ARA SE LA COMI
&OR SOME VERBS THE MEANING CHANGES WHEN THEY ARE USED REmEXIVELY
ABURRIR
TO BORE
ABURRIRSE
TO BE BORED
ACORDAR
TO AGREE
ACORDARSE DE
TO REMEMBER
ACOSTAR
TO PUT TO BED
ACOSTARSE
TO GO TO BED
CASAR
TO PERFORM A MARRIAGE CEREMONY
CASARSE CON
TO BECOME MARRIED TO SOMEONE
DESPEDIR
TO lRE
DESPEDIRSE DE
TO SAY GOODBYE
DORMIR
TO SLEEP
DORMIRSE
TO FALL ASLEEP
IR
TO GO
IRSE
TO GO AWAY TO LEAVE
MORIR
TO DIE ABRUPTLY AS OF AN ACCIDENT WAR ETC
MORIRSE
TO DIE AS FROM NATURAL CAUSES ALSO hTO DIEv lGURATIVELY
NEGAR
TO DENY
NEGARSE A
TO REFUSE
PARECER
TO SEEM
PARECERSE A
TO RESEMBLE
PONER
TO PUT
PONERSE
TO PUT ON
PROBAR
TO TRY TO TASTE
PROBARSE
TO TRY ON
QUITAR
TO TAKE AWAY
QUITARSE
TO TAKE OFF
-`->V
! FEW VERBS ARE ALWAYS USED REmEXIVELY
ARREPENTIRSE EIE TO REPENT
ATREVERSE A TO DARE
DARSE CUENTA DE TO REALIZE
JACTARSE DE TO BOAST
QUEJARSE DE TO COMPLAIN ABOUT
SUICIDARSE TO COMMIT SUICIDE
-`->V
/i iwiVi\*>
9OU ARE PROBABLY COMFORTABLE WITH THE NORMAL USES OF THE DElNITE ARTICLE
%L CHICO ES ALTO
,A CHICA ES GUAPA
,OS HOMBRES COMEN MUCHO
,AS MUJERES CHARLAN
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN SOME ADDITIONAL RULES TO HELP YOU USE THE DElNITE ARTICLE
CORRECTLY &OR EXAMPLE FEMININE SINGULAR NOUNS THAT BEGIN WITH AN EMPHASIZED A OR HA
USE THE MASCULINE FORM OF THE ARTICLE
EL AGUA
EL HACHA
EL HAMBRE
EL GUILA
4HIS RULE ONLY APPLIES TO THE SINGULAR FORM OF THE NOUN 4HE PLURAL FORM USES THE FEMININE
ARTICLE
EL AGUA
LAS AGUAS
EL HACHA
LAS HACHAS
EL HAMBRE
LAS HAMBRES
EL GUILA
LAS GUILAS
./4% 4HE REASON THE SINGULAR FORM USES THE MASCULINE ARTICLE IS THAT WHEN THE lRST SYLLABLE IS AN EMPHASIZED
A OR HA THE ARTICLE LA TENDS TO RUN TOGETHER WITH THE lRST SYLLABLE OF THE WORD WHEN THEY ARE SPOKEN 4HIS
DOESNT HAPPEN WITH THE ARTICLE LAS
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USED WITH SOME COUNTRIES AND CITIES AND IS NOT USED WITH OTHERS
(ERE ARE SOME EXAMPLES WHERE IT IS USED
LA !RGENTINA
EL "RASIL
EL #ANAD
EL %CUADOR
LA &LORIDA
LA (ABANA
LA )NDIA
EL *APN
EL 0ARAGUAY
EL 0ER
EL 3ALVADOR
EL 5RUGUAY
4HERE IS NO CONVENIENT RULE TO TELL YOU WHEN TO USE THE DElNITE ARTICLE 9OU SIMPLY HAVE TO
MEMORIZE THE ONES THAT DO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"Y NOW YOU ARE QUITE FAMILIAR WITH THE DElNITE ARTICLES
EL
LA
LOS
LAS
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS ALWAYS USED WITH COMPOUND GEOGRAPHIC NAMES
LA !MRICA #ENTRAL
LA !MRICA DEL 3UR
LOS %STADOS 5NIDOS
LA 'RAN "RETAA
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USED WHEN REmEXIVE VERBS ARE FOLLOWED BY BODY PARTS CLOTHING OR
OTHER VERY PERSONAL POSSESSIONS
-ARA SE LAVA LA CARA
L SE PONE EL TRAJE
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS OFTEN USED IN PLACE OF THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE WHEN TALKING ABOUT
PARTS OF THE BODY OR POSSESSIONS THAT MIGHT BE CONSIDERED hPERSONALv &OR EXAMPLE IN
%NGLISH IT WOULD BE QUITE COMMON TO SAY
*OSEPH WASHES HIS CLOTHES
4O CONVEY THE SAME MEANING IN 3PANISH IT WOULD BE CORRECT TO SAY
*OSE LAVA LA ROPA NOT hSUv ROPA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE DElNITE ARTICLE IS USED WHEN TALKING ABOUT A PERSON BUT IT IS NOT USED WHEN TALKING
DIRECTLY TO A PERSON
%L SEOR 'MEZ ES PROFESOR 3EOR 'MEZ zES USTED PROFESOR
,A SEORITA EST MUY BONITA _3EORITA 5STED EST MUY BONITA ESTA NOCHE
*iiiiviV\*>
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR AR VERBS IN THE PRETERITE SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING AR AND ADD ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING
ASTE
AMOS
ASTEIS
ARON
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR AR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING AR AND ADD ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING
ABA
ABAS
ABA
BAMOS
ABAIS
ABAN
#OMPARE THE VERB hHABLARv CONJUGATED IN THE PRETERITE AND THE IMPERFECT
02%4%2)4%
)-0%2&%# 4
HABL
HABLASTE
HABL
HABLAMOS
HABLASTEIS
HABLARON
HABLABA
HABLABAS
HABLABA
HABLBAMOS
HABLABAIS
HABLABAN
'ENERALLY SPEAKING THE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS IN THE PAST THAT ARE SEEN AS
COMPLETED 5SE OF THE PRETERITE TENSE IMPLIES THAT THE PAST ACTION HAD A DElNITE
BEGINNING AND DElNITE END
*UAN HABL DE LA UNA HASTA LAS DOS
*UAN SPOKE FROM ONE UNTIL TWO OCLOCK
CLEARLY STATED BEGINNING AND END
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3PANISH HAS TWO PAST TENSES PRETERITE AND IMPERFECT -OST VERBS CAN BE PUT INTO EITHER
TENSE DEPENDING UPON THE MEANING )N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN TO CONJUGATE REGULAR
AR
VERBS IN THE PRETERITE AND THE IMPERFECT 9OU WILL ALSO LEARN THE BASIC DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
THE PRETERITE AND THE IMPERFECT SO THAT YOU CAN BEGIN USING THEM CORRECTLY
'ENERALLY SPEAKING THE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS IN THE PAST THAT ARE NOT SEEN AS
COMPLETED 5SE OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE IMPLIES THAT THE PAST ACTION DID NOT HAVE A DElNITE
BEGINNING OR A DElNITE END
,AS CHICAS HABLABAN EN INGLS
4HE GIRLS USED TO SPEAK IN %NGLISH
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
9OU HAVE NOW LEARNED THE BASIC DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PRETERITE AND THE IMPERFECT
4HE PRETERITE TELLS US SPECIlCALLY WHEN AN ACTION TOOK PLACE
4HE IMPERFECT TELLS US IN GENERAL WHEN AN ACTION TOOK PLACE
./4% !LTHOUGH THIS DIFFERENCE MAY APPEAR SIMPLE THIS IS ACTUALLY A COMPLEX TOPIC AND YOU WILL LEARN THE lNER
POINTS IN LATER LESSONS
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS ONE FOR REGULAR AR PRETERITE AND ONE FOR REGULAR AR
IMPERFECT
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RETERITE REGULAR AR VERBS
ASTE
AMOS
ASTEIS
ARON
HABL HABLASTE HABL HABLAMOS HABLASTEIS HABLARON
)MPERFECT REGULAR AR VERBS
ABA
ABAS
ABA
BAMOS
ABAIS
ABAN
HABLABA HABLABAS HABLABA HABLBAMOS HABLABAIS HABLABAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)T IS IMPORTANT TO REALIZE THAT THE BEGINNING AND THE END MAY NOT ALWAYS BE CLEARLY STATED
*UAN HABL DOS HORAS
*UAN SPOKE FOR TWO HOURS
IMPLIED BEGINNING AND END
*UAN HABL CON LA ESTUDIANTE
*UAN SPOKE WITH THE STUDENT
IMPLIED BEGINNING AND END
*iii\*>
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR AR VERBS IN THE PRETERITE SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING AR AND ADD ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING
ASTE
AMOS
ASTEIS
ARON
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR ER AND IR VERBS IN THE PRETERITE SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING ER OR IR
AND ADD ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
ISTE
I
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
(ERE ARE ALL THREE REGULAR PRETERITE VERB FORMS TOGETHER
(!",!2
#/-%2
6)6)2
HABL
HABLASTE
HABL
HABLAMOS
HABLASTEIS
HABLARON
COM
COMISTE
COMI
COMIMOS
COMISTEIS
COMIERON
VIV
VIVISTE
VIVI
VIVIMOS
VIVISTEIS
VIVIERON
./4% THE NOSOTROS FORMS FOR AR AND IR VERBS ARE THE SAME IN BOTH PRETERITE AND PRESENT TENSES HABLAMOS
VIVIMOS
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT CAN BE VIEWED AS SINGLE EVENTS
%LLA CAMIN POR EL PARQUE
3HE WALKED THROUGH THE PARK
%LLOS LLEGARON A LAS OCHO
4HEY ARRIVED AT EIGHT OCLOCK
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THE LAST LESSON YOU LEARNED THAT THE PRETERITE IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT ARE SEEN AS
COMPLETED 9OU ALSO LEARNED HOW TO CONJUGATE REGULAR
AR VERBS )N THIS LESSON YOU WILL
LEARN HOW TO CONJUGATE
ER AND
IR VERBS AND BECOME MORE FAMILIAR WITH THE USES OF THE
PRETERITE
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED A SPECIlC NUMBER OF TIMES OR
OCCURRED DURING A SPECIlC PERIOD OF TIME
!YER ESCRIB TRES CARTAS
9ESTERDAY ) WROTE THREE LETTERS
6IVIMOS ALL POR CUATRO AOS
7E LIVED THERE FOR FOUR YEARS
4HE PRETERITE IS USED TO STATE THE BEGINNING OR THE END OF AN ACTION
%MPEZ A NEVAR A LAS OCHO DE LA MAANA
)T BEGAN TO SNOW AT EIGHT IN THE MORNING
4HE ABOVE EXAMPLES ALL FALL WITHIN OUR GENERAL RULE FOR USING THE PRETERITE
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT ARE SEEN AS COMPLETED
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS FOR REGULAR
ER AND
IR VERBS IN THE PRETERITE TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RETERITE REGULAR
ER
ISTE
I
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
COM COMISTE COMI COMIMOS COMISTEIS COMIERON
0RETERITE REGULAR
IR VERBS
ISTE
I
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
VIV VIVISTE VIVI VIVIMOS VIVISTEIS VIVIERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE PART OF A CHAIN OF EVENTS
%LLA SE LEVANT SE VISTI Y SALI DE LA CASA
3HE GOT UP DRESSED AND LEFT THE HOUSE
iviV\*>
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR AR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING AR AND ADD ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING
ABA
ABAS
ABA
BAMOS
ABAIS
ABAN
4O CONJUGATE REGULAR ER AND IR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT SIMPLY DROP THE ENDING ER OR IR
AND ADD ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
A
AS
A
AMOS
AIS
AN
(ERE ARE ALL THREE REGULAR IMPERFECT VERB FORMS TOGETHER
(!",!2
#/-%2
6)6)2
HABLABA
HABLABAS
HABLABA
HABLBAMOS
HABLABAIS
HABLABAN
COMA
COMAS
COMA
COMAMOS
COMAIS
COMAN
VIVA
VIVAS
VIVA
VIVAMOS
VIVAIS
VIVAN
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED HABITUALLY
!LMORZBAMOS JUNTOS TODOS LOS DAS
7E WOULD LUNCH TOGETHER EVERY DAY
,AS SEORAS SIEMPRE CHARLABAN POR LAS MAANAS
4HE LADIES WOULD ALWAYS CHAT IN THE MORNINGS
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT hSET THE STAGEv FOR ANOTHER ACTION
9O LEA CUANDO ENTR MI PAP
) WAS READING WHEN MY PAPA ENTERED NOTE THAT hENTEREDv IS PRETERITE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N A PREVIOUS LESSON YOU LEARNED THAT THE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT
SEEN AS COMPLETED 5SE OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE IMPLIES THAT THE PAST ACTION DID NOT HAVE A
DElNITE BEGINNING OR A DElNITE END 9OU ALSO LEARNED HOW TO CONJUGATE REGULAR
AR VERBS
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN HOW TO CONJUGATE
ER AND
IR VERBS AND BECOME MORE FAMILIAR
WITH THE USES OF THE IMPERFECT
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR TELLING TIME AND STATING ONES AGE
%RAN LAS SIETE DE LA NOCHE
)T WAS SEVEN OCLOCK AT NIGHT
,A NIA TENA CINCO AOS
4HE LITTLE GIRL WAS lVE YEARS OLD
4HE ABOVE EXAMPLES ALL FALL WITHIN OUR GENERAL RULE FOR USING THE IMPERFECT
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT SEEN AS COMPLETED
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)MPERFECT REGULAR
ER
A
AS
A
AMOS
AIS
AN
COMA COMAS COMA COMAMOS COMAIS COMAN
)MPERFECT REGULAR IR
A
AS
A
AMOS
AIS
AN
VIVA VIVAS VIVA VIVAMOS VIVAIS VIVAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS FOR REGULAR ER AND IR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT TENSE
*iii\*>
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN TO CONJUGATE FOUR IMPORTANT VERBS IN THE PRETERITE TENSE SER IR
DAR AND HACER
3%2
)2
$!2
(!#%2
FUI
FUISTE
FUE
FUIMOS
FUISTEIS
FUERON
FUI
FUISTE
FUE
FUIMOS
FUISTEIS
FUERON
DI
DISTE
DIO
DIMOS
DISTEIS
DIERON
HICE
HICISTE
HIZO
HICIMOS
HICISTEIS
HICIERON
./4% 4HIS IS NOT A TYPO SER AND IR DO HAVE IDENTICAL CONJUGATIONS IN THE PRETERITE
4O REVIEW SOME OF THE RULES FOR USING THE PRETERITE
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT CAN BE VIEWED AS SINGLE EVENTS
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED A SPECIlC NUMBER OF TIMES
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT OCCURRED DURING A SPECIlC PERIOD OF TIME
4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE PART OF A CHAIN OF EVENTS
4HE PRETERITE IS USED TO STATE THE BEGINNING OR THE END OF AN ACTION
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS FOR IRREGULAR VERBS IN THE PRETERITE TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RETERITE SER IR
FUI
FUISTE
FUE
FUIMOS
FUISTEIS
FUERON
0RETERITE DAR HACER
DI
DISTE
DIO
HICE
HICISTE
HIZO
DIMOS
DISTEIS
HICIMOS
HICISTEIS
DIERON
HICIERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HESE FOUR VERBS ARE IRREGULAR YOU MUST MEMORIZE THEM
iviV\*>
2EMEMBER THE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT SEEN AS COMPLETED 5SE OF
THE IMPERFECT TENSE IMPLIES THAT THE PAST ACTION DID NOT HAVE A DElNITE BEGINNING OR A
DElNITE END 4HE IMPERFECT TELLS WHEN
IN GENERAL AN ACTION OCCURRED
3%2
)2
6%2
ERA
ERAS
ERA
RAMOS
ERAIS
ERAN
IBA
IBAS
IBA
BAMOS
IBAIS
IBAN
VEA
VEAS
VEA
VEAMOS
VEAIS
VEAN
4O REVIEW SOME OF THE RULES FOR USING THE IMPERFECT
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED HABITUALLY
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT hSET THE STAGEv FOR ANOTHER ACTION
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED FOR TELLING TIME AND STATING ONES AGE
,ETS ADD ANOTHER mASHCARD FOR THE THREE IRREGULAR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)MPERFECT SER IR VER
ERA
IBA
ERAS
IBAS
ERA
IBA
RAMOS
BAMOS
ERAIS
IBAIS
ERAN
IBAN
VEA
VEAS
VEA
VEAMOS
VEAIS
VEAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
'OOD NEWS 4HERE ARE ONLY THREE IRREGULAR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT 9OU MUST SIMPLY
MEMORIZE THEM
*iiiiviV\*>
3OME WORDS AND PHRASES INDICATE SPECIlC TIME FRAMES AND THEREFORE SIGNAL THE USE OF THE
PRETERITE
AYER YESTERDAY
ANTEAYER THE DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY
ANOCHE LAST NIGHT
DESDE EL PRIMER MOMENTO FROM THE lRST MOMENT
DURANTE DOS SIGLOS FOR TWO CENTURIES
EL OTRO DA THE OTHER DAY
EN ESE MOMENTO AT THAT MOMENT
ENTONCES THEN
ESTA MAANA THIS MORNING
ESTA TARDE THIS AFTERNOON
LA SEMANA PASADA LAST WEEK
EL MES PASADO LAST MONTH
EL AO PASADO LAST YEAR
HACE DOS DAS AOS TWO DAYS YEARS AGO
AYER POR LA MAANA YESTERDAY MORNING
AYER POR LA TARDE YESTERDAY AFTERNOON
/THER WORDS AND PHRASES INDICATE REPETITIVE VAGUE OR NON
SPECIlC TIME FRAMES AND
THEREFORE SIGNAL THE USE OF THE IMPERFECT
A MENUDO OFTEN
A VECES SOMETIMES
CADA DA EVERY DAY
CADA SEMANA EVERY WEEK
CADA MES EVERY MONTH
CADA AO EVERY YEAR
CON FRECUENCIA FREQUENTLY
DE VEZ EN CUANDO FROM TIME TO TIME
EN AQUELLA POCA AT THAT TIME
FRECUENTEMENTE FREQUENTLY
GENERALMENTE USUALLY
MUCHAS VECES MANY TIMES
MUCHO A LOT
NUNCA NEVER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
2EMEMBER 3PANISH HAS TWO PAST TENSES PRETERITE AND IMPERFECT -OST VERBS CAN BE PUT
INTO EITHER TENSE DEPENDING UPON THE MEANING 4HE PRETERITE TELLS US SPECIlCALLY WHEN
AN ACTION TOOK PLACE 4HE IMPERFECT TELLS US IN GENERAL WHEN AN ACTION TOOK PLACE
POR UN RATO FOR AWHILE
SIEMPRE ALWAYS
TANTAS VECES SO MANY TIMES
TODAS LAS SEMANAS EVERY WEEK
TODOS LOS DAS EVERY DAY
TODO EL TIEMPO ALL THE TIME
VARIAS VECES SEVERAL TIMES
3PEAKING OF PRACTICE ONE OF THE MOST EFFECTIVE METHODS OF PRACTICING IS YOUR VERB mASHCARDS ,ETS
ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS SO THAT YOU CAN BECOME VERY FAMILIAR WITH THE MOST COMMON EXPRESSIONS
THAT CAN PROVIDE A HINT AS TO WHETHER TO USE PRETERITE OR IMPERFECT
6ERB &LASHCARDS
%XPRESSIONS THAT SIGNAL USE OF PRETERITE
AYER YESTERDAY
LA SEMANA PASADA LAST WEEK
ANOCHE LAST NIGHT
EL MES PASADO LAST MONTH
EL OTRO DA THE OTHER DAY
EL AO PASADO LAST YEAR
ENTONCES THEN
HACE DOS DAS AOS TWO DAYS YEARS AGO
ESTA MAANA THIS MORNING
AYER POR LA MAANA YESTERDAY MORNING
%XPRESSIONS THAT SIGNAL USE OF IMPERFECT
A MENUDO OFTEN
GENERALMENTE USUALLY
A VECES SOMETIMES
MUCHAS VECES MANY TIMES
CADA DA EVERY DAY
SIEMPRE ALWAYS
CADA AO EVERY YEAR
TODO EL TIEMPO ALL THE TIME
DE VEZ EN CUANDO FROM TIME TO TIME
VARIAS VECES SEVERAL TIMES
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3OME OF THESE ARE MORE OBVIOUS THAN OTHERS 4HE SURE
lRE WAY TO LEARN THESE IS TO
PRACTICE PRACTICE PRACTICE
*iii\*>
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
ENTENDER
ENTIENDO
ENTIENDES
ENTIENDE
ENTENDEMOS
ENTENDIS
ENTIENDEN
ENTENDER
ENTEND
ENTENDISTE
ENTENDI
ENTENDIMOS
ENTENDISTEIS
ENTENDIERON
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
CERRAR
CIERRO
CIERRAS
CIERRA
CERRAMOS
CERRIS
CIERRAN
CERRAR
CERR
CERRASTE
CERR
CERRAMOS
CERRASTEIS
CERRARON
IR VERBS THAT CHANGE THEIR STEM IN THE PRESENT TENSE DO CHANGE IN THE PRETERITE BUT IN A
DIFFERENT WAY 4HEY CHANGE EI AND OU IN THE THIRD PERSON SINGULAR AND PLURAL
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
PREFERIR
PRElERO
PRElERES
PRElERE
PREFERIMOS
PREFERS
PRElEREN
PREFERIR
PREFER
PREFERISTE
PRElRI
PREFERIMOS
PREFERISTEIS
PRElRIERON
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
DORMIR
DUERMO
DUERMES
DUERME
DORMIMOS
DORMS
DUERMEN
DORMIR
DORM
DORMISTE
DURMI
DORMIMOS
DORMISTEIS
DURMIERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
AR AND
ER VERBS THAT CHANGE THEIR STEM IN THE PRESENT TENSE DO NOT CHANGE IN THE
PRETERITE 4HEY ARE CONJUGATED JUST LIKE OTHER REGULAR PRETERITE VERBS
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS FOR STEM CHANGING VERBS IN THE PRETERITE
CERRAR
ENTENDER
CERR
CERRASTE
CERR
ENTEND
ENTENDISTE
ENTENDI
CERRAMOS
CERRASTEIS
ENTENDIMOS
ENTENDISTEIS
CERRARON
ENTENDIERON
IR STEM CHANGING VERBS DO CHANGE IN THE PRETERITE EI AND OU THIRD PERSON
SINGULAR AND PLURAL
PREFERIR
DORMIR
PREFER
PREFERISTE
PRElRI
DORM
DORMISTE
DURMI
PREFERIMOS
PREFERISTEIS
DORMIMOS
DORMISTEIS
PRElRIERON
DURMIERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
AR AND
ER STEM
CHANGING VERBS DO NOT CHANGE IN THE PRETERITE
iviV\*>
4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES SHOW HOW TO USE THIS SUBSTITUTION TEST FOR THE IMPERFECT
) WORKED IN THE AGENCY DURING THE DAY
) WAS WORKING IN THE AGENCY DURING THE DAY
) VISITED MY GRANDMOTHER EVERY DAY
) USED TO VISIT MY GRANDMOTHER EVERY DAY
%VERY AFTERNOON ) TOOK A NAP
%VERY AFTERNOON ) WOULD TAKE A NAP
/NE DOES NOT NORMALLY THINK OF A GENERAL MENTAL STATE OR PHYSICAL SENSATIONS AS HAVING A
DElNITE BEGINNING OR END AND SO THEY ARE USUALLY EXPRESSED IN THE IMPERFECT
2AMN TENA MIEDO DE HABLAR EN PBLICO
2AMN WAS AFRAID TO SPEAK IN PUBLIC
9O CREA QUE *UAN PODA HACERLO
) THOUGHT THAT *UAN COULD DO IT
-E GUSTABA EL COCHE
) LIKED THE CAR 4HE CAR WAS PLEASING TO ME
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED TO DESCRIBE HOW THINGS WERE OR WHAT THINGS WERE LIKE 5SE THE
IMPERFECT WHEN DESCRIBING THE CHARACTERISTICS OF PEOPLE THINGS OR CONDITIONS
%RA UN MUCHACHO MUY INTELIGENTE
(E WAS A VERY INTELLIGENT BOY
%RA UNA SEORITA MUY GUAPA
3HE WAS A BEAUTIFUL YOUNG LADY
,AS VENTANAS ESTABAN ABIERTAS
4HE WINDOWS WERE OPEN
,A CASA ERA BLANCA
4HE HOUSE WAS WHITE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
/NE WAY TO DETERMINE IF A VERB IS ACTUALLY THE IMPERFECT IS TO TRY SUBSTITUTING ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING
WASWERE ING
USED TO
WOULD MEANING USED TO
*iii\*>6
(ERE ARE THREE EXAMPLES
YO JUGU JUGAR
YO BUSQU BUSCAR
YO ALMORC ALMORZAR
3OME COMMON ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGING VERBS FOR THE PRETERITE TENSE IN THESE CATEGORIES
ARE
'!2
#!2
:!2
CEGAR
COLGAR
JUGAR
LLEGAR
PAGAR
PLEGAR
REGAR
ROGAR
TRAGAR
VAGAR
APARCAR
BUSCAR
CLARIlCAR
CLASIlCAR
DESTACAR
EMPACAR
JUSTIlCAR
PRACTICAR
SACAR
TOCAR
ALMORZAR
AUTORIZAR
CAZAR
COMENZAR
CRUZAR
EMPEZAR
FORZAR
ORGANIZAR
SIMBOLIZAR
TROPEZARSE
&OR VERBS THAT END IN AER EER OR AND OER THE LELLAUSTED FORMS USE THE ENDING hYv
RATHER THAN I AND THE THIRD PERSON PLURAL USES THE ENDING hYERONv RATHER THAN IERON
4HE REMAINING FORMS GAIN A WRITTEN ACCENT OVER THE LETTER hIv
CREER
CRE
CRESTE
CREY
CREMOS
CRESTEIS
CREYERON
/THER VERBS LIKE CREER INCLUDE
CAER
LEER
OR
POSEER
PROVEER
ROER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N ORDER TO PRESERVE THE SOUND OF THE INlNITIVE A NUMBER OF VERBS CHANGE
ORTHOGRAPHICALLY SPELLING IN THE PRETERITE TENSE 4HE FOLLOWING CHANGES OCCUR IN THE hYOv
FORM ONLY
6ERBS THAT END IN
GAR CHANGE G TO GU
6ERBS THAT END IN
CAR CHANGE C TO QU
6ERBS THAT END IN
ZAR CHANGE Z TO C
%XCEPTIONS TO THIS RULE INCLUDE
TRAER
ATRAER
DISTRAER
HU
HUISTE
HUY
HUIMOS
HUISTEIS
HUYERON
/THER VERBS LIKE HUIR INCLUDE
CONSTRUIR
CONTRIBUIR
DESTRUIR
mUIR
INCLUIR
INmUIR
4HE PRETERITE HAS QUITE A FEW IRREGULAR VERBS SO mASHCARDS CAN REALLY HELP YOU TO MASTER
THEM
6ERB &LASHCARDS
PRETERITE CREER CAER LEER OR
CRE
CRESTE
CREY
CREMOS
CRESTEIS
CREYERON
PRETERITE HUIR CONSTRUIR CONTRIBUIR INCLUIR
HU
HUISTE
HUY
HUIMOS
HUISTEIS
HUYERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERBS THAT END IN UIR CHANGE IN THE SAME WAY BUT THE WRITTEN ACCENT OVER THE LETTER hIv
ONLY OCCURS IN THE YO FORM
HUIR
*iii\*>6
$%#)2
DIJE
DIJISTE
DIJO
DIJIMOS
DIJISTEIS
DIJERON
!LSO LIKE TRAER
ATRAER
DETRAER
DISTRAER
EXTRAER
MALTRAER
RETRAER
SUSTRAER
42!%2
6%2
TRAJE
TRAJISTE
TRAJO
TRAJIMOS
TRAJISTEIS
TRAJERON
VI
VISTE
VIO
VIMOS
VISTEIS
VIERON
6ERBS THAT END IN
UCIR ARE IRREGULAR AND CONJUGATED AS FOLLOWS
PRODUCIR
PRODUJE
PRODUJISTE
PRODUJO
PRODUJIMOS
PRODUJISTEIS
PRODUJERON
/THER VERBS IN THIS CATEGORY INCLUDE
ADUCIR
CONDUCIR
COPRODUCIR
DEDUCIR
INDUCIR
INTRODUCIR
REDUCIR
TRADUCIR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE FOLLOWING VERBS ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRETERITE AND MUST BE MEMORIZED
4HATS RIGHT -ORE mASHCARDS FOR THE IRREGULAR PRETERITES
6ERB &LASHCARDS
PRETERITE DECIR TRAER
DIJE
DIJISTE
DIJO
DIJIMOS
DIJISTEIS
DIJERON
TRAJE
TRAJISTE
TRAJO
TRAJIMOS
TRAJISTEIS
TRAJERON
VI
VISTE
VIO
VIMOS
VISTEIS
VIERON
PRETERITE UCIR PRODUCIR CONDUCIR TRADUCIR
PRODUJE
PRODUJISTE
PRODUJO
PRODUJIMOS
PRODUJISTEIS
PRODUJERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
PRETERITE VER
*iii\*>6
! NUMBER OF VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRETERITE FOLLOW A PARTICULAR PATTERN 7HILE
THEIR STEMS CHANGE THEY ALL TAKE THE FOLLOWING ENDINGS
E
ISTE
O
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
).&).)4)6%
34%- #(!.'%
ANDAR
ESTAR
TENER
CABER
HABER
PODER
PONER
SABER
HACER
QUERER
VENIR
ANDUV
ESTUV
TUV
CUP
HUB
PUD
PUS
SUP
HIC
QUIS
VIN
(ERE ARE TWO EXAMPLES OF HOW THIS PATTERN IS APPLIED
%34!2 %3456
3!"%2 350
ESTUVE
ESTUVISTE
ESTUVO
ESTUVIMOS
ESTUVISTEIS
ESTUVIERON
SUPE
SUPISTE
SUPO
SUPIMOS
SUPISTEIS
SUPIERON
./4% 4HE ONE EXCEPTION IS THE THIRD PERSON SINGULAR OF HACER !S YOU LEARNED IN A PREVIOUS LESSON THE C
CHANGES TO Z TO FORM hHIZOv
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE THE VERBS ALONG WITH THEIR CORRESPONDING STEM CHANGES
!NOTHER CARD FOR THIS PATTERN OF IRREGULAR PRETERITES
).&).)4)6%
34%- # (!. ' %
%.$).'3
ANDAR
ESTAR
TENER
CABER
HABER
PODER
PONER
SABER
HACER
QUERER
VENIR
ANDUV
ESTUV
TUV
CUP
HUB
PUD
PUS
SUP
HIC
QUIS
VIN
E
ISTE
O
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
%XCEPTION HACER ELELLAUSTED HIZO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
IRREGULAR PRETERITE PATTERN ANDAR ESTAR TENER CABER HABER PODER PONER SABER HACER
QUERER VENIR
*iiiiviV\*>
9OU HAVE ALREADY LEARNED THAT THE PRETERITE AND THE IMPERFECT ARE USED IN DIFFERENT
SITUATIONS 4HE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT ARE VIEWED AS COMPLETED WHILE THE
IMPERFECT IS USED FOR ACTIONS THAT DID NOT HAVE A DElNITE BEGINNING OR A DElNITE END
%STUDI DOS HORAS
) USED TO STUDY BEFORE THE TESTS
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
3OME VERBS ACTUALLY CHANGE MEANING DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THEY ARE USED IN THE
PRETERITE OR THE IMPERFECT 4HIS IS NOT SURPRISING SINCE THE DIFFERENCE IN MEANING CAN BE
TRACED BACK TO THE DIFFERENT WAY IN WHICH THESE TWO PAST TENSES ARE USED
CONOCER
#ONOC A *UAN HACE CINCO AOS
) MET *UAN lVE YEARS AGO
COMPLETED ACTION
%N AQUELLA POCA CONOCAMOS MUY BIEN LA CIUDAD
!T THAT TIME WE KNEW THE CITY VERY WELL
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
QUERER
-ARA QUISO COMPRAR LA CASA
-ARIA TRIED TO BUY THE HOUSE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN QUERA COMPRAR LA CASA
*UAN WANTED TO BUY THE HOUSE
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
NO QUERER
-ARA NO QUISO COMPRAR LA CASA
-ARIA REFUSED TO BUY THE HOUSE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN NO QUERA COMPRAR LA CASA
*UAN DID NOT WANT TO BUY THE HOUSE
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
) STUDIED TWO HOURS
COMPLETED ACTION
9O ESTUDIABA ANTES DE LOS EXMENES
SABER
-ARA LO SUPO AYER
-ARIA FOUND OUT YESTERDAY
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN SABA QUE -ARA VENA
*UAN KNEW THAT -ARIA WAS COMING
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-ARIA SUCCEEDED IN LIFTING THE TABLE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN PODA PARTICIPAR EN LA MANIFESTACIN
*UAN WAS ABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE DEMONSTRATION
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
TENER
-ARA TUVO UNA CARTA DE SU MAM
-ARIA RECEIVED A LETTER FROM HER MOM
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN TENA UN COCHE NUEVO
*UAN USED TO HAVE A NEW CAR
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
PODER
-ARA PUDO LEVANTAR LA MESA
*iii>`iviV\,ii
(!",!2
#/-%2
6)6)2
HABL
HABLASTE
HABL
HABLAMOS
HABLASTEIS
HABLARON
COM
COMISTE
COMI
COMIMOS
COMISTEIS
COMIERON
VIV
VIVISTE
VIVI
VIVIMOS
VIVISTEIS
VIVIERON
./4% 4HE NOSOTROS FORMS FOR AR AND IR VERBS ARE THE SAME IN BOTH PRETERITE AND PRESENT TENSES HABLAMOS
VIVIMOS
(ERE ARE ALL THREE REGULAR IMPERFECT VERB FORMS TOGETHER
(!",!2
#/-%2
6)6)2
HABLABA
HABLABAS
HABLABA
HABLBAMOS
HABLABAIS
HABLABAN
COMA
COMAS
COMA
COMAMOS
COMAIS
COMAN
VIVA
VIVAS
VIVA
VIVAMOS
VIVAIS
VIVAN
'ENERALLY SPEAKING THE PRETERITE IS USED FOR ACTIONS IN THE PAST THAT ARE SEEN AS
COMPLETED WHILE THE IMPERFECT TENSE IS USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT DID NOT HAVE A DElNITE
BEGINNING OR A DElNITE END
*UAN HABL DOS HORAS
*UAN SPOKE TWO HOURS
ACTION COMPLETED
,AS CHICAS HABLABAN EN INGLS
4HE GIRLS USED TO SPEAK IN %NGLISH
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
!NOTHER WAY TO VIEW THIS IS THAT THE PRETERITE TELLS US SPECIlCALLY WHEN AN ACTION TOOK PLACE WHILE
THE IMPERFECT TELLS US IN GENERAL WHEN AN ACTION TOOK PLACE
4HE PRETERITE IS USED IN THE FOLLOWING SITUATIONS
&OR ACTIONS THAT CAN BE VIEWED AS SINGLE EVENTS
&OR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED A SPECIlC NUMBER OF TIMES
&OR ACTIONS THAT OCCURRED DURING A SPECIlC PERIOD OF TIME
&OR ACTIONS THAT WERE PART OF A CHAIN OF EVENTS
4O STATE THE BEGINNING OR THE END OF AN ACTION
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE ALL THREE REGULAR PRETERITE VERB FORMS TOGETHER
4HE IMPERFECT IS USED IN THE FOLLOWING SITUATIONS
&OR ACTIONS THAT WERE REPEATED HABITUALLY
&OR ACTIONS THAT hSET THE STAGEv FOR ANOTHER PAST ACTION
&OR TELLING TIME
&OR STATING ONES AGE
&OR MENTAL STATES USUALLY
&OR PHYSICAL SENSATIONS USUALLY
4O DESCRIBE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF PEOPLE THINGS OR CONDITIONS
3%2
)2
FUI
FUISTE
FUE
FUIMOS
FUISTEIS
FUERON
FUI
FUISTE
FUE
FUIMOS
FUISTEIS
FUERON
$!2
(!#%2
DI
DISTE
DIO
DIMOS
DISTEIS
DIERON
HICE
HICISTE
HIZO
HICIMOS
HICISTEIS
HICIERON
./4% 4HIS IS NOT A TYPO SER AND IR DO HAVE IDENTICAL CONJUGATIONS IN THE PRETERITE
4HERE ARE ONLY THREE IRREGULAR VERBS IN THE IMPERFECT
3%2
)2
6%2
ERA
ERAS
ERA
RAMOS
ERAIS
ERAN
IBA
IBAS
IBA
BAMOS
IBAIS
IBAN
VEA
VEAS
VEA
VEAMOS
VEAIS
VEAN
3OME WORDS AND PHRASES INDICATE SPECIlC TIME FRAMES AND THEREFORE SIGNAL THE USE OF THE
PRETERITE
AYER YESTERDAY
ANTEAYER THE DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY
ANOCHE LAST NIGHT
DESDE EL PRIMER MOMENTO FROM THE lRST MOMENT
DURANTE DOS SIGLOS FOR TWO CENTURIES
EL OTRO DA THE OTHER DAY
EN ESE MOMENTO AT THAT MOMENT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
3ER IR DAR AND HACER ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRETERITE
/THER WORDS AND PHRASES INDICATE REPETITIVE VAGUE OR NON SPECIlC TIME FRAMES AND
THEREFORE SIGNAL THE USE OF THE IMPERFECT
A MENUDO OFTEN
A VECES SOMETIMES
CADA DA EVERY DAY
CADA SEMANA EVERY WEEK
CADA MES EVERY MONTH
CADA AO EVERY YEAR
CON FRECUENCIA FREQUENTLY
DE VEZ EN CUANDO FROM TIME TO TIME
EN AQUELLA POCA AT THAT TIME
FRECUENTEMENTE FREQUENTLY
GENERALMENTE USUALLY
MUCHAS VECES MANY TIMES
MUCHO A LOT
NUNCA NEVER
POR UN RATO FOR AWHILE
SIEMPRE ALWAYS
TANTAS VECES SO MANY TIMES
TODAS LAS SEMANAS EVERY WEEK
TODOS LOS DAS EVERY DAY
TODO EL TIEMPO ALL THE TIME
VARIAS VECES SEVERAL TIMES
AR AND ER VERBS THAT CHANGE THEIR STEM IN THE PRESENT TENSE DO NOT CHANGE IN THE
PRETERITE 4HEY ARE CONJUGATED JUST LIKE OTHER REGULAR PRETERITE VERBS
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
CERRAR
CIERRO
CIERRAS
CIERRA
CERRAMOS
CERRIS
CIERRAN
CERRAR
CERR
CERRASTE
CERR
CERRAMOS
CERRASTEIS
CERRARON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
ENTONCES THEN
ESTA MAANA THIS MORNING
ESTA TARDE THIS AFTERNOON
LA SEMANA PASADA LAST WEEK
EL MES PASADO LAST MONTH
EL AO PASADO LAST YEAR
HACE DOS DAS AOS TWO DAYS YEARS AGO
AYER POR LA MAANA YESTERDAY MORNING
AYER POR LA TARDE YESTERDAY AFTERNOON
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
PREFERIR
PRElERO
PRElERES
PRElERE
PREFERIMOS
PREFERS
PRElEREN
PREFERIR
PREFER
PREFERISTE
PRElRI
PREFERIMOS
PREFERISTEIS
PRElRIERON
02%3%.4
02%4%2)4%
DORMIR
DUERMO
DUERMES
DUERME
DORMIMOS
DORMS
DUERMEN
DORMIR
DORM
DORMISTE
DURMI
DORMIMOS
DORMISTEIS
DURMIERON
4HERE ARE A NUMBER OF ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGING VERBS IN THE PRETERITE
6ERBS THAT END IN
GAR CHANGE G TO GU
6ERBS THAT END IN
CAR CHANGE C TO QU
6ERBS THAT END IN
ZAR CHANGE Z TO C
6ERBS THAT END IN
AER
EER
OR
OER AND UIR CHANGE I TO Y AND IERON TO YERON
(ERE ARE THREE MORE VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRETERITE
$%#)2
42!%2
6%2
DIJE
DIJISTE
DIJO
DIJIMOS
DIJISTEIS
DIJERON
TRAJE
TRAJISTE
TRAJO
TRAJIMOS
TRAJISTEIS
TRAJERON
VI
VISTE
VIO
VIMOS
VISTEIS
VIERON
6ERBS THAT END IN
UCIR ARE IRREGULAR AND CONJUGATED AS FOLLOWS
PRODUCIR
PRODUJE
PRODUJISTE
PRODUJO
PRODUJIMOS
PRODUJISTEIS
PRODUJERON
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
IR VERBS THAT CHANGE THEIR STEM IN THE PRESENT TENSE DO CHANGE IN THE PRETERITE BUT IN A
DIFFERENT WAY 4HEY CHANGE EI AND OU IN THE THIRD PERSON SINGULAR AND PLURAL
4HERE ARE A NUMBER OF VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRETERITE THAT FOLLOW A PARTICULAR
PATTERN 4HE PATTERN IS THAT WHILE THEIR STEMS CHANGE THEY ALL TAKE THE FOLLOWING ENDINGS
E
ISTE
O
IMOS
ISTEIS
IERON
(ERE ARE THE VERBS ALONG WITH THEIR CORRESPONDING STEM CHANGES
34%- #(!.'%
ANDAR
ANDUV
ESTAR
ESTUV
TENER
TUV
CABER
CUP
HABER
HUB
PODER
PUD
PONER
PUS
SABER
SUP
HACER
HIC
QUERER
QUIS
VENIR
VIN
%XCEPTION HACER ELELLAUSTED HIZO
3OME VERBS ACTUALLY CHANGE MEANING DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THEY ARE USED IN THE
PRETERITE OR THE IMPERFECT 4HIS IS NOT SURPRISING SINCE THE DIFFERENCE IN MEANING CAN BE
TRACED BACK TO THE DIFFERENT WAY IN WHICH THESE TWO PAST TENSES ARE USED
CONOCER
#ONOC A *UAN HACE CINCO AOS
) MET *UAN lVE YEARS AGO
COMPLETED ACTION
%N AQUELLA POCA CONOCAMOS MUY BIEN LA CIUDAD
!T THAT TIME WE KNEW THE CITY VERY WELL
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
QUERER
-ARA QUISO COMPRAR LA CASA
-ARIA TRIED TO BUY THE HOUSE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN QUERA COMPRAR LA CASA
*UAN WANTED TO BUY THE HOUSE
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
).&).)4)6%
NO QUERER
-ARA NO QUISO COMPRAR LA CASA
-ARIA REFUSED TO BUY THE HOUSE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN NO QUERA COMPRAR LA CASA
*UAN DID NOT WANT TO BUY THE HOUSE
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-ARIA FOUND OUT YESTERDAY
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN SABA QUE -ARA VENA
*UAN KNEW THAT -ARIA WAS COMING
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
PODER
-ARA PUDO LEVANTAR LA MESA
-ARIA SUCCEEDED IN LIFTING THE TABLE
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN PODA PARTICIPAR EN LA MANIFESTACIN
*UAN WAS ABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE DEMONSTRATION
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
TENER
-ARA TUVO UNA CARTA DE SU MAM
-ARIA RECEIVED A LETTER FROM HER MOM
COMPLETED ACTION
*UAN TENA UN COCHE NUEVO
*UAN USED TO HAVE A NEW CAR
NO DElNITE BEGINNING OR END
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
SABER
-ARA LO SUPO AYER
>Vi i>>}
)N A PREVIOUS LESSON YOU LEARNED TO USE THE VERB HACER WITH THE PRESENT TENSE FORM OF A
VERB TO INDICATE THE LENGTH OF TIME AN ACTION HAS BEEN TAKING PLACE
(ACE TIME QUE PRESENT TENSE FORM OF THE VERB
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDIO ESPAOL
) HAVE BEEN STUDYING 3PANISH FOR ONE YEAR
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDI ESPAOL
) STUDIED 3PANISH ONE YEAR AGO
4HERE IS ANOTHER WAY TO CONVEY THE SAME IDEA
0RETERITE TENSE FORM OF THE VERB HACE TIME
%STUDI ESPAOL HACE UN AO
) STUDIED 3PANISH ONE YEAR AGO
.OTE THE DIFFERENCES AND SIMILARITIES
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDIO ESPAOL
) HAVE BEEN STUDYING 3PANISH FOR ONE YEAR
(ACE UN AO QUE ESTUDI ESPAOL
) STUDIED 3PANISH ONE YEAR AGO
%STUDI ESPAOL HACE UN AO
) STUDIED 3PANISH ONE YEAR AGO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7HEN THE VERB IS IN THE PRETERITE TENSE A DIFFERENT MEANING IS CONVEYED
(ACE TIME QUE PRETERITE TENSE FORM OF THE VERB
>v`iL
!DVERBS ARE WORDS THAT DESCRIBE OR MODIFY VERBS ADJECTIVES OR OTHER ADVERBS
(E RAN QUICKLY
hQUICKLYv DESCRIBES HOW HE hRANv
3HE SPOKE MORE SLOWLY THAN HE
hSLOWLYv DESCRIBES HOW SHE hSPOKEv
hMOREv MODIlES hSLOWLYv
!$*%#4)6%
&%- &/2-
!$6%2"
CLARO
CONSTANTE
DIFCIL
CLARA
CONSTANTE
DIFCIL
CLARAMENTE
CONSTANTEMENTE
DIFCILMENTE
./4% 7HEN AN ADJECTIVE HAS A WRITTEN ACCENT THE ADVERB RETAINS IT
!NOTHER WAY TO FORM AN ADVERB IS TO USE THE PREPOSITION CON THE SINGULAR FORM OF THE
NOUN
CUIDADOSO CAREFULLY
CUIDADOSAMENTE OR CON CUIDADO
PERFECTO PERFECTLY
PERFECTAMENTE OR CON PERFECCIN
CARIOSO AFFECTIONATELY
CARIOSAMENTE OR CON CARIO
3OME ADVERBS DO NOT FOLLOW ANY PATTERN OF ORIGINATION AND MUST SIMPLY BE MEMORIZED
(ERE IS A LIST OF SOME COMMON ONES
BASTANTE
NUNCA
QUITE
NEVER
DEMASIADO
TOO
PEOR
WORSE
MAL
BADLY
POCO
LITTLE
MUCHO
A LOT
SIEMPRE
ALWAYS
MUY
VERY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-OST 3PANISH ADVERBS ARE FORMED BY ADDING
MENTE TO THE FEMININE SINGULAR FORM OF THE
ADJECTIVE 4HIS ENDING CORRESPONDS TO
LY IN %NGLISH
7HEN TWO ADVERBS MODIFY THE SAME VERB ONLY THE SECOND ONE USES THE MENTE ENDING
.OTE THAT THE lRST ADVERB IS THE SAME AS THE FEMININE SINGULAR FORM OF THE ADJECTIVE
*UAN TRABAJA LENTA Y CUIDADOSAMENTE
*UAN WORKS SLOWLY AND CAREFULLY
%L CHICO LE HABL CLARA Y CORTSMENTE
4HE BOY SPOKE TO HIM CLEARLY AND COURTEOUSLY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
%L AUTOR ESCRIBI RPIDA Y FCILMENTE
4HE AUTHOR WROTE QUICKLY AND EASILY
-LVi\*>
!LL TOO FREQUENTLY THE TOPIC OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS MADE FAR MORE DIFlCULT THAN IS NECESSARY
,ETS TRY A SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT APPROACH WITH THE GOAL OF MAKING THIS TOPIC LESS TROUBLESOME
4HE SUBJUNCTIVE IS NOT A TENSE RATHER IT IS A MOOD 4ENSE REFERS TO WHEN AN ACTION TAKES
PLACE PAST PRESENT FUTURE WHILE MOOD MERELY REmECTS HOW THE SPEAKER FEELS ABOUT THE
ACTION 4HE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS RARELY USED IN %NGLISH BUT IT IS WIDELY USED IN 3PANISH
4HE LAW REQUIRES THAT YOU BE YEARS OLD TO VOTE
3UBJUNCTIVE CONJUGATION YOU BE
)F ) WERE A RICH MAN ) WOULDNT HAVE TO WORK HARD
3UBJUNCTIVE CONJUGATION ) WERE
3O FAR YOU HAVE STUDIED VERB TENSES IN THE INDICATIVE MOOD 4HE INDICATIVE MOOD IS USED TO
EXPRESS FACTUAL INFORMATION CERTAINTY AND OBJECTIVITY
5STED VA AL 0ER EN DICIEMBRE
9OU ARE GOING TO 0ERU IN $ECEMBER
4HE ABOVE SENTENCE MERELY REPORTS THE FACT THAT YOU ARE GOING TO 0ERU IN $ECEMBER SO THE
INDICATIVE MOOD IS USED
,ETS CHANGE THE ABOVE EXAMPLE SLIGHTLY
.O DUDO QUE USTED VA AL 0ER EN DICIEMBRE
) DONT DOUBT THAT YOU ARE GOING TO 0ERU IN $ECEMBER
)N THE ABOVE SENTENCE THE CLAUSE hNO DUDOv INTRODUCES A QUALITY OF CERTAINTY THE SPEAKER HAS
NO DOUBT SO THE INDICATIVE MOOD IS USED IN THE SECOND CLAUSE VA AS WELL AS THE lRST NO DUDO
,ETS MAKE ANOTHER SLIGHT CHANGE TO OUR EXAMPLE
$UDO QUE USTED VAYA AL 0ER EN DICIEMBRE
) DOUBT THAT YOU ARE GOING TO 0ERU IN $ECEMBER
)N THE ABOVE SENTENCE THE CLAUSE hDUDOv INTRODUCES A QUALITY OF UNCERTAINTY THE SPEAKER DOES
HAVE DOUBT SO HERE THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED IN THE SECOND CLAUSE VAYA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERE ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE BEING USED IN %NGLISH
4HE DOCTOR RECOMMENDS THAT HE TAKE THE PILLS WITH FOOD
3UBJUNCTIVE CONJUGATION HE TAKE
4HE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED TO EXPRESS EVERYTHING EXCEPT CERTAINTY AND OBJECTIVITY
THINGS LIKE DOUBT UNCERTAINTY SUBJECTIVITY ETC
9O DUDO QUE USTED VAYA AL 0ER EN DICIEMBRE
) DOUBT THAT YOU ARE GOING TO 0ERU IN $ECEMBER
3INCE THE ABOVE STATEMENT DOES NOT EXPRESS CERTAINTY THE SUBJUNCTIVE VAYA IS REQUIRED IN THE
SECOND CLAUSE
)NDICATIVE
*OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HIS SENTENCE MERELY STATES THE CERTAIN OBJECTIVE FACT THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
) KNOW THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE h) KNOWv TELLS US THAT THE SPEAKER FEELS THAT IT IS A CERTAIN OBJECTIVE FACT THAT *OHN
GOES TO THE STORE
4HERE IS NO DOUBT THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE hTHERE IS NO DOUBTv TELLS US THAT THE SPEAKER FEELS THAT IT IS A CERTAIN OBJECTIVE FACT
THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
3UBJUNCTIVE
) WANT *OHN TO GO TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE h) WANTv TELLS US THAT THE SPEAKER FEELS THAT THERE IS UNCERTAINTY AS TO WHETHER *OHN
GOES TO THE STORE
) HOPE THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE h) HOPEv TELLS US THAT THE SPEAKER FEELS THAT THERE IS UNCERTAINTY AS TO WHETHER *OHN
GOES TO THE STORE
)T IS POSSIBLE THAT *OHN WILL GO TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE hIT IS POSSIBLEv TELLS US THAT THE SPEAKER FEELS THAT THERE IS UNCERTAINTY AS TO WHETHER
*OHN GOES TO THE STORE
)TS GOOD THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE hITS GOODv ALERTS US THAT THE SPEAKER IS ABOUT TO EXPRESS A SUBJECTIVE OPINION
)TS IMPORTANT THAT *OHN GOES TO THE STORE
4HE CLAUSE hITS IMPORTANTv ALERTS US THAT THE SPEAKER IS ABOUT TO EXPRESS A SUBJECTIVE OPINION
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN CERTAINTY
OBJECTIVITY INDICATIVE AND POSSIBILITYSUBJECTIVITY SUBJUNCTIVE
"ECAUSE THERE MUST BE SOME UNCERTAINTY OR SUBJECTIVITY TO WARRANT THE USE OF THE
SUBJUNCTIVE YOU WILL USUALLY SEE IT IN SENTENCES THAT CONTAIN A MAIN CLAUSE WHICH
INTRODUCES A QUALITY OF UNCERTAINTY OR SUBJECTIVITY
) HOPE SHE WILL COME ) HOPE MAIN CLAUSE
) KNOW SHE WILL COME ) KNOW MAIN CLAUSE
) FEEL SHE WILL COME ) FEEL MAIN CLAUSE
)N LEARNING TO USE THE SUBJUNCTIVE IT IS QUITE HELPFUL IF ONE CAN lRST RECOGNIZE SUCH CLAUSES
4HE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF CLAUSES COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
ES TERRIBLE QUE ITS TERRIBLE THAT
A MENOS QUE UNLESS
HASTA QUE UNTIL
ANTES DE QUE BEFORE
INSISTIR EN QUE TO INSIST THAT
CON TAL DE QUE PROVIDED THAT
MANDAR QUE TO ORDER THAT
CUANDO WHEN
MS VALE QUE ITS BETTER THAT
CONVIENE QUE IT IS ADVISABLE THAT
MIENTRAS QUE WHILE
DESPUS DE QUE AFTER
NEGAR QUE TO DENY THAT
DUDAR QUE TO DOUBT THAT
NO CREER QUE NOT TO BELIEVE THAT
EN CASO DE QUE IN CASE
NO ES CIERTO QUE ITS NOT CERTAIN THAT
EN CUANTO AS SOON AS
NO ESTAR CONVENCIDO
ES ACONSEJABLE QUE ITS ADVISABLE THAT
DE QUE TO NOT BE CONVINCED THAT
ES BUENO QUE ITS GOOD THAT
NO ESTAR SEGURO
ES DIFCIL QUE ITS UNLIKELY THAT
DE QUE TO NOT BE SURE THAT
ES DUDOSO QUE IT IS DOUBTFUL THAT
NO ES VERDAD QUE ITS NOT TRUE THAT
ES FCIL QUE ITS LIKELY THAT
NO IMAGINARSE QUE TO NOT IMAGINE THAT
ES FANTSTICO QUE ITS FANTASTIC THAT
NO PARECER QUE TO NOT SEEM THAT
ES IMPORTANTE QUE ITS IMPORTANT THAT
NO PENSAR QUE TO NOT THINK THAT
ES IMPOSIBLE QUE ITS IMPOSSIBLE THAT
NO SUPONER QUE TO NOT SUPPOSE THAT
ES IMPROBABLE QUE ITS UNLIKELY THAT
OJAL QUE IF ONLY HE WOULD
ES INCIERTO QUE ITS UNCERTAIN THAT
PARA QUE IN ORDER THAT
ES INCREBLE QUE ITS INCREDIBLE THAT
PEDIR QUE TO ASK THAT
ES UNA LSTIMA QUE ITS A PITY THAT
PREFERIR QUE TO PREFER THAT
ES MALO QUE ITS BAD THAT
PROHIBIR QUE TO PROHIBIT THAT
ES MEJOR QUE ITS BETTER THAT
PUEDE SER QUE IT MAY BE THAT
ES MENESTER QUE ITS NECESSARY THAT
QUERER QUE TO WANT THAT
ES NECESARIO QUE ITS NECESSARY THAT
RECOMENDAR QUE TO RECOMMEND THAT
ESPERAR QUE TO WISH THAT
ROGAR QUE TO PLEAD THAT
ES POSIBLE QUE ITS POSSIBLE THAT
SENTIR QUE TO REGRET THAT
ES PRECISO QUE ITS NECESSARY THAT
SIN QUE WITHOUT
ES PREFERIBLE QUE ITS PREFERABLE THAT
SUGERIR QUE TO SUGGEST THAT
ES PROBABLE QUE ITS PROBABLE THAT
TAN PRONTO COMO AS SOON AS
ES RARO QUE ITS RARE THAT
TEMER QUE TO FEAR THAT
ES RIDCULO QUE ITS RIDICULOUS THAT
TENER MIEDO DE QUE TO BE AFRAID THAT
ESTAR CONTENTO QUE TO BE HAPPY THAT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE ABOVE EXAMPLES ALL HAVE MAIN CLAUSES BUT ONLY THE lRST AND THE THIRD INTRODUCE AN ELEMENT OF
UNCERTAINTY OR SUBJECTIVITY
-LVi\*>
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS
ANY UNCERTAINTY ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A
SUBJECTIVE OPINION
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL BEGIN TO LEARN HOW TO CONJUGATE VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
AR VERBS
E
ES
E
EMOS
IS
EN
ER AND
IR VERBS
A
AS
A
AMOS
IS
AN
2EGULAR
AR VERBS LIKE HABLAR YO HABLO
HABLO
O HABL
HABL E HABLE
HABL ES HABLES
HABL E HABLE
HABL EMOS HABLEMOS
HABL IS HABLIS
HABL EN HABLEN
2EGULAR
ER VERBS LIKE COMER YO COMO
COMO
O COM
COM A COMA
COM AS COMAS
COM A COMA
COM AMOS COMAMOS
COM IS COMIS
COM AN COMAN
2EGULAR
IR VERBS LIKE VIVIR YO VIVO
VIVO
O VIV
VIV A VIVA
VIV AS VIVAS
VIV A VIVA
VIV AMOS VIVAMOS
VIV IS VIVIS
VIV AN VIVAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
&OR MOST VERBS THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE IS FORMED BY FOLLOWING THESE THREE STEPS
3TART WITH THE YO FORM OF THE PRESENT INDICATIVE
4HEN DROP THE
O ENDING
&INALLY ADD THE FOLLOWING ENDINGS
4HE FORMULA ALSO WORKS FOR VERBS THAT HAVE IRREGULAR hYOv FORMS IN THE PRESENT INDICATIVE
3TUDY THESE EXAMPLES
CONOCER YO CONOZCO
CONOZCO
O CONOZC
CONOZC A CONOZCA
CONOZC AS CONOZCAS
CONOZC A CONOZCA
CONOZC AMOS CONOZCAMOS
CONOZC IS CONOZCIS
CONOZC AN CONOZCAN
TENER YO TENGO
TENGO
O TENG
TENG A TENGA
TENG AS TENGAS
TENG A TENGA
TENG AMOS TENGAMOS
TENG IS TENGIS
TENG AN TENGAN
SALIR YO SALGO
SALGO
O SALG
SALG A SALGA
SALG AS SALGAS
SALG A SALGA
SALG AMOS SALGAMOS
SALG IS SALGIS
SALG AN SALGAN
&OR AR AND ER STEM CHANGING VERBS THE FORMULA APPLIES EXCEPT THAT THERE IS NO STEM
CHANGE IN THE NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS 3TUDY THESE EXAMPLES
PENSAR YO PIENSO
PIENSO O PIENS
PIENS E PIENSE
PIENS ES PIENSES
PIENS E PIENSE
PENS EMOS PENSEMOS
PENS IS PENSIS
PIENS EN PIENSEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
PERDER YO PIERDO
PIERDO
O PIERD
PIERD A PIERDA
PIERD AS PIERDAS
PIERD A PIERDA
PERD AMOS PERDAMOS
PERD IS PERDIS
PIERD AN PIERDAN
CUENT E CUENTE
CUENT ES CUENTES
CUENT E CUENTE
CONT EMOS CONTEMOS
CONT IS CONTIS
CUENT EN CUENTEN
VOLVER YO VUELVO
VUELVO
O VUELV
VUELV A VUELVA
VUELV AS VUELVAS
VUELV A VUELVA
VOLV AMOS VOLVAMOS
VOLV IS VOLVIS
VUELV AN VUELVAN
&OR IR STEM CHANGING VERBS THE FORMULA APPLIES EXCEPT THAT THE STEM CHANGE IN THE
NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS FOLLOWS THESE PATTERNS OUE VERBS CHANGE O TO U EIE VERBS
CHANGE E TO I EI VERBS CHANGE E TO I 3TUDY THESE EXAMPLES
DORMIR YO DUERMO
DUERMO O DUERM
DUERM A DUERMA
DUERM AS DUERMAS
DUERM A DUERMA
DURM AMOS DURMAMOS
DURM IS DURMIS
DUERM AN DUERMAN
SENTIR YO SIENTO
SIENTO
O SIENT
SIENT A SIENTA
SIENT AS SIENTAS
SIENT A SIENTA
SINT AMOS SINTAMOS
SINT IS SINTIS
SIENT AN SIENTAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
CONTAR YO CUENTO
CUENTO
O CUENT
PEDIR YO PIDO
PIDO
O PID
PID A PIDA
PID AS PIDAS
PID A PIDA
PID AMOS PIDAMOS
PID IS PIDIS
PID AN PIDAN
,ETS ADD mASHCARDS FOR THE CONJUGATIONS COVERED IN THIS LESSON
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE
HABLAR
HABLE
HABLES
HABLE
HABLEMOS
HABLIS
HABLEN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE COMER
COMA
COMAS
COMA
COMAMOS
COMIS
COMAN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE VIVIR
VIVA
VIVAS
VIVA
VIVAMOS
VIVIS
VIVAN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE VERBS WITH IRREGULAR lRST PERSONS IN PRESENT INDICATIVE
CONOCER CONOZCA CONOZCAS CONOZCA CONOZCAMOS CONOZCIS CONOZCAN
TENER TENGA TENGAS TENGA TENGAMOS TENGIS TENGAN
SALIR SALGA SALGAS SALGA SALGAMOS SALGIS SALGAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HERE ARE JUST A FEW MORE RULES FOR CONJUGATING VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 4HEY WILL
BE COVERED IN THE NEXT TWO LESSONS
#ONJUGATE JUST LIKE REGULAR SUBJUNCTIVES USING hYOv FORM OF THE INDICATIVE EXCEPT THE STEM
CHANGE DOES NOT OCCUR IN THE NOSOTROSVOSOTROS FORMS
PENSAR
PIENSE
PIENSES
PIENSE
PENSEMOS
PENSIS
PIENSEN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE IR STEM CHANGING VERBS
#ONJUGATE JUST LIKE REGULAR SUBJUNCTIVES USING hYOv FORM OF THE INDICATIVE EXCEPT THE STEM
CHANGE IN THE NOSOTROS AND VOSOTROS FORMS FOLLOWS THESE PATTERNS OUE VERBS CHANGE O TO
U EIE VERBS CHANGE E TO I EI VERBS CHANGE E TO I
DORMIR DURMAMOS
SENTIR SINTAMOS
PEDIR PIDAMOS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE AR AND ER STEM CHANGING VERBS
-LVi\*>
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS
UNCERTAIN ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A SUBJECTIVE
OPINION
9OU LEARNED THAT
AR VERBS TAKE THE ENDINGS
E
ES
E
EMOS
IS
EN
!ND
ER AND
IR VERBS TAKE THE ENDINGS
A
AS
A
AMOS
IS
AN
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN HOW TO CONJUGATE VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THAT CHANGE
ORTHOGRAPHICALLY
2EMEMBER THE OLD QUESTION 7HAT CAME lRST THE CHICKEN OR THE EGG 4HATS A HARD ONE TO
ANSWER 4HERES ANOTHER QUESTION ONE THAT PERTAINS TO LEARNING 3PANISH THATS MUCH EASIER
TO ANSWER
3PANISH SPELLING IS NEARLY PERFECT PHONETICALLY 4HAT IS IF YOU CAN PRONOUNCE IT YOU CAN
SPELL IT AND IF YOU SEE IT WRITTEN YOU CAN PRONOUNCE IT (AVE YOU EVER ASKED YOURSELF
h7HICH CAME lRST THE PRONUNCIATION OR THE SPELLING v 4HIS IS A MUCH EASIER QUESTION TO
ANSWER THAN THE hCHICKEN
EGGv QUESTION
4HE ANSWER IS THAT THE PRONUNCIATION CAME lRST ,ATER AN ALPHABET WAS DEVELOPED TO
REPRESENT THAT PRONUNCIATION ON PAPER &ORTUNATELY WHEN THE RULES FOR THE ALPHABET WERE
DEVELOPED THEY WERE KEPT SIMPLE AND STRAIGHTFORWARD 4HAT IS WHY IN 3PANISH YOU CAN
SPELL ANY WORD THAT YOU CAN PRONOUNCE AND YOU CAN PRONOUNCE ANY WORD THAT YOU SEE
WRITTEN
7ITH REGARD TO VERB CONJUGATIONS THESE STRICT RULES FOR SPELLING OFTEN LEAD TO SOMETHING
CALLED hORTHOGRAPHICv CHANGES 4HESE ARE CHANGES IN SPELLING CHANGES THAT ARE MADE FOR
ONE PURPOSE
TO PRESERVE THE SOUND OF THE INlNITIVE !LL OF THE VERBS WE DISCUSS IN THIS
LESSON HAVE ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES
!LL OF THESE ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES OCCUR FOR ONE REASON AND ONE REASON ONLY )F WE WERE TO
SIMPLY APPLY THE RULES LEARNED IN THE PREVIOUS LESSON THEN WE WOULD LOSE THE SOUND OF THE
INlNITIVE 4HESE ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES ENSURE THAT THE SPELLING PROPERLY REmECTS THE WAY
THESE WORDS ARE ACTUALLY PRONOUNCED
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 0ART )) YOU LEARNED THE BASIC RULES FOR CONJUGATING REGULAR VERBS AND STEM CHANGING
VERBS
2EMEMBER PRONUNCIATION COMES lRST 3PELLING MERELY REmECTS THE WAY A WORD IS
PRONOUNCED (ERE ARE THE RULES FOR THE ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
&OR VERBS THAT END IN
ZAR THE Z CHANGES TO C WHEN IT COMES BEFORE THE LETTER E
EMPEZAR EIE
EMPIECE
EMPIECES
EMPIECE
EMPECEMOS
EMPECIS
EMPIECEN
&OR VERBS THAT END IN GER OR GIR THE G CHANGES TO J WHEN IT COMES BEFORE THE LETTER A
ESCOGER
ESCOJA
ESCOJAS
ESCOJA
ESCOJAMOS
ESCOJIS
ESCOJAN
ELEGIR EI
ELIJA
ELIJAS
ELIJA
ELIJAMOS
ELIJIS
ELIJAN
&OR VERBS THAT END IN GUIR THE GU CHANGES TO G WHEN IT COMES BEFORE THE LETTER A
SEGUIR EI
SIGA
SIGAS
SIGA
SIGAMOS
SIGIS
SIGAN
&OR VERBS THAT END IN CAR THE C CHANGES TO QU WHEN IT COMES BEFORE THE LETTER E
BUSCAR
BUSQUE
BUSQUES
BUSQUE
BUSQUEMOS
BUSQUIS
BUSQUEN
-`->V
&OR VERBS THAT END IN GAR THE G CHANGES TO GU WHEN IT COMES BEFORE THE LETTER E
PAGAR
PAGUE
PAGUES
PAGUE
PAGUEMOS
PAGUIS
PAGUEN
HUYA
HUYAS
HUYA
HUYAMOS
HUYIS
HUYAN
4HERE IS JUST ONE MORE CONSIDERATION FOR CONJUGATING VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 7E
WILL COVER THAT IN THE NEXT LESSON
,ETS ADD mASHCARDS FOR THE VERBS THAT CHANGE ORTHOGRAPHICALLY IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
ZAR Z CHANGES TO C BEFORE E
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
EMPEZAR EIE
EMPIECE
EMPIECES
EMPIECE
EMPECEMOS
EMPECIS
EMPIECEN
GER OR GIR G CHANGES TO J BEFORE A
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
ESCOGER
ESCOJA
ESCOJAS
ESCOJA
ESCOJAMOS
ESCOJIS
ESCOJAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
&OR VERBS THAT END IN UIR ADD THE LETTER Y BEFORE THE LETTER A
HUIR
SEGUIR EI
SIGA
SIGAS
SIGA
SIGAMOS
SIGIS
SIGAN
CAR C CHANGES TO QU BEFORE E
GAR G CHANGES TO GU BEFORE E
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
BUSCAR PAGAR
BUSQUE PAGUE
BUSQUES PAGUES
BUSQUE PAGUE
BUSQUEMOS PAGUEMOS
BUSQUIS PAGUIS
BUSQUEN PAGUEN
UIR ADD Y BEFORE A
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
HUIR
HUYA
HUYAS
HUYA
HUYAMOS
HUYIS
HUYAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
GUIR GU CHANGES TO G BEFORE A
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
-LVi\*>6
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS
UNCERTAIN ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A SUBJECTIVE
OPINION
9OU LEARNED THAT
AR VERBS TAKE THE ENDINGS
E
ES
E
EMOS
IS
EN
!ND
ER AND
IR VERBS TAKE THE ENDINGS
A
AS
A
AMOS
IS
AN
)N 0ART ))) YOU LEARNED HOW TO CONJUGATE VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THAT CHANGE
ORTHOGRAPHICALLY
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL LEARN ABOUT VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRESENT TENSE
SUBJUNCTIVE 4HE GOOD NEWS IS THAT WE WILL ONLY EXAMINE SIX IRREGULAR VERBS 4HE BAD NEWS
IS THAT LIKE ALL IRREGULAR VERBS YOU JUST HAVE TO MEMORIZE THEM "UT WAIT -ORE GOOD
NEWS 4HE PRACTICE EXERCISES AND THE VERB mASHCARDS WILL MAKE MEMORIZING THEM EASY
(ERE ARE THE SIX VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
DAR
TO GIVE
D
DES
D
DEMOS
DEIS
DEN
ESTAR
TO BE
EST
ESTS
EST
ESTEMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
HABER
TO HAVE AUXILIARY VERB
HAYA
HAYAS
HAYA
HAYAMOS
HAYIS
HAYAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N 0ART )) YOU LEARNED THE BASIC RULES FOR CONJUGATING REGULAR VERBS AND STEM CHANGING
VERBS
IR
TO GO
VAYA
VAYAS
VAYA
VAYAMOS
VAYIS
VAYAN
SEPA
SEPAS
SEPA
SEPAMOS
SEPIS
SEPAN
SER
TO BE
SEA
SEAS
SEA
SEAMOS
SEIS
SEAN
,ETS ADD mASHCARDS FOR THE IRREGULAR VERBS COVERED IN THIS LESSON
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE
DAR
D
DES
D
DEMOS
DEIS
DEN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE ESTAR
EST
ESTS
EST
ESTEMOS
ESTIS
ESTN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
SABER TO KNOW
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE HABER
HAYA
HAYAS
HAYA
HAYAMOS
HAYIS
HAYAN
VAYA
VAYAS
VAYA
VAYAMOS
VAYIS
VAYAN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE SABER
SEPA
SEPAS
SEPA
SEPAMOS
SEPIS
SEPAN
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE SER
SEA
SEAS
SEA
SEAMOS
SEIS
SEAN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE IR
-LVi\*>6
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS
UNCERTAIN ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A SUBJECTIVE
OPINION
)N 0ARTS ))
)6 YOU LEARNED ALL THE RULES FOR CONJUGATING REGULAR VERBS IN THE PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON EXPRESSIONS THAT INTRODUCE AN ASPECT OF DESIRE TO THE SENTENCE
AND THEREFORE TRIGGER THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
ESPERAR QUE TO WISH THAT
INSISTIR EN QUE TO INSIST THAT
MANDAR QUE TO ORDER THAT
PREFERIR QUE TO PREFER THAT
PROHIBIR QUE TO PROHIBIT THAT
QUERER QUE TO WANT THAT
ES ACONSEJABLE QUE ITS ADVISABLE THAT
ES NECESARIO QUE ITS NECESSARY THAT
PEDIR QUE TO ASK THAT
RECOMENDAR QUE TO RECOMMEND THAT
ROGAR QUE TO PLEAD THAT
SUGERIR QUE TO SUGGEST THAT
2EMEMBER THERE ARE ALSO EXPRESSIONS THAT TRIGGER THE USE OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD SINCE
THEY INTRODUCE A QUALITY OF CERTAINTY OR OBJECTIVITY (ERES A PARTIAL LIST OF SUCH EXPRESSIONS
THAT WE WILL MIX INTO THE PRACTICE EXERCISES FOR THIS LESSON JUST TO KEEP YOU ON YOUR TOES
CREER QUE TO BELIEVE THAT
NO DUDAR QUE TO NOT DOUBT THAT
ESTAR SEGURO QUE TO BE SURE THAT
NO ES DUDOSO QUE IT IS NOT DOUBTFUL THAT
NO HAY DUDA QUE THERE IS NO DOUBT THAT
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR SOME OF THE PHRASES USED TO INDICATE DESIRE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE
DESIRE
ESPERAR QUE
INSISTIR EN QUE
MANDAR QUE
PREFERIR QUE
PROHIBIR QUE
QUERER QUE
ES ACONSEJABLE QUE
ES NECESARIO QUE
PEDIR QUE
RECOMENDAR QUE
ROGAR QUE
SUGERIR QUE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL SIMPLY PRACTICE ONE OF THE MANY WAYS THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS USED TO
EXPRESS DESIRE
-LVi\*>6
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS
UNCERTAIN ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A SUBJECTIVE
OPINION
)N 0ARTS ))
)6 YOU LEARNED ALL THE RULES FOR CONJUGATING REGULAR VERBS IN THE PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON EXPRESSIONS THAT INTRODUCE AN ASPECT OF IGNORANCE OR DOUBT TO THE
SENTENCE AND THEREFORE TRIGGER THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
DUDAR QUE TO DOUBT THAT
ES DUDOSO QUE IT IS DOUBTFUL THAT
ES IMPROBABLE QUE ITS UNLIKELY THAT
ES INCIERTO QUE ITS UNCERTAIN THAT
ES POSIBLE QUE ITS POSSIBLE THAT
NO CREER QUE NOT TO BELIEVE THAT
NO ES CIERTO QUE ITS NOT CERTAIN THAT
NO ESTAR CONVENCIDO
DE QUE TO NOT BE CONVINCED THAT
NO ESTAR SEGURO
DE QUE TO NOT BE SURE THAT
NO PARECER QUE TO NOT SEEM THAT
NO PENSAR QUE TO NOT THINK THAT
NO SUPONER QUE TO NOT SUPPOSE THAT
PUEDE SER QUE IT MAY BE THAT
NEGAR QUE TO DENY THAT
NO ES VERDAD QUE ITS NOT TRUE THAT
NO ES CIERTO QUE ITS NOT CERTAIN THAT
NO IMAGINARSE QUE TO NOT IMAGINE THAT
TEMER QUE TO SUSPECT THAT
2EMEMBER THERE ARE ALSO EXPRESSIONS THAT TRIGGER THE USE OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD SINCE
THEY INTRODUCE A QUALITY OF CERTAINTY (ERES A PARTIAL LIST OF SUCH EXPRESSIONS THAT WE WILL
MIX INTO THE PRACTICE EXERCISES FOR THIS LESSON JUST TO KEEP YOU ON YOUR TOES
NO DUDO QUE TO NOT DOUBT THAT
ESTAR SEGURO DE QUE TO BE CERTAIN THAT
CREER QUE TO THINK THAT
NO NEGAR QUE TO NOT DENY THAT
ES VERDAD QUE ITS TRUE THAT
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL SIMPLY PRACTICE ANOTHER OF THE MANY WAYS THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS USED TO
EXPRESS IGNORANCE OR DOUBT
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR SOME EXPRESSIONS THAT INTRODUCE AN ASPECT OF IGNORANCE OR DOUBT
6ERB &LASHCARDS
DUDAR QUE
ES IMPROBABLE QUE
ES INCIERTO QUE
ES POSIBLE QUE
NO CREER QUE
PUEDE SER QUE
ES ACONSEJABLE QUE
TEMER QUE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE IGNORANCE OR DOUBT
Subjunctive: Part VII
In Part I, you learned that the subjunctive mood is used whenever the speaker feels
uncertain about the action of the sentence, or when the speaker is expressing a subjective
opinion.
In Parts II - IV, you learned all the rules for conjugating regular verbs in the present
subjunctive.
Here is a list of common impersonal expressions that introduce an aspect of uncertainty
or subjectivity, and therefore trigger the use of the subjunctive. You will notice that
there is some overlap with other lessons. That is, you may see some of these impersonal
expressions in other subjunctive lessons, as well.
conviene que ........... it is advisable that
es aconsejable que ... it is advisable that
es bueno que ........... its good that
es difcil que ............. its unlikely that
es dudoso que ......... its doubtful that
es fcil que............... its likely that
es fantstico que ...... its fantastic that
es importante que .... its important that
es imposible que ...... its impossible that
es improbable que ... its unlikely that
es incierto que ......... its uncertain that
es increble que ........ its incredible that
es (una) lstima que . its a shame that
es malo que ............. its bad that
es mejor que ............ its better that
es menester que....... its necessary that
es necesario que ...... its necessary that
es posible que .......... its possible that
es preciso que .......... its necessary that
es preferible que ...... its preferable that
es probable que ....... its likely that
es raro que ............... its rare that
es ridculo que.......... its ridiculous that
es terrible que .......... its terrible that
ms vale que ............ its better that
ojal que .................. if only he would
puede ser que .......... it could be that
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
In this lesson, you will simply practice another of the many ways the subjunctive is used:
after certain impersonal expressions.
Remember, there are also impersonal expressions that trigger the use of the indicative
mood, since they introduce a quality of certainty or objectivity. Heres a partial list of such
expressions that we will mix into the practice exercises for this lesson, just to keep you on
your toes!
Lets add a flashcard for some impersonal expressions that trigger the use of the
subjunctive:
Verb Flashcards
78. Present Subjunctive - impersonal expressions
es bueno que
es importante que
es posible que
es raro que
es malo que
es ridculo que
es terrible que
puede ser que
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
es evidente que ........ it is certain that
es obvio que ............ it is obvious that
es verdad que .......... its true that
no es dudoso que .... it is not doubtful that
no hay duda que ...... there is no doubt that
-LVi\*>6
)N 0ART ) YOU LEARNED THAT THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IS USED WHENEVER THE SPEAKER FEELS UNCERTAIN
ABOUT THE ACTION OF THE SENTENCE OR WHEN THE SPEAKER IS EXPRESSING A SUBJECTIVE OPINION
)N 0ARTS ))
)6 YOU LEARNED ALL THE RULES FOR CONJUGATING REGULAR VERBS IN THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
(ERE IS A LIST OF COMMON EXPRESSIONS THAT MAY INDICATE THAT THE ACTION THAT FOLLOWS HAS NOT
YET BEEN COMPLETED
A MENOS QUE UNLESS
ANTES DE QUE BEFORE
CON TAL DE QUE PROVIDED THAT
CUANDO WHEN
DESPUS DE QUE AFTER
EN CASO DE QUE IN CASE
EN CUANTO AS SOON AS
HASTA QUE UNTIL
MIENTRAS QUE WHILE
PARA QUE SO THAT
SIN QUE WITHOUT
TAN PRONTO COMO AS SOON AS
)MPORTANT 4HE ABOVE EXPRESSIONS DO NOT ALWAYS INVOKE THE SUBJUNCTIVE 4HEY ONLY DO SO
WHEN THEY INDICATE THAT THE EXPRESSION THAT FOLLOWS HAS NOT YET BEEN COMPLETED
2EMEMBER THERE ARE ALSO EXPRESSIONS THAT TRIGGER THE USE OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD SINCE
THEY INTRODUCE A QUALITY OF CERTAINTY OR OBJECTIVITY (ERES A PARTIAL LIST OF SUCH EXPRESSIONS
THAT WE WILL MIX INTO THE PRACTICE EXERCISES FOR THIS LESSON JUST TO KEEP YOU ON YOUR TOES
ES CIERTO QUE IT IS CERTAIN THAT
ES CLARO QUE IT IS CLEAR THAT
ES EVIDENTE QUE IT IS CERTAIN THAT
ES OBVIO QUE IT IS OBVIOUS THAT
ES VERDAD QUE IT IS TRUE THAT
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR SOME EXPRESSIONS THAT MAY INDICATE THAT THE ACTION THAT FOLLOWS
HAS NOT YET BEEN COMPLETED
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT 3UBJUNCTIVE
INCOMPLETED ACTIONS
A MENOS QUE
ANTES DE QUE
CON TAL DE QUE
DESPUS DE QUE
HASTA QUE
MIENTRAS QUE
TAN PRONTO COMO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
)N THIS LESSON YOU WILL SIMPLY PRACTICE ANOTHER OF THE MANY WAYS THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS USED
WITH ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT YET COMPLETED
,i>i*\i
4HE NEXT FEW LESSONS WILL COVER A SUBJECT CALLED hRELATIVE PRONOUNSv 2EMEMBER PRONOUNS
ARE WORDS THAT REFER TO A NOUN 2ELATIVE PRONOUNS ARE CALLED hRELATIVEv BECAUSE THEY ARE
hRELATEDv TO A NOUN THAT HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN STATED
#OMPRASTE LECHE
9OU BOUGHT MILK
z$NDE EST LA LECHE QUE COMPRASTE
7HERE IS THE MILK THAT YOU BOUGHT
!NOTHER WAY TO VIEW RELATIVE PRONOUNS IS TO RECOGNIZE THAT THEY ARE USED TO INTRODUCE A
CLAUSE THAT MODIlES A NOUN )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE THE CLAUSE h) lNISHED LAST NIGHTv
MODIlES THE NOUN hBOOKv
4ERMIN EL LIBRO ANOCHE
) lNISHED THE BOOK LAST NIGHT
%L LIBRO ES MUY EXTENSO
4HE BOOK IS VERY LONG
%L LIBRO QUE TERMIN ANOCHE ES MUY EXTENSO
4HE BOOK THAT ) lNISHED LAST NIGHT IS VERY LONG
4HE MOST COMMON RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE ONE USED IN THE PREVIOUS TWO EXAMPLES IS
hQUEv )T CAN BE USED TO REFER TO BOTH PERSONS AND THINGS IN EITHER THE SUBJECT OR THE
OBJECT POSITION h1UEv IS THE 3PANISH EQUIVALENT OF THE %NGLISH WORDS WHO WHOM WHICH
AND THAT
%L HOMBRE QUE ES POBRE PERSON SUBJECT
4HE MAN WHO IS POOR
,OS LIBROS QUE SON EXTENSOS THING SUBJECT
4HE BOOKS WHICH ARE LONG
,A SEORITA QUE CONOC PERSON OBJECT
4HE YOUNG LADY WHOM ) MET
,A CARTA QUE LEISTE THING OBJECT
4HE LETTER THAT YOU READ
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN IS OFTEN OMITTED IN %NGLISH BUT IT IS NEVER OMITTED IN 3PANISH
,A CASA QUE COMPRAMOS ES NUEVA
4HE HOUSE THAT WE BOUGHT IS NEW
%L PROGRAMA QUE MIRABA ERA CMICO
4HE SHOW THAT ) WAS WATCHING WAS COMICAL
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
/NE WAY TO VIEW RELATIVE PRONOUNS IS TO RECOGNIZE THAT THEY COMBINE TWO SENTENCES THAT
SHARE A COMMON NOUN )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE THE COMMON NOUN IS hMILKv OR hLECHEv
z$NDE EST LA LECHE
7HERE IS THE MILK
,i>i*\i
#ONTINUING WITH THE SUBJECT OF hRELATIVE PRONOUNS v REMEMBER THAT PRONOUNS ARE WORDS
THAT REFER TO A NOUN 2ELATIVE PRONOUNS ARE CALLED hRELATIVEv BECAUSE THEY ARE hRELATEDv TO
A NOUN THAT HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN STATED
,A CHICA CON QUIEN FUI AL CINE ES MI NOVIA
4HE GIRL WITH WHOM ) WENT TO THE MOVIES IS MY GIRLFRIEND
1UIEN ESTUDIA BASTANTE GANA BUENAS NOTAS
(E WHO STUDIES HARD EARNS GOOD GRADES
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN REFERS TO A PERSON AND IS IN THE DIRECT OBJECT POSITION EITHER
hQUEv OR hA QUIENv MAY BE USED %ACH IS CORRECT .OTICE THAT THE hPERSONAL Av IS USED WITH
hQUIENv BUT IS NOT USED WITH hQUEv
,A SEORITA QUE CONOC ANOCHE ES LA HERMANA DE 2AQUEL
,A SEORITA A QUIEN CONOC ANOCHE ES LA HERMANA DE 2AQUEL
4HE YOUNG LADY WHOM ) MET LAST NIGHT IS 2AQUELS SISTER
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN OCCURS AFTER A PREPOSITION AND REFERS TO A PERSON hQUIENv
MUST BE USED !FTER A PREPOSITION hQUEv IS ONLY USED TO REFER TO THINGS
,OS CHICOS CON QUIENES FUIMOS A LA PLAYA SON NUESTROS AMIGOS
4HE BOYS WITH WHOM WE WENT TO THE BEACH ARE OUR FRIENDS
%L LIBRO EN QUE PIENSO ES EXTENSO NO ES CORTO
4HE BOOK )M THINKING OF IS LONG NOT SHORT
)N %NGLISH ALTHOUGH IT IS TECHNICALLY INCORRECT COMMON USAGE OFTEN lNDS A SENTENCE
ENDING IN A PREPOSITION .OTICE THAT THIS NEVER OCCURS IN 3PANISH
%LLA ES LA SEORITA EN QUIEN ESTOY PENSANDO
3HE IS THE YOUNG LADY )M THINKING ABOUT 3HE IS THE YOUNG LADY ABOUT WHOM )M THINKING
-I PADRE ES LA PERSONA A QUIEN ENVO LA CARTA
-Y FATHER IS THE PERSON )M SENDING THE LETTER TO -Y FATHER IS THE PERSON TO WHOM )M SENDING
THE LETTER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN hQUIENv IS USED ONLY TO REFER TO PEOPLE AND HAS A PLURAL FORM
hQUIENESv 4HERE IS NO MASCULINEFEMININE DISTINCTION
-I TO QUIEN ES PROFESOR VIENE A VISITARME HOY DA
-Y UNCLE WHO IS A PROFESSOR IS COMING TO VISIT ME TODAY
,i>i*\ii]>i]i]
>i]>`i
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN hEL QUEv AND ITS RELATED FORMS IS USED TO REFER TO BOTH PEOPLE AND
THINGS .OTE THAT THERE ARE FOUR FORMS TO ACCOMODATE SINGULAR AND PLURAL MASCULINE AND
FEMININE EL QUE LA QUE LOS QUE LAS QUE
-I TA LA QUE ES PROFESORA VIENE A VISITARME HOY DA
-Y AUNT THE ONE WHO IS A PROFESSOR IS COMING TO VISIT ME TODAY
,AS MESAS LAS QUE SON DE PLSTICO SON BARATAS
4HE TABLES THE ONES THAT ARE MADE OF PLASTIC ARE CHEAP
-I TO EL QUE ES TAXISTA LLEGAR PRONTO
-Y UNCLE THE ONE WHO IS A TAXI DRIVER WILL ARRIVE SOON
-IS PANTALONES LOS QUE SON VIEJOS SON MUY CMODOS
-Y PANTS THE ONES THAT ARE OLD ARE VERY COMFORTABLE
!NOTHER SET OF RELATIVE PRONOUNS CAN BE USED IN PLACE OF EL QUE LA QUE LOS QUE AND LAS
QUE
EL CUAL
LA CUAL
LOS CUALES
LAS CUALES
4HESE ARE NOT COMMONLY USED IN EVERYDAY CONVERSATION AND ARE GENERALLY RESERVED FOR WRITTEN
3PANISH OR FORMAL ORATORY
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN REFERS TO AN ABSTRACT IDEA USE hLO QUEv
,O QUE QUIERES NO EXISTE
4HAT WHICH YOU WANT DOES NOT EXIST
.O COMPRENDO LO QUE OCURRE
) DO NOT UNDERSTAND THAT WHICH IS HAPPENING
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#ONTINUING WITH THE SUBJECT OF hRELATIVE PRONOUNS v REMEMBER THAT PRONOUNS ARE WORDS
THAT REFER TO A NOUN 2ELATIVE PRONOUNS ARE CALLED hRELATIVEv BECAUSE THEY ARE hRELATEDv TO
A NOUN THAT HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN STATED
,i>i`iVi\V]V>]
V]V>
%L HOMBRE CUYA MADRE MURI ESCRIBI SU BIOGRAFA
4HE MAN WHOSE MOTHER DIED WROTE HER BIOGRAPHY
%L COCHE CUYOS FAROS NO FUNCIONAN ES UN PELIGRO
4HE CAR WHOSE LIGHTS DO NOT WORK IS A DANGER
0EDRO CUYAS HERMANAS SON GUAPAS ES MI AMIGO
0EDRO WHOSE SISTERS ARE BEAUTIFUL IS MY FRIEND
.OTE THAT THE ADJECTIVE AGREES IN NUMBER AND GENDER WITH THE THING BEING OWNED NOT
WITH THE OWNER
,A NIA CUYO PADRE ES PROFESOR ES MUY SIMPTICA
%L HOMBRE CUYA MADRE MURI ESCRIBI SU BIOGRAFA
%L COCHE CUYOS FAROS NO FUNCIONAN ES UN PELIGRO
0EDRO CUYAS HERMANAS SON GUAPAS ES MI AMIGO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
7E INCLUDE THE RELATIVE ADJECTIVE hCUYOv AND ITS RELATED FORMS IN THIS DISCUSSION BECAUSE
IT RELATES THE OWNER TO THAT WHICH IS OWNED AS DOES THE %NGLISH hWHOSEv .OTE THAT THERE
ARE FOUR FORMS TO ACCOMODATE SINGULAR AND PLURAL MASCULINE AND FEMININE CUYO CUYA
CUYOS CUYAS
,A NIA CUYO PADRE ES PROFESOR ES MUY SIMPTICA
4HE GIRL WHOSE FATHER IS A PROFESSOR IS VERY NICE
,i>i*>``iVi\,ii
4HE PAST FEW LESSONS HAVE COVERED THE SUBJECT OF hRELATIVE PRONOUNSv 4HE MOST COMMON
RELATIVE PRONOUN IS hQUEv )T CAN BE USED TO REFER TO BOTH PERSONS AND THINGS IN EITHER THE
SUBJECT OR THE OBJECT POSITION h1UEv IS THE 3PANISH EQUIVALENT OF THE %NGLISH WORDS WHO
WHOM WHICH AND THAT
%L HOMBRE QUE ES POBRE PERSON SUBJECT
4HE MAN WHO IS POOR
,A SEORITA QUE CONOC PERSON OBJECT
4HE YOUNG LADY WHOM ) MET
,A CARTA QUE LEISTE THING OBJECT
4HE LETTER THAT YOU READ
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN hQUIENv IS USED ONLY TO REFER TO PEOPLE AND HAS A PLURAL FORM
hQUIENESv 4HERE IS NO MASCULINEFEMININE DISTINCTION
-I TO QUIEN ES PROFESOR VIENE A VISITARME HOY DA
-Y UNCLE WHO IS A PROFESSOR IS COMING TO VISIT ME TODAY
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN REFERS TO A PERSON AND IS IN THE DIRECT OBJECT POSITION EITHER
hQUEv OR hA QUIENv MAY BE USED %ACH IS CORRECT .OTICE THAT THE hPERSONAL Av IS USED WITH
hQUIENv BUT IN NOT USE WITH hQUEv
,A SEORITA QUE CONOC ANOCHE ES LA HERMANA DE 2AQUEL
,A SEORITA A QUIEN CONOC ANOCHE ES LA HERMANA DE 2AQUEL
4HE YOUNG LADY WHOM ) MET LAST NIGHT IS 2AQUELS SISTER
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN REFERS TO A PERSON AND OCCURS AFTER A PREPOSITION hQUIENv
MUST BE USED !FTER A PREPOSITION hQUEv IS USED TO REFER TO THINGS
,OS CHICOS CON QUIENES FUIMOS A LA PLAYA SON NUESTROS AMIGOS
4HE BOYS WITH WHOM WE WENT TO THE BEACH ARE OUR FRIENDS
%L LIBRO EN QUE PIENSO ES EXTENSO NO ES CORTO
4HE BOOK )M THINKING OF IS LONG NOT SHORT
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN hEL QUEv AND ITS RELATED FORMS IS USED TO REFER TO BOTH PEOPLE AND
THINGS .OTE THAT THERE ARE FOUR FORMS TO ACCOMMODATE SINGULAR AND PLURAL MASCULINE AND
FEMININE EL QUE LA QUE LOS QUE LAS QUE
-I TA LA QUE ES PROFESORA VIENE A VISITARME HOY DA
-Y AUNT THE ONE WHO IS A PROFESSOR IS COMING TO VISIT ME TODAY
,AS MESAS LAS QUE SON DE PLSTICO SON BARATAS
4HE TABLES THE ONES THAT ARE MADE OF PLASTIC ARE CHEAP
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,OS LIBROS QUE SON EXTENSOS THING SUBJECT
4HE BOOKS WHICH ARE LONG
-I TO EL QUE ES TAXISTA LLEGAR PRONTO
-Y UNCLE THE ONE WHO IS A TAXI DRIVER WILL ARRIVE SOON
!NOTHER SET OF RELATIVE PRONOUNS CAN BE USED IN PLACE OF EL QUE LA QUE LOS QUE AND LAS
QUE
EL CUAL
LA CUAL
LOS CUALES
LAS CUALES
4HESE ARE NOT COMMONLY USED IN EVERYDAY CONVERSATION AND ARE GENERALLY RESERVED FOR WRITTEN
3PANISH OR FORMAL ORATORY
7HEN THE RELATIVE PRONOUN REFERS TO AN ABSTRACT IDEA USE hLO QUEv
,O QUE QUIERES NO EXISTE
4HAT WHICH YOU WANT DOES NOT EXIST
.O COMPRENDO LO QUE OCURRE
) DO NOT UNDERSTAND THAT WHICH IS HAPPENING
4HE RELATIVE ADJECTIVE hCUYOv AND ITS RELATED FORMS RELATES THE OWNER TO THAT WHICH IS
OWNED AS DOES THE %NGLISH hWHOSEv .OTE THAT THERE ARE FOUR FORMS TO ACCOMMODATE
SINGULAR AND PLURAL MASCULINE AND FEMININE CUYO CUYA CUYOS CUYAS
,A NIA CUYO PADRE ES PROFESOR ES MUY SIMPTICA
4HE GIRL WHOSE FATHER IS PROFESOR IS VERY NICE
%L HOMBRE CUYA MADRE MURI ESCRIBI SU BIOGRAFA
4HE MAN WHOSE MOTHER DIED WROTE HER BIOGRAPHY
%L COCHE CUYOS FAROS NO FUNCIONAN ES UN PELIGRO
4HE CAR WHOSE LIGHTS DO NOT WORK IS A DANGER
0EDRO CUYAS HERMANAS SON GUAPAS ES MI AMIGO
0EDRO WHOSE SISTERS ARE BEAUTIFUL IS MY FRIEND
.OTE THAT THE ADJECTIVE AGREES IN NUMBER AND GENDER WITH THE THING BEING OWNED NOT
WITH THE OWNER
,A NIA CUYO PADRE ES PROFESOR ES MUY SIMPTICA
%L HOMBRE CUYA MADRE MURI ESCRIBI SU BIOGRAFA
%L COCHE CUYOS FAROS NO FUNCIONAN ES UN PELIGRO
0EDRO CUYAS HERMANAS SON GUAPAS ES MI AMIGO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
-IS PANTALONES LOS QUE SON VIEJOS SON MUY CMODOS
-Y PANTS THE ONES THAT ARE OLD ARE VERY COMFORTABLE
4HE RELATIVE PRONOUN IS OFTEN OMITTED IN %NGLISH BUT IT IS NEVER OMITTED IN 3PANISH
,A CASA QUE COMPRAMOS ES NUEVA
4HE HOUSE THAT WE BOUGHT IS NEW
%L PROGRAMA QUE MIRABA ERA CMICO
4HE SHOW THAT ) WAS WATCHING WAS COMICAL
)N %NGLISH ALTHOUGH IT IS TECHNICALLY INCORRECT COMMON USAGE OFTEN lNDS A SENTENCE
ENDING IN A PREPOSITION .OTICE THAT THIS NEVER OCCURS IN 3PANISH
%LLA ES LA SEORITA EN QUIEN ESTOY PENSANDO
3HE IS THE YOUNG LADY )M THINKING ABOUT 3HE IS THE YOUNG LADY ABOUT WHOM )M THINKING
-I PADRE ES LA PERSONA A QUIEN ENVO LA CARTA
-Y FATHER IS THE PERSON )M SENDING THE LETTER TO -Y FATHER IS THE PERSON TO WHOM )M SENDING
THE LETTER
-`->V
>
>`
#OMMANDS ARE USED WHEN ORDERING OR TELLING SOMEONE TO DO SOMETHING 4HIS IS OFTEN
REFERRED TO AS THE hIMPERATIVEv FORM OF THE VERB
#OMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
9OU "UY THE RING
(AGA 5D LA TAREA
9OU $O THE HOMEWORK
(AGAN 5DS EL TRABAJO
9OU
ALL $O THE WORK
"Y NOW YOU ARE WELL ACQUAINTED WITH THE FACT THAT 3PANISH HAS BOTH A FORMAL AND AN
INFORMAL STYLE OF SPEECH T 5D 4HIS DISTINCTION APPLIES TO COMMANDS
#OMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
"UY THE RING FORMAL
#OMPRA T LOS DULCES
"UY THE CANDY FAMILIAR
)NFORMAL OR FAMILIAR SPEECH IS USED AMONG FRIENDS COWORKERS RELATIVES OR WHEN ADDRESSING A
CHILD &ORMAL SPEECH IS GENERALLY USED TO BE POLITE OR TO EXPRESS RESPECT &OR THAT REASON THE FORMAL
COMMANDS ARE OFTEN REFERRED TO AS POLITE COMMANDS
4HE FORMAL COMMANDS ARE FORMED THE SAME WAY AS THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
3TART WITH THE YO FORM OF THE PRESENT INDICATIVE
4HEN DROP THE
O ENDING
&INALLY ADD THE FOLLOWING ENDINGS
AR VERBS
E FOR 5D
EN FOR 5DS
ER AND
IR VERBS
A FOR 5D
AN FOR 5DS
4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES OF FORMAL COMMANDS USE THREE REGULAR VERBS HABLAR COMER AND
ESCRIBIR
(ABLE 5D MS LENTAMENTE
(ABLEN 5DS MS LENTAMENTE
3PEAK MORE SLOWLY
#OMA 5D LA CENA
#OMAN 5DS LA CENA
%AT THE DINNER
%SCRIBA 5D LA CARTA
%SCRIBAN 5DS LA CARTA
7RITE THE LETTER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#OMPREN 5DS LOS LIBROS
9OU
ALL "UY THE BOOKS
2EMEMBER IF THE lRST PERSON SINGULAR YO FORM IS IRREGULAR THAT IRREGULARITY IS CARRIED OVER
INTO THE FORMATION OF THE FORMAL COMMAND
4ENGAN 5DS UN BUEN VIAJE YO TENGO
(AVE A GOOD TRIP
4RAIGA 5D EL DINERO YO TRAIGO
"RING THE MONEY
4HIS ALSO APPLIES TO STEM
CHANGING VERBS
#UENTE 5D SUS BENElCIOS YO CUENTO
#OUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
6UELVAN 5DS PRONTO YO VUELVO
2ETURN QUICKLY
0IDA DINERO YO PIDO
!SK FOR MONEY
!S WITH THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THE FOLLOWING VERBS ARE IRREGULAR
DAR
D 5D
DEN 5DS
ESTAR
EST 5D
ESTN 5DS
IR
VAYA 5D
VAYAN 5DS
SER
SEA 5D
SEAN 5DS
SABER
SEPA 5D
SEPAN 5DS
.OTE THAT AFlRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COMMANDS USE THE SAME VERB FORMS
(ABLE 5D 3PEAK
.O HABLE 5D $ONT SPEAK
#OMA 5D %AT
.O COMA 5D $ONT EAT
%SCRIBA 5D 7RITE
.O ESCRIBA 5D $ONT WRITE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ENGA 5D CONMIGO YO VENGO
#OME WITH ME
!LSO NOTE THAT THE SUBJECT PRONOUNS 5D AND 5DS MAY OR MAY NOT BE USED 5SING THEM
ADDS A DEGREE OF FORMALITY OR POLITENESS TO THE COMMAND
(ABLE 3PEAK
(ABLE 5D 3PEAK SIR MORE RESPECTFUL
#OMA %AT
#OMA 5D %AT SIR MORE POLITE
,ETS ADD TWO mASHCARDS FOR THE FORMAL COMMANDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
&ORMAL #OMMANDS )MPERATIVE
5SE THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE FORMS
(ABLE 5D 3PEAK
.O HABLE 5D $ONT SPEAK
#OMA 5D %AT
.O COMA 5D $ONT EAT
%SCRIBA 5D 7RITE
.O ESCRIBA 5D $ONT WRITE
)RREGULAR &ORMAL #OMMANDS )MPERATIVE
3AME IRREGULARS AS THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE FORMS
DAR
D 5D
DEN 5DS
ESTAR
EST 5D
ESTN 5DS
IR
VAYA 5D
VAYAN 5DS
SER
SEA 5D
SEAN 5DS
SABER
SEPA 5D
SEPAN 5DS
-`->V
v>
>`
)N THE PREVIOUS LESSON YOU LEARNED THAT COMMANDS ARE USED WHEN ORDERING OR TELLING
SOMEONE TO DO SOMETHING 4HIS IS OFTEN REFERRED TO AS THE hIMPERATIVEv FORM OF THE VERB
#OMPRA T EL ANILLO
9OU "UY THE RING
%SCRIBE T LA TAREA
9OU $O THE HOMEWORK
#OME T LA PATATA
9OU %AT THE POTATO
2EMEMBER THAT 3PANISH HAS BOTH A FORMAL AND AN INFORMAL STYLE OF SPEECH T5D 4HIS
DISTINCTION APPLIES TO COMMANDS
#OMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
"UY THE RING FORMAL
#OMPRA T LOS DULCES
"UY THE CANDY FAMILIAR
2EMEMBER FORMAL SPEECH IS GENERALLY USED TO BE POLITE OR TO EXPRESS RESPECT )NFORMAL OR FAMILIAR
SPEECH IS USED AMONG FRIENDS COWORKERS RELATIVES OR WHEN ADDRESSING A CHILD
4HE AFlRMATIVE INFORMAL T COMMANDS ARE FORMED THE SAME WAY AS THE PRESENT
INDICATIVE 5D FORM
HABLAR
AR A HABLA
COMER
ER E COME
ESCRIBIR
IR E ESCRIBE
"E SURE TO NOTE THAT THE hTv COMMANDS USE THE USTED FORM NOT THE T FORM
4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES OF COMMANDS USE THREE REGULAR VERBS HABLAR COMER AND ESCRIBIR
(ABLA T MS LENTAMENTE
9OU 3PEAK MORE SLOWLY
#OME T LA CENA
9OU %AT THE DINNER
%SCRIBE T LA CARTA
9OU 7RITE THE LETTER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#OMPRA T LOS LIBROS
9OU "UY THE BOOKS
.OTE THAT THE NEGATIVE INFORMAL COMMANDS USE THE T FORM OF THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
.O CUENTES TUS BENElCIOS
$ONT COUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
.O HABLES MS LENTAMENTE
$ONT SPEAK MORE SLOWLY
#OMPARE THE AFlRMATIVE INFORMAL T COMMANDS WITH THE NEGATIVE INFORMAL T
COMMANDS
#UENTA TUS BENElCIOS
#OUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
.O CUENTES TUS BENElCIOS
$ONT COUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
(ABLA MS LENTAMENTE
3PEAK MORE SLOWLY
.O HABLES MS LENTAMENTE
$ONT SPEAK MORE SLOWLY
!LSO NOTE THAT THE SUBJECT PRONOUN T IS NOT NORMALLY USED WITH IMPERATIVE FORM
(ABLA MS LENTAMENTE
9OU 3PEAK MORE SLOWLY
#OME LA CENA
9OU %AT THE DINNER
%SCRIBE LA CARTA
9OU 7RITE THE LETTER
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR THE INFORMAL T COMMANDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)NFORMAL T #OMMANDS )MPERATIVE
!FlRMATIVE 5SE THE PRESENT INDICATIVE 5D FORM
.EGATIVE 5SE THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE T FORM
(ABLA 3PEAK
.O HABLES $ONT SPEAK
#OME %AT
.O COMAS $ONT EAT
%SCRIBE 7RITE
.O ESCRIBAS $ONT WRITE
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"E SURE TO NOTE THAT THIS IS THE T FORM
i}>
>`
.OTE THAT THESE IRREGULARITIES ONLY OCCUR WITH AFlRMATIVE T COMMANDS !S WITH ALL OTHER
VERBS TO FORM NEGATIVE INFORMAL COMMANDS WITH THESE VERBS USE THE hTv FORM OF THE
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
$I LA VERDAD 4ELL THE TRUTH
.O DIGAS MENTIRAS $ONT TELL LIES
(AZ TU TAREA $O YOUR HOMEWORK
.O HAGAS ESO $ONT DO THAT
,ETS ADD ANOTHER mASHCARD FOR THE IRREGULAR T COMMANDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)RREGULAR )NFORMAL T #OMMANDS )MPERATIVE
!FlRMATIVE /NLY
DECIR DI
SALIR SAL
HACER HAZ
SER S
IR VE
TENER TEN
PONER PON
VENIR VEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4HE FOLLOWING EIGHT VERBS HAVE IRREGULAR FAMILIAR COMMANDS IN THE AFlRMATIVE
DECIR DI
SALIR SAL
HACER HAZ
SER S
IR VE
TENER TEN
PONER PON
VENIR VEN
1}"LiV*
>`
7ITH ALL AFlRMATIVE COMMANDS THE OBJECT PRONOUNS ARE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE END OF
THE IMPERATIVE FORM OF THE VERB
#OMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
"UY THE RING
#MPRELO 5D
"UY IT
4RIGALAS 5D
"RING THEM
)F BOTH DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS ARE ATTACHED THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
COMES BEFORE THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
#MPRELO 5D
"UY IT
#MPREMELO 5D
"UY IT FOR ME
4RIGALAS 5D
"RING THEM
4RIGASELAS 5D
"RING THEM TO HER
.OTE THAT IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE ORIGINAL STRESS OF THE VERB A WRITTEN ACCENT IS OFTEN
NEEDED )F THE COMMAND HAS MORE THAN ONE SYLLABLE A WRITTEN ACCENT IS REQUIRED WHEN
ONE OR MORE PRONOUN IS ADDED
#OMMAND COMPRE TWO SYLLABLES
CMPRELOS
CMPREMELOS
)F THE COMMAND HAS ONLY ONE SYLLABLE A WRITTEN ACCENT IS ONLY NECESSARY WHEN TWO
PRONOUNS ARE ADDED
#OMMAND HAZ ONE SYLLABLE
HAZLO ONE PRONOUN NO ACCENT REQUIRED
HZMELO TWO PRONOUNS ACCENT IS REQUIRED
4HESE RULES FOR ACCENTUATION APPLY TO ALL AFlRMATIVE IMPERATIVE FORMS
(GAMELO 5D
(ZMELO
(GALO 5D
(AZLO
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
4RAIGA 5D LAS CARTAS
"RING THE LETTERS
7ITH ALL NEGATIVE COMMANDS THE OBJECT PRONOUNS COME BEFORE THE IMPERATIVE FORM OF THE
VERB
.O COMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
$ONT BUY THE RING
.O LO COMPRE
$ONT BUY IT
.O LAS TRAIGA
$ONT BRING THEM
)F THERE ARE BOTH DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES
BEFORE THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
.O ME LO COMPRE
$ONT BUY IT FOR ME
.O SE LAS TRAIGA
$ONT BRING THEM TO HER
2EMEMBER THE RULE REGARDING TWO OBJECT PRONOUNS WHENEVER BOTH PRONOUNS BEGIN WITH
THE LETTER hLv CHANGE THE lRST PRONOUN TO hSEv
LE LO SE LO
LE LA SE LA
LE LOS SE LOS
LE LAS SE LAS
LES LO SE LO
LES LA SE LA
LES LOS SE LOS
LES LAS SE LAS
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR PRONOUN PLACEMENT WHEN USING COMMANDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RONOUN PLACEMENT WITH COMMANDS
!FlRMATIVE COMMANDS ATTACH TO VERB
.EGATIVE COMMANDS PRECEDE VERB
4RIGASELAS
.O SE LAS TRAIGA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.O TRAIGA 5D LAS CARTAS
$ONT BRING THE LETTERS
>`,ii*>
#OMMANDS ARE USED WHEN ORDERING OR TELLING SOMEONE TO DO SOMETHING 4HIS IS OFTEN REFERRED
TO AS THE hIMPERATIVEv FORM OF THE VERB 3PANISH HAS BOTH FORMAL AND AN INFORMAL COMMANDS
4HE FORMAL COMMANDS BOTH AFlRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE USE THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE VERB FORM
HABLAR
HABLE 5D
NO HABLEN 5DS
COMER
NO COMA 5D
COMAN 5DS
DECIR
DIGA 5D
NO DIGAN 5DS
!S WITH THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THE FOLLOWING VERBS ARE IRREGULAR
DAR D DEN
ESTAR EST ESTN
IR VAYA VAYAN
SER SEA SEAN
SABER SEPA SEPAN
4HE AFlRMATIVE INFORMAL T COMMANDS USE THE PRESENT INDICATIVE 5D FORM
#UENTA TUS BENElCIOS
#OUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
(ABLA MS LENTAMENTE
3PEAK MORE SLOWLY
4HE NEGATIVE INFORMAL T COMMANDS USE THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
.O CUENTES TUS BENElCIOS
$ONT COUNT YOUR BLESSINGS
.O HABLES MS LENTAMENTE
$ONT SPEAK MORE SLOWLY
4HE FOLLOWING EIGHT VERBS HAVE IRREGULAR FAMILIAR COMMANDS IN THE AFlRMATIVE
DECIR DI
SALIR SAL
HACER HAZ
SER S
IR VE
TENER TEN
PONER PON
VENIR VEN
-`->V
7ITH ALL AFlRMATIVE COMMANDS THE OBJECT PRONOUNS ARE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE END OF
THE IMPERATIVE FORM OF THE VERB
#OMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
"UY THE RING
#MPRELO 5D
"UY IT
)F BOTH DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS ARE ATTACHED THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
COMES BEFORE THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
#MPRELO 5D
"UY IT
#MPREMELO 5D
"UY IT FOR ME
.OTE THAT IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE ORIGINAL STRESS OF THE VERB A WRITTEN ACCENT IS OFTEN
NEEDED )F THE COMMAND HAS MORE THAN ONE SYLLABLE A WRITTEN ACCENT IS REQUIRED WHEN
ONE OR MORE PRONOUN IS ADDED
#OMMAND COMPRE TWO SYLLABLES
CMPRELOS
CMPREMELOS
)F THE COMMAND HAS ONLY ONE SYLLABLE A WRITTEN ACCENT IS ONLY NECESSARY WHEN TWO
PRONOUNS ARE ADDED
#OMMAND HAZ ONE SYLLABLE
HAZLO ONE PRONOUN NO ACCENT REQUIRED
HZMELO TWO PRONOUNS ACCENT IS REQUIRED
7ITH ALL NEGATIVE COMMANDS THE OBJECT PRONOUNS COME BEFORE THE IMPERATIVE FORM OF THE VERB
.O COMPRE 5D EL ANILLO
$ONT BUY THE RING
.O LO COMPRE
$ONT BUY IT
)F THERE ARE BOTH DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUNS THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN COMES
BEFORE THE DIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN
.O ME LO COMPRE
$ONT BUY IT FOR ME
-`->V
Informal Commands (vosotros)
Remember that the vosotros verb forms are primarily used in Spain, and are not, by
and large, used in Latin America. The affirmative vosotros command is formed by simply
replacing the final r of the infinitive with d.
Comprad (vosotros) el anillo.
(You-all) Buy the ring.
Comprad (vosotros) los libros.
(You-all) Buy the books.
Comed (vosotros) la patata.
(You-all) Eat the potato.
As with the negative t commands, the negative vosotros commands use the
corresponding present subjunctive forms.
No compris (vosotros) el anillo.
(You-all) Dont buy the ring.
No escribis (vosotros) la tarea.
(You-all) Dont write the homework.
No compris (vosotros) los libros.
(You-all) Dont buy the books.
No comis (vosotros) la patata.
(You-all) Dont eat the potato.
Remember, formal speech is generally used to be polite or to express respect. Informal, or familiar,
speech is used among friends, coworkers, relatives, or when addressing a child.
The pronouns (vosotros, vosotras) are not normally used.
Comprad el anillo.
(You-all) Buy the ring.
No escribis la tarea.
(You-all) Dont write the homework.
No compris los libros.
(You-all) Dont buy the books.
Comed la patata.
(You-all) Eat the potato.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Escribid (vosotros) la tarea.
(You-all) Do the homework.
With affirmative commands using a reflexive verb, the final d of the verb form is
dropped before adding the pronoun os.
Sentad + os = Sentaos.
Sit down.
The only exception is the verb irse which retains the final d.
Idos!
Go away!
Lets add a flashcard for the informal vosotros commands:
Verb Flashcards
85. Informal (vosotros) Commands (Imperative)
Affirmative: Change the final r of the infinitive to d
Negative: Use the present subjunctive vosotros form
Hablad .............. Speak.
No hablis ......... Dont speak.
Comed .............. Eat.
No comis ......... Dont eat.
Escribid ............. Write.
No escribis ....... Dont write.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Verbs ending in -ir will require a written accent.
Vestid + os = Vestos.
Get dressed.
*i
>`
.OSOTROS COMMANDS ARE USED WHEN THE SPEAKER IS INCLUDED AND ARE USED TO EXPRESS
THE IDEA hLETS VERBv 4O FORM THESE COMMANDS USE THE NOSOTROS FORM OF THE PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
#OMAMOS ALL
,ETS EAT THERE
4O FORM THE NEGATIVE COMMAND PLACE THE WORD NO BEFORE THE SAME VERB FORM PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
.O COMAMOS ALL
,ETS NOT EAT THERE
.O CONTEMOS EL DINERO
,ETS NOT COUNT THE MONEY
4HE ONLY EXCEPTION IS THE VERB IRSE WHICH USES THE PRESENT INDICATIVE FOR THE AFlRMATIVE
COMMAND ONLY
6AMOS AHORA
,ETS GO NOW
BUT
.O VAYAMOS A LA TIENDA
,ETS NOT GO TO THE STORE
!S WITH OTHER COMMANDS A WRITTEN ACCENT IS OFTEN REQUIRED WHEN PRONOUNS ARE ADDED
7ITH AFlRMATIVE COMMANDS THE lNAL hSv OF THE VERB FORM IS DROPPED BEFORE ADDING THE
PRONOUNS hNOSv OR hSEv
3ENTEMOS NOS 3ENTMONOS
,ETS SIT DOWN
%SCRIBAMOS SE LA %SCRIBMOSELA
,ETS WRITE IT TO THEM
"UT NOT WITH NEGATIVE COMMANDS
.O NOS SENTEMOS
,ETS NOT SIT DOWN
.O SE LA ESCRIBAMOS
,ETS NOT WRITE IT TO THEM
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#ONTEMOS EL DINERO
,ETS COUNT THE MONEY
.OTE THAT h6AMOS A INlNITIVEv CAN ALSO BE USED TO CONVEY THE MEANING h,ETS ???v .OTE
THE TWO DIFFERENT WAYS OF SAYING THE SAME THING
4RABAJEMOS JUNTOS
,ETS WORK TOGETHER
6AMOS A TRABAJAR JUNTOS
,ETS WORK TOGETHER
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR NOSOTROS COMMANDS
#OMAMOS ALL
.O COMAMOS ALL
6AMOS AHORA
.O VAYAMOS AHORA
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
6ERB &LASHCARDS
.OSOTROS COMMANDS LETS 5SE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE EXCEPT IR
`iV
>`
7HEN THE COMMAND IS GIVEN THROUGH A THIRD PARTY INDIRECT COMMANDS ARE USED 4HE FORM
IS hQUE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVEv
1UE ENTRE -ARA
,ET -ARA COME IN
)NDIRECT COMMANDS ARE ALSO USED TO CONVEY A HOPE OR A WISH
1UE LO HAGAS T
) WANT 9OU TO DO IT
1UE VIVAS PARA SIEMPRE
-AY YOU LIVE FOREVER
4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES INCLUDE PRONOUNS AND NEGATIVE COMMANDS
1UE ELLOS ENTREN AHORA
,ET THEM IN NOW
1UE NO ENTREN ELLOS AHORA
$ONT LET THEM IN NOW
1UE SE PONGA 3ARA EL VESTIDO NEGRO
(AVE 3ARA PUT ON THE BLACK DRESS
1UE NO SE PONGA 3ARA EL VESTIDO BLANCO
$ONT HAVE 3ARA PUT ON THE WHITE DRESS
,ETS ADD A mASHCARD FOR INDIRECT COMMANDS
6ERB &LASHCARDS
)NDIRECT COMMANDS 5SE hQUE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVEv
1UE ENTRE -ARA
,ET -ARA COME IN
1UE VENGAN A LAS CUATRO
(AVE THEM COME AT FOUR OCLOCK
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
1UE VENGAN A LAS CUATRO
(AVE THEM COME AT FOUR OCLOCK
>`,ii*>
4HE AFlRMATIVE VOSOTROS COMMAND IS FORMED BY SIMPLY REPLACING THE lNAL hRv OF THE
INlNITIVE WITH hDv
#OMPRAD VOSOTROS EL ANILLO
9OU
ALL "UY THE RING
%SCRIBID VOSOTROS LA TAREA
9OU
ALL $O THE HOMEWORK
4HE NEGATIVE VOSOTROS COMMANDS USE THE CORRESPONDING PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE FORMS
.O COMPRIS VOSOTROS EL ANILLO
9OU
ALL $ONT BUY THE RING
.O ESCRIBIS VOSOTROS LA TAREA
9OU
ALL $ONT WRITE THE HOMEWORK
.O COMIS VOSOTROS LA PATATA
9OU
ALL $ONT EAT THE POTATO
7ITH AFlRMATIVE COMMANDS USING A REmEXIVE VERB THE lNAL hDv OF THE VERB FORM IS
DROPPED BEFORE ADDING THE PRONOUN hOSv
3ENTAD OS 3ENTAOS
3IT DOWN
4HE ONLY EXCEPTION IS THE VERB hIRSEv WHICH RETAINS THE lNAL hDv
_)DOS
'O AWAY
6ERBS ENDING IN h
IRv WILL REQUIRE A WRITTEN ACCENT
6ESTID OS 6ESTOS
'ET DRESSED
.OSOTROS COMMANDS ARE USED WHEN THE SPEAKER IS INCLUDED AND ARE USED TO EXPRESS
THE IDEA hLETS VERBv 4O FORM THESE COMMANDS USE THE NOSOTROS FORM OF THE PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
#OMAMOS ALL
,ETS EAT THERE
#ONTEMOS EL DINERO
,ETS COUNT THE MONEY
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
#OMED VOSOTROS LA PATATA
9OU
ALL %AT THE POTATO
4O FORM THE NEGATIVE COMMAND PLACE THE WORD NO BEFORE THE SAME VERB FORM PRESENT
SUBJUNCTIVE
.O COMAMOS ALL
,ETS NOT EAT THERE
4HE ONLY EXCEPTION IS THE VERB IRSE WHICH USES THE PRESENT INDICATIVE FOR THE AFlRMATIVE
COMMAND ONLY
6AMOS AHORA
,ETS GO NOW
BUT
.O VAYAMOS A LA TIENDA
,ETS NOT GO TO THE STORE
!S WITH OTHER COMMANDS A WRITTEN ACCENT IS OFTEN REQUIRED WHEN PRONOUNS ARE ADDED
7ITH AFlRMATIVE COMMANDS THE lNAL hSv OF THE VERB FORM IS DROPPED BEFORE ADDING THE
PRONOUNS hNOSv OR hSEv
3ENTEMOS NOS 3ENTMONOS
,ETS SIT DOWN
%SCRIBAMOS SE LA %SCRIBMOSELA
,ETS WRITE IT TO THEM
"UT NOT WITH NEGATIVE COMMANDS
.O NOS SENTEMOS
,ETS NOT SIT DOWN
.O SE LA ESCRIBAMOS
,ETS NOT WRITE IT TO THEM
7HEN THE COMMAND IS GIVEN THROUGH A THIRD PARTY INDIRECT COMMANDS ARE USED 4HE FORM
IS hQUE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVEv
1UE ENTRE -ARA
,ET -ARA COME IN
1UE VENGAN A LAS CUATRO
(AVE THEM COME AT FOUR OCLOCK
)NDIRECT COMMANDS ARE ALSO USED TO CONVEY A HOPE OR A WISH
1UE LO HAGAS T
7HY DONT YOU DO IT
1UE VIVAS PARA SIEMPRE
-AY YOU LIVE FOREVER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.O CONTEMOS EL DINERO
,ETS NOT COUNT THE MONEY
4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES INCLUDE PRONOUNS AND NEGATIVE COMMANDS
1UE LOS ENTREN AHORA
,ET THEM IN NOW
1UE NO LOS ENTREN AHORA
$ONT LET THEM IN NOW
1UE NO SE PONGA 3ARA EL VESTIDO BLANCO
$ONT HAVE 3ARA PUT ON THE WHITE DRESS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
1UE SE PONGA 3ARA EL VESTIDO NEGRO
(AVE 3ARA PUT ON THE BLACK DRESS
i/ii
4HE FUTURE TENSE IS USED TO TELL WHAT hWILLv HAPPEN OR WHAT hSHALLv HAPPEN
) WILL GO TO THE BEACH NEXT MONTH
) SHALL WRITE THE LETTER NEXT WEEK
4HE FUTURE TENSE IS ALSO USED TO EXPRESS WONDER OR PROBABILITY IN THE PRESENT STATE
z1UIN SER ELLA
) WONDER WHO SHE IS 7HO COULD SHE BE
%STAR VIAJANDO SOLO
(E IS PROBABLY TRAVELING ALONE
&OR ACTIONS THAT WILL OCCUR IN THE NEAR FUTURE THE PRESENT TENSE IS MORE COMMONLY USED
%STA NOCHE VOY AL CINE
4ONIGHT )M GOING TO THE MOVIES
&URTHER IN THE FUTURE USE THE FUTURE TENSE
%L AO QUE VIENE IR A %SPAA
.EXT YEAR )M GOING TO 3PAIN
2EGULAR VERBS IN THE FUTURE TENSE ARE CONJUGATED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING ENDINGS TO THE
INlNITIVE FORM OF THE VERB
S
EMOS
IS
N
HABLAR
HABLARS
HABLAR
HABLAREMOS
HABLARIS
HABLARN
4HERE ARE TWELVE COMMON VERBS THAT ARE IRREGULAR IN THE FUTURE TENSE 4HEIR ENDINGS ARE
REGULAR BUT THEIR STEMS CHANGE 3INCE THE ENDINGS ARE THE SAME AS ALL OTHER FUTURE TENSE
VERBS WE SHOW ONLY THE hYOv FORM AND HAVE UNDERLINED THE IRREGULAR STEM 7E HAVE ALSO
GROUPED THEM ACCORDING TO THEIR PATTERNS OF CHANGE
CABER YO CABR
PONER YO PONDR
DECIR YO DIR
HABER YO HABR
SALIR YO SALDR
HACER YO HAR
PODER YO PODR
TENER YO TENDR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"UT THE FUTURE TENSE IS NOT USED TO EXPRESS A WILLINGNESS TO DO SOMETHING &OR THIS USE THE
VERB hQUERERv
z1UIERES IR A LA TIENDA
7ILL YOU GO TO THE STORE
QUERER YO QUERR
VALER YO VALDR
SABER YO SABR
VENIR YO VENDR
,ETS ADD TWO mASHCARDS FOR THE FUTURE TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
&UTURE 4ENSE
)NlNITIVE ENDING
S
EMOS
IS
N
&UTURE 4ENSE )RREGULARS
CABER YO CABR
PONER YO PONDR
DECIR YO DIR
HABER YO HABR
SALIR YO SALDR
HACER YO HAR
PODER YO PODR
TENER YO TENDR
QUERER YO QUERR
VALER YO VALDR
SABER YO SABR
VENIR YO VENDR
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
.OTE THAT COMPOUND VERBS BASED ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS INHERIT THE SAME IRREGULARITIES
(ERE ARE A FEW EXAMPLES
DESQUERER YO DESQUERR
RESABER YO RESABR
ANTEPONER YO ANTEPONDR
MANTENER YO MANTENDR
PREVALER YO PREVALDR
*>*>Vi
4HE PAST PARTICIPLE WILL BE IMPORTANT IN FUTURE LESSONS COVERING THE PERFECT TENSES 4O FORM
THE PAST PARTICIPLE SIMPLY DROP THE INlNITIVE ENDING
AR
ER
IR AND ADD
ADO FOR
AR
VERBS OR
IDO FOR
ER
IR VERBS
HABLAR
AR ADO HABLADO
COMER
ER IDO COMIDO
4HE FOLLOWING COMMON VERBS HAVE IRREGULAR PAST PARTICIPLES
ABRIR TO OPEN ABIERTO OPEN
CUBRIR TO COVER CUBIERTO COVERED
DECIR TO SAY DICHO SAID
ESCRIBIR TO WRITE ESCRITO WRITTEN
FRER TO FRY FRITO FRIED
HACER TO DO HECHO DONE
MORIR TO DIE MUERTO DEAD
PONER TO PUT PUESTO PUT
RESOLVER TO RESOLVE RESUELTO RESOLVED
ROMPER TO BREAK ROTO BROKEN
VER TO SEE VISTO SEEN
VOLVER TO RETURN VUELTO RETURNED
.OTE THAT COMPOUND VERBS BASED ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS INHERIT THE SAME IRREGULARITIES
(ERE ARE A FEW EXAMPLES
COMPONER COMPUESTO
DESCRIBIR DESCRITO
DEVOLVER DEVUELTO
-OST PAST PARTICIPLES CAN BE USED AS ADJECTIVES ,IKE OTHER ADJECTIVES THEY AGREE IN GENDER
AND NUMBER WITH THE NOUNS THAT THEY MODIFY
,A PUERTA EST CERRADA
4HE DOOR IS CLOSED
,AS PUERTAS ESTN CERRADAS
4HE DOORS ARE CLOSED
%L RESTAURANTE EST ABIERTO
4HE RESTAURANT IS OPEN
,OS RESTAURANTES ESTN ABIERTOS
4HE RESTAURANTS ARE OPEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
VIVIR IR IDO VIVIDO
4HE PAST PARTICIPLE CAN BE COMBINED WITH THE VERB hSERv TO EXPRESS THE PASSIVE VOICE 5SE
THIS CONSTRUCTION WHEN AN ACTION IS BEING DESCRIBED AND INTRODUCE THE DOER OF THE ACTION
WITH THE WORD hPORv
,A CASA FUE CONSTRUIDA POR LOS CARPINTEROS
4HE HOUSE WAS BUILT BY THE CARPENTERS
.OTE THAT FOR ER AND IR VERBS IF THE STEM ENDS IN A VOWEL A WRITTEN ACCENT WILL BE
REQUIRED
CREER CREDO
OR ODO
./4% 4HIS RULE DOES NOT APPLY AND NO WRITTEN ACCENT IS REQUIRED FOR VERBS ENDING IN UIR CONSTRUIR SEGUIR
INmUIR DISTINGUIR ETC
,ETS ADD TWO MORE mASHCARDS FOR THE PAST PARTICIPLES SINCE THEY WILL LATER BE USED FOR THE
PERFECT TENSES
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0AST 0ARTICIPLE
)NlNITIVE
ENDING ADOIDO
HABLADO COMIDO VIVIDO
0AST 0ARTICIPLE )RREGULARS
ABRIR TO OPEN ABIERTO OPEN
CUBRIR TO COVER CUBIERTO COVERED
DECIR TO SAY DICHO SAID
ESCRIBIR TO WRITE ESCRITO WRITTEN
FRER TO FRY FRITO FRIED
HACER TO DO HECHO DONE
MORIR TO DIE MUERTO DEAD
PONER TO PUT PUESTO PUT
RESOLVER TO RESOLVE RESUELTO RESOLVED
ROMPER TO BREAK ROTO BROKEN
VER TO SEE VISTO SEEN
VOLVER TO RETURN VUELTO RETURNED
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
,A TIENDA ES ABIERTA TODOS LOS DAS POR EL DUEO
4HE STORE IS OPENED EVERY DAY BY THE OWNER
*ii*iviV
4HE PRESENT PERFECT IS FORMED BY COMBINING THE AUXILIARY VERB hHASv OR hHAVEv WITH THE
PAST PARTICIPLE
) HAVE STUDIED
(E HAS WRITTEN A LETTER TO -ARA
7E HAVE BEEN STRANDED FOR SIX DAYS
(E HAS WRITTEN A LETTER TO -ARA
MAIN VERB WRITTEN AUXILIARY VERB HAS
7E HAVE BEEN STRANDED FOR SIX DAYS
MAIN VERB BEEN AUXILIARY VERB HAVE
)N 3PANISH THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE IS FORMED BY USING THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE AUXILIARY
VERB hHABERv WITH THE PAST PARTICIPLE (ABER IS CONJUGATED AS FOLLOWS
HE
HAS
HA
HEMOS
HABIS
HAN
9OU HAVE ALREADY LEARNED IN A PREVIOUS LESSON THAT THE PAST PARTICIPLE IS FORMED BY
DROPPING THE INlNITIVE ENDING AND ADDING EITHER
ADO OR
IDO 2EMEMBER SOME PAST
PARTICIPLES ARE IRREGULAR 4HE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ALL USE THE PAST PARTICIPLE FOR THE VERB
hCOMERv
YO (E COMIDO
) HAVE EATEN
T (AS COMIDO
9OU HAVE EATEN
L (A COMIDO
(E HAS EATEN
NOSOTROS (EMOS COMIDO
7E HAVE EATEN
VOSOTROS (ABIS COMIDO
9OU
ALL HAVE EATEN
ELLOS (AN COMIDO
4HEY HAVE EATEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
"ECAUSE THE PRESENT PERFECT IS A COMPOUND TENSE TWO VERBS ARE REQUIRED THE MAIN VERB
AND THE AUXILIARY VERB
) HAVE STUDIED
MAIN VERB STUDIED AUXILIARY VERB HAVE
7HEN YOU STUDIED THE PAST PARTICIPLE YOU PRACTICED USING IT AS AN ADJECTIVE 7HEN USED
AS AN ADJECTIVE THE PAST PARTICIPLE CHANGES TO AGREE WITH THE NOUN IT MODIlES (OWEVER
WHEN USED IN THE PERFECT TENSES THE PAST PARTICIPLE NEVER CHANGES
0AST PARTICIPLE USED AS AN ADJECTIVE
,A CUENTA EST PAGADA
4HE BILL IS PAID
0AST PARTICIPLE USED IN THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
(E PAGADO LA CUENTA
) HAVE PAID THE BILL
0AST PARTICIPLE USED AS AN ADJECTIVE
,AS CUENTAS ESTN PAGADAS
4HE BILLS ARE PAID
0AST PARTICIPLE USED IN THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
*UAN HA PAGADO LAS CUENTAS
*UAN HAS PAID THE BILLS
.OTE THAT WHEN USED TO FORM THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE ONLY THE BASE FORM PAGADO IS USED
,ETS LOOK MORE CAREFULLY AT THE LAST EXAMPLE
*UAN HA PAGADO LAS CUENTAS
*UAN HAS PAID THE BILLS
.OTICE THAT WE USE hHAv TO AGREE WITH h*UANv 7E DO ./4 USE hHANv TO AGREE WITH hCUENTASv
4HE AUXILIARY VERB IS CONJUGATED FOR THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE NOT THE OBJECT #OMPARE THESE TWO
EXAMPLES
*UAN HA PAGADO LAS CUENTAS
*UAN HAS PAID THE BILLS
*UAN Y -ARA HAN VIAJADO A %SPAA
*UAN AND -ARIA HAVE TRAVELED TO 3PAIN
)N THE lRST EXAMPLE WE USE hHAv BECAUSE THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS h*UANv )N THE SECOND
EXAMPLE WE USE hHANv BECAUSE THE SUBJECT OF THE SENTENCE IS h*UAN Y -ARAv
4HE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE IS FREQUENTLY USED FOR PAST ACTIONS THAT CONTINUE INTO THE
PRESENT OR CONTINUE TO AFFECT THE PRESENT
(E ESTADO DOS SEMANAS EN -ADRID
) HAVE BEEN IN -ADRID FOR TWO WEEKS
$IEGO HA SIDO MI AMIGO POR VEINTE AOS
$IEGO HAS BEEN MY FRIEND FOR YEARS
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
(ERES A COUPLE OF MORE EXAMPLES
4HE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE IS OFTEN USED WITH THE ADVERB hYAv
9A HAN COMIDO
4HEY HAVE ALREADY EATEN
,A EMPLEADA YA HA LIMPIADO LA CASA
4HE MAID HAS ALREADY CLEANED THE HOUSE
4HE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE ARE NEVER SEPARATED 4O MAKE THE SENTENCE
NEGATIVE ADD THE WORD hNOv BEFORE THE CONJUGATED FORM OF HABER
YO .O HE COMIDO
) HAVE NOT EATEN
T .O HAS COMIDO
9OU HAVE NOT EATEN
L .O HA COMIDO
(E HAS NOT EATEN
NOSOTROS .O HEMOS COMIDO
7E HAVE NOT EATEN
VOSOTROS .O HABIS COMIDO
9OU
ALL HAVE NOT EATEN
ELLOS .O HAN COMIDO
4HEY HAVE NOT EATEN
!GAIN THE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE ARE NEVER SEPARATED /BJECT PRONOUNS ARE
PLACED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE AUXILIARY VERB
0ABLO LE HA DADO MUCHO DINERO A SU HERMANA
0ABLO HAS GIVEN A LOT OF MONEY TO HIS SISTER
4O MAKE THIS SENTENCE NEGATIVE THE WORD hNOv IS PLACED BEFORE THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN LE
0ABLO NO LE HA DADO MUCHO DINERO A SU HERMANA
0ABLO HAS NOT GIVEN A LOT OF MONEY TO HIS SISTER
7ITH REmEXIVE VERBS THE REmEXIVE PRONOUN IS PLACED IMMEDIATEDLY BEFORE THE AUXILIARY
VERB #OMPARE HOW THE PRESENT PERFECT DIFFERS FROM THE SIMPLE PRESENT WHEN A REmEXIVE
VERB IS USED
-E CEPILLO LOS DIENTES PRESENT
) BRUSH MY TEETH
-E HE CEPILLADO LOS DIENTES PRESENT PERFECT
) HAVE BRUSHED MY TEETH
4O MAKE THIS SENTENCE NEGATIVE THE WORD hNOv IS PLACED BEFORE THE REmEXIVE PRONOUN ME
.O ME HE CEPILLADO LOS DIENTES
) HAVE NOT BRUSHED MY TEETH
-`->V
1UESTIONS ARE FORMED AS FOLLOWS .OTE HOW THE WORD ORDER IS DIFFERENT THAN THE %NGLISH
EQUIVALENT
z(AN SALIDO YA LAS MUJERES
(AVE THE WOMEN LEFT YET
z(AS PROBADO EL CHOCOLATE ALGUNA VEZ
(AVE YOU EVER TRIED CHOCOLATE
(ERE ARE THE SAME SENTENCES IN NEGATIVE FORM .OTICE HOW THE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST
PARTICIPLE ARE NOT SEPARATED
z.O HAN SALIDO YA LAS MUJERES
(AVENT THE WOMEN LEFT YET
z.O HAS PROBADO EL CHOCOLATE NINGUNA VEZ
(AVENT YOU EVER TRIED CHOCOLATE
,ETS ADD ANOTHER VERB mASHCARD FOR THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
0RESENT 0ERFECT
HABER PAST PARTICIPLE
HE HABLADO HE COMIDO HE VIVIDO
HE
HAS
HA
HEMOS
HABIS
HAN
-`->V
Past Perfect
The past perfect is formed by combining the auxiliary verb had with the past participle.
I had studied.
He had written a letter to Mara.
We had been stranded for six days.
He had written a letter to Mara.
(main verb: written ; auxiliary verb: had)
We had been stranded for six days.
(main verb: been ; auxiliary verb: had)
In Spanish, the past perfect tense is formed by using the imperfect tense of the auxiliary
verb haber with the past participle. Haber is conjugated as follows:
haba
habas
haba
habamos
habais
haban
You have already learned in a previous lesson that the past participle is formed by
dropping the infinitive ending and adding either -ado or -ido. Remember, some past
participles are irregular. The following examples all use the past participle for the verb
vivir.
(yo) Haba vivido.
I had lived.
(t) Habas vivido.
You had lived.
(l) Haba vivido.
He had lived.
(nosotros) Habamos vivido.
We had lived.
(vosotros) Habais vivido.
You-all had lived.
(ellos) Haban vivido.
They had lived.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Because the past perfect is a compound tense, two verbs are required: the main verb and
the auxiliary verb.
I had studied.
(main verb: studied ; auxiliary verb: had)
When you studied the past participle, you practiced using it as an adjective. When used
as an adjective, the past participle changes to agree with the noun it modifies. However,
when used in the perfect tenses, the past participle never changes.
Past participle used as an adjective:
La puerta est cerrada.
The door is closed.
Past participle used in the past perfect tense:
Yo haba cerrado la puerta.
I had closed the door.
Past participle used as an adjective:
Las puertas estn abiertas.
The doors are open.
Past participle used in the past perfect tense:
Juan haba abierto las puertas.
Juan had opened the doors.
Note that when used to form the perfect tenses, only the base form (abierto) is used.
Lets look more carefully at the last example:
Juan haba abierto las puertas.
Juan had opened the doors.
Notice that we use haba to agree with Juan. We do NOT use haban to agree with
puertas. The auxiliary verb is conjugated for the subject of the sentence, not the object.
Compare these two examples:
Juan haba abierto las puertas.
Juan had opened the doors.
Juan y Mara haban puesto mucho dinero en el banco.
Juan and Maria had put a lot of money in the bank.
In the first example, we use haba because the subject of the sentence is Juan. In the second
example, we use haban because the subject of the sentence is Juan y Mara.
The past perfect tense is used when a past action was completed prior to another past
action. Expressions such as ya, antes, nunca, todava and despus will often
appear in sentences where one action was completed before another.
Cuando llegaron los padres, los nios ya haban comido.
When the parents arrived, the children had already eaten.
Yo haba comido antes de llamarles.
I had eaten prior to calling them.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Here are a couple of more examples:
This idea of a past action being completed before another past action need not always be
stated; it can be implied.
Juan haba cerrado la ventana antes de salir. (stated)
Juan had closed the window before leaving.
The auxiliary verb and the past participle are never separated. To make the sentence
negative, add the word no before the conjugated form of haber.
(yo) No haba vivido.
I had not lived.
(t) No habas vivido.
You had not lived.
(l) No haba vivido.
He had not lived.
(nosotros) No habamos vivido.
We had not lived.
(vosotros) No habais vivido.
You-all had not lived.
(ellos) No haban vivido.
They had not lived.
Again, the auxiliary verb and the past participle are never separated. Object pronouns are
placed immediately before the auxiliary verb.
Pablo le haba dado mucho dinero a su hermana.
Pablo had given a lot of money to his sister.
To make this sentence negative, the word no is placed before the indirect object pronoun (le).
Pablo no le haba dado mucho dinero a su hermana.
Pablo had not given a lot of money to his sister.
With reflexive verbs, the reflexive pronoun is placed immediatedly before the auxiliary verb.
Compare how the present perfect differs from the simple present, when a reflexive verb is used.
Me lavo las manos. (present)
I wash my hands.
Me haba lavado las manos. (past perfect)
I had washed my hands.
To make this sentence negative, the word no is placed before the reflexive pronoun (me).
No me haba lavado las manos.
I had not washed my hands.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Juan haba cerrado la ventana. (implied)
Juan had closed the window.
Questions are formed as follows. Note how the word order is different than the English
equivalent.
Haban llegado ya las chicas?
Had the girls arrived yet?
Habas probado ya el postre?
Had you tried the dessert yet?
Here are the same questions in negative form. Notice how the auxiliary verb and the past participle
are not separated.
No habas probado ya el postre?
Hadnt you tried the dessert yet?
Lets add another verb flashcard for the past perfect tense:
Verb Flashcards
93. Past Perfect
haber + past participle
haba hablado, haba comido, haba vivido
haba
habas
haba
habamos
habais
haban
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
No haban llegado ya las chicas?
Hadnt the girls arrived yet?
i*iviV
4HE FUTURE PERFECT TENSE IS USED TO DESCRIBE WHAT WILL HAVE HAPPENED IN THE FUTURE BEFORE
A DIFFERENT ACTION TAKES PLACE OR BY A SPECIlC TIME
) WILL HAVE STUDIED BEFORE ) TAKE THE TEST
(E WILL HAVE COMPLETED THE TASK BY SIX OCLOCK
2EMEMBER SOME PAST PARTICIPLES ARE IRREGULAR !LSO REMEMBER THAT THE PAST PARTICIPLE
NEVER CHANGES FORM IN THE PERFECT TENSES
YO (ABR ESCRITO EL LIBRO ANTES DEL AO NUEVO
) WILL HAVE WRITTEN THE BOOK BEFORE THE NEW YEAR
T z(ABRS COMPRADO UNA CASA EN UN AO
7ILL YOU HAVE BOUGHT A HOUSE IN A YEAR
L (ABR PAGADO TODAS LAS DEUDAS PARA EL DOS DE OCTUBRE
(E WILL HAVE PAID ALL THE DEBT BY /CTOBER
NOSOTROS (ABREMOS VUELTO DE %SPAA PARA EL DOCE DE JUNIO
7E WILL HAVE RETURNED FROM 3PAIN BY *UNE
VOSOTROS 0ARA CUANDO *UAN LLEGUE VOSOTROS YA HABRIS SALIDO
"Y THE TIME *UAN ARRIVES YOU
ALL WILL ALREADY HAVE LEFT
ELLOS 0ARA CUANDO -ARA VUELVA ELLOS YA HABRN COMIDO
"Y THE TIME -ARIA RETURNS THEY WILL HAVE ALREADY EATEN
4HE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE ARE NEVER SEPARATED 4O MAKE THE SENTENCE
NEGATIVE ADD THE WORD hNOv BEFORE THE CONJUGATED FORM OF HABER
YO .O HABR COMIDO
) WILL NOT HAVE EATEN
T .O HABRS LEDO EL LIBRO
9OU WILL NOT HAVE READ THE BOOK
L .O HABR ESCRITO LA CARTA
(E WILL NOT HAVE WRITTEN THE LETTER
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
!S WITH THE OTHER PERFECT TENSES THE FUTURE PERFECT IS FORMED BY COMBINING THE AUXILIARY
VERB hHABERv WITH THE PAST PARTICIPLE )N THIS CASE hHABERv IS CONJUGATED IN THE FUTURE
TENSE
HABR
HABRS
HABR
HABREMOS
HABRIS
HABRN
NOSOTROS .O HABREMOS APRENDIDO NADA
7E WILL NOT HAVE LEARNED ANYTHING
VOSOTROS .O HABRIS DORMIDO
9OU
ALL WILL NOT HAVE SLEPT
!GAIN THE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE ARE NEVER SEPARATED /BJECT PRONOUNS ARE
PLACED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE AUXILIARY VERB
0ABLO LE HABR DADO UN REGALO A SU ESPOSA
0ABLO WILL HAVE GIVEN A GIFT TO HIS WIFE
4O MAKE THIS SENTENCE NEGATIVE THE WORD hNOv IS PLACED BEFORE THE INDIRECT OBJECT PRONOUN LE
0ABLO NO LE HABR DADO NINGN REGALO A SU ESPOSA
0ABLO WILL NOT HAVE GIVEN A GIFT TO HIS WIFE
7ITH REmEXIVE VERBS THE REmEXIVE PRONOUN IS PLACED IMMEDIATEDLY BEFORE THE AUXILIARY
VERB #OMPARE HOW THE PRESENT PERFECT DIFFERS FROM THE SIMPLE PRESENT WHEN A REmEXIVE
VERB IS USED
-E LAVO LAS MANOS PRESENT
) WASH MY HANDS
-E HABR LAVADO LAS MANOS FUTURE PERFECT
) WILL HAVE WASHED MY HANDS
4O MAKE THIS SENTENCE NEGATIVE THE WORD hNOv IS PLACED BEFORE THE REmEXIVE PRONOUN ME
.O ME HABR LAVADO LAS MANOS
) WILL NOT HAVE WASHED MY HANDS
1UESTIONS ARE FORMED AS FOLLOWS
z(ABRN LLEGADO YA LAS CHICAS
7ILL THE GIRLS HAVE ARRIVED
z(ABRS COMIDO YA
7ILL YOU HAVE ALREADY EATEN
(ERE ARE THE SAME QUESTIONS IN NEGATIVE FORM .OTICE HOW THE AUXILIARY VERB AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE
ARE NOT SEPARATED
z.O HABRN LLEGADO YA LAS CHICAS
7ILL THE GIRLS NOT HAVE ALREADY ARRIVED
z.O HABRS COMIDO YA
7ILL YOU NOT HAVE ALREADY EATEN
-`->V
#OPYRIGHT n 3PANISH ,EARNING 2ESOURCES !LL 2IGHTS 2ESERVED 4HIS PAGE MAY BE REPRODUCED FOR NON PROlT EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES PROVIDED IT IS REPRODUCED IN ITS ENTIRETY
ELLOS .O HABRN LLEGADO
4HEY WILL NOT HAVE ARRIVED
,ETS ADD ANOTHER VERB mASHCARD FOR THE FUTURE PERFECT TENSE
6ERB &LASHCARDS
&UTURE 0ERFECT
HABER PAST PARTICIPLE
HABR HABLADO HABR COMIDO HABR VIVIDO
HABR
HABRS
HABR
HABREMOS
HABRIS
HABRN
-`->V
The Conditional Tense
Frequently, the conditional is used to express probability, possibility, wonder or conjecture,
and is usually translated as would, could, must have or probably.
The student said that he would study one more hour. (probability, possibility)
What time could it have been? (wonder, conjecture)
He must have been at home. (wonder, conjecture)
We were probably busy when you called. (probability, possibility)
To conjugate regular -ar, -er and -ir verbs in the conditional, simply add one of the
following to the infintive:
a
as
a
amos
ais
an
Here are all three regular conditional verb forms together:
HABLAR
COMER
hablara
hablaras
hablara
hablaramos
hablarais
hablaran
comera
comeras
comera
comeramos
comerais
comeran
VIVIR
vivira
viviras
vivira
viviramos
vivirais
viviran
Here are the previous examples, translated to Spanish.
El alumno dijo que estudiara una hora ms.
The student said that he would study one more hour.
Qu hora sera?
What time could it have been?
Estara en su casa.
He must have been at home.
Estaramos ocupados cuando llamaste.
We were probably busy when you called.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
NOTE: when would is used in the sense of a repeated action in the past, the imperfect is used.
caber ....................... yo cabra
poner ....................... yo pondra
decir ........................ yo dira
haber ....................... yo habra
salir .......................... yo saldra
hacer ....................... yo hara
poder ....................... yo podra
tener ........................ yo tendra
querer ...................... yo querra
valer......................... yo valdra
saber........................ yo sabra
venir ........................ yo vendra
Next, lets look at some specific uses of the conditional.
To express speculation about the past:
Aqul da correran ms de veinticinco kilmetros.
That day they must have run more than 25 kilometers.
To express the future from the perspective of the past:
Yo saba que abriran la tienda a las siete.
I knew that they would open the store at seven oclock.
To express hypothetical actions or events which may or may not occur:
Sera interesante estudiar chino.
It would be interesting to study Chinese.
To indicate what would happen were it not for some certain specific circumstance:
Yo viajara pero no tengo dinero.
I would travel but I dont have money.
For polite use to soften requests:
Por favor, podra decirme a qu hora abre la gasolinera?
Could you please tell me what time the gas station opens?
To ask for advice:
Cul comprara Ud.?
Which one would you buy?
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
The same twelve common verbs that are irregular in the future tense are also irregular in
the conditional tense. Their endings are regular, but their stems change in the same way
they change in the future tense. Because the endings are the same as all other conditional
tense verbs, we show only the yo form, and have underlined the irregular stem. We
have also grouped them according to their patterns of change.
For reported speech:
Juan dijo que terminara el trabajo.
Juan said that he would finish the work.
To express what would be done in a particular situation:
Hablaras ingls en Espaa?
Would you speak English in Spain?
No. Hablara espaol.
No. I would speak Spanish.
To express an action which is contrary to fact:
Si yo tuviera tiempo, ira al cine esta noche.
If I had time, I would go to the movies tonight.
NOTE: This last example uses a verb tense you are not yet familiar with -- the imperfect subjunctive (tuviera).
This topic will be covered in depth in a later lesson.
Finally, a few words need to be said to call attention to the contrasting uses of the future
and the conditional. As previously stated, the conditional is used for conjecture and to
express probability with regards to a past action, as in the following example:
Qu hora sera?
What time could it have been?
Seran las cinco.
It was probably five oclock.
If, however, the conjecture or expression of probability is about the present, the future tense is
used:
Qu hora ser?
What time can it be?
Sern las cinco.
It is probably five oclock.
With regards to reported speech, notice that if the main clause is in the past, the
conditional is used.
Juan dijo que terminara el trabajo.
Juan said that he would finish the work.
But if the main clause is in the present, the future is used.
Juan dice que terminar el trabajo.
Juan says that he will finish the work.
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
Lets look at one more use of the conditional.
Lets add two flashcards for the conditional tense:
Verb Flashcards
95. Conditional Tense
Infinitive + ending
(-a, -as, -a, -amos, -ais, -an)
Conditional Tense Irregulars
caber................. yo cabra
poner ................ yo pondra
decir.................. yo dira
haber ................ yo habra
salir ................... yo saldra
hacer................. yo hara
poder ................ yo podra
tener ................. yo tendra
querer ............... yo querra
valer .................. yo valdra
saber ................. yo sabra
venir.................. yo vendra
StudySpanish.com
Copyright 19972005 Spanish Learning Resources All Rights Reserved. This page may be reproduced for non-profit educational purposes, provided it is reproduced in its entirety.
96.
You might also like
- Shoe Dog: A Memoir by the Creator of NikeFrom EverandShoe Dog: A Memoir by the Creator of NikeRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (537)
- The Yellow House: A Memoir (2019 National Book Award Winner)From EverandThe Yellow House: A Memoir (2019 National Book Award Winner)Rating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (98)
- The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good LifeFrom EverandThe Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good LifeRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (5794)
- The Little Book of Hygge: Danish Secrets to Happy LivingFrom EverandThe Little Book of Hygge: Danish Secrets to Happy LivingRating: 3.5 out of 5 stars3.5/5 (400)
- Grit: The Power of Passion and PerseveranceFrom EverandGrit: The Power of Passion and PerseveranceRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (588)
- Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic FutureFrom EverandElon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic FutureRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (474)
- A Heartbreaking Work Of Staggering Genius: A Memoir Based on a True StoryFrom EverandA Heartbreaking Work Of Staggering Genius: A Memoir Based on a True StoryRating: 3.5 out of 5 stars3.5/5 (231)
- Hidden Figures: The American Dream and the Untold Story of the Black Women Mathematicians Who Helped Win the Space RaceFrom EverandHidden Figures: The American Dream and the Untold Story of the Black Women Mathematicians Who Helped Win the Space RaceRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (895)
- Team of Rivals: The Political Genius of Abraham LincolnFrom EverandTeam of Rivals: The Political Genius of Abraham LincolnRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (234)
- Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On ItFrom EverandNever Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On ItRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (838)
- The Emperor of All Maladies: A Biography of CancerFrom EverandThe Emperor of All Maladies: A Biography of CancerRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (271)
- Devil in the Grove: Thurgood Marshall, the Groveland Boys, and the Dawn of a New AmericaFrom EverandDevil in the Grove: Thurgood Marshall, the Groveland Boys, and the Dawn of a New AmericaRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (266)
- On Fire: The (Burning) Case for a Green New DealFrom EverandOn Fire: The (Burning) Case for a Green New DealRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (74)
- The Unwinding: An Inner History of the New AmericaFrom EverandThe Unwinding: An Inner History of the New AmericaRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (45)
- The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy AnswersFrom EverandThe Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building a Business When There Are No Easy AnswersRating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (345)
- The World Is Flat 3.0: A Brief History of the Twenty-first CenturyFrom EverandThe World Is Flat 3.0: A Brief History of the Twenty-first CenturyRating: 3.5 out of 5 stars3.5/5 (2259)
- The Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You're Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You AreFrom EverandThe Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You're Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You AreRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (1090)
- The Sympathizer: A Novel (Pulitzer Prize for Fiction)From EverandThe Sympathizer: A Novel (Pulitzer Prize for Fiction)Rating: 4.5 out of 5 stars4.5/5 (121)
- Her Body and Other Parties: StoriesFrom EverandHer Body and Other Parties: StoriesRating: 4 out of 5 stars4/5 (821)
- Syllabus and Datesheet For Short Assessment 2020 2021 For Classes IIIVDocument6 pagesSyllabus and Datesheet For Short Assessment 2020 2021 For Classes IIIVRajesh K SinghNo ratings yet
- French GCSE AQA Higher Tier Advice Booklet A4Document11 pagesFrench GCSE AQA Higher Tier Advice Booklet A4Samar RobbanaNo ratings yet
- Maltese: Christopher Lucas Slavomír ČéplöDocument38 pagesMaltese: Christopher Lucas Slavomír ČéplöAJ AjsonNo ratings yet
- Stative and Dynamic VerbsDocument6 pagesStative and Dynamic VerbsАнђелка Гемовић100% (1)
- Hiligaynon LanguageDocument17 pagesHiligaynon Languagesevillaarvin50% (2)
- BGK 3012 Week 3 - How To Recognize Gender in German LanguageDocument3 pagesBGK 3012 Week 3 - How To Recognize Gender in German LanguageWanie AmeeraNo ratings yet
- 19 01 2018 Nivel Gimnazial Aria Curriculara Limba Si Comunicare Engleza Evaluare Initiala Clasa A 5 ADocument3 pages19 01 2018 Nivel Gimnazial Aria Curriculara Limba Si Comunicare Engleza Evaluare Initiala Clasa A 5 ADincă RebecaNo ratings yet
- Past Simple Past Continuous + / + - Pizza at Home. Pizza at HomeDocument1 pagePast Simple Past Continuous + / + - Pizza at Home. Pizza at Homeali rafaqatNo ratings yet
- Tesol ModuleDocument70 pagesTesol Modulealfonso yuNo ratings yet
- Use AdverbsDocument3 pagesUse AdverbsJadelester John Esponilla MejicaNo ratings yet
- Case Study Materi 2 - TYPE of VERBDocument3 pagesCase Study Materi 2 - TYPE of VERBetirah32No ratings yet
- Revision and Practice ExerciseDocument2 pagesRevision and Practice ExerciseAnkitNo ratings yet
- Lexicology and Semantics L2Document4 pagesLexicology and Semantics L2Vanessa VelascoNo ratings yet
- Khusus Teori A Dan B: Melalui Your Basic VocabularyDocument38 pagesKhusus Teori A Dan B: Melalui Your Basic VocabularyRais AnsariNo ratings yet
- Grammar Quiz: Parts of SpeechDocument2 pagesGrammar Quiz: Parts of Speechhuzaifa anwarNo ratings yet
- КТП 11 класс гум 2021-2022 newDocument16 pagesКТП 11 класс гум 2021-2022 newАйгерим КызайбайNo ratings yet
- Adjective ClauseDocument9 pagesAdjective Clauseradit nugrohoNo ratings yet
- ks1 English 2022 Grammar Punctuation Spelling Paper 2 Short Answer QuestionsDocument14 pagesks1 English 2022 Grammar Punctuation Spelling Paper 2 Short Answer QuestionsNana Kwame Asante-ManteNo ratings yet
- Enterprise PLUS (Pre-Int) - TB For WB PDFDocument110 pagesEnterprise PLUS (Pre-Int) - TB For WB PDFMend HannNo ratings yet
- Creative Writing WKSH PDFDocument5 pagesCreative Writing WKSH PDFFazil MunirNo ratings yet
- نماذج السبيلنقDocument2 pagesنماذج السبيلنقAyman El SayedNo ratings yet
- Emphatic Tenses Are Used To Express Emotive or Contrastive EmphasisDocument4 pagesEmphatic Tenses Are Used To Express Emotive or Contrastive EmphasisSusana GuerraNo ratings yet
- Verb PatternsDocument2 pagesVerb Patternselenabellisario1407No ratings yet
- Free Grammar Worksheets-SET NO - 01Document31 pagesFree Grammar Worksheets-SET NO - 01Asda zigaNo ratings yet
- Ket For Schools Testbuilder Test One Reading and WritingDocument14 pagesKet For Schools Testbuilder Test One Reading and WritingNeil Davies0% (1)
- Exercise 1: Q Answers Word ClassDocument7 pagesExercise 1: Q Answers Word ClassGiang ChauNo ratings yet
- Курсовая работа. Хатунцева Анастасия.Document43 pagesКурсовая работа. Хатунцева Анастасия.Анастасия ХатунцеваNo ratings yet
- German LessonsDocument14 pagesGerman LessonsRocksee LazarescuNo ratings yet
- Group 2: A Word and Its Forms: InflectionDocument16 pagesGroup 2: A Word and Its Forms: InflectionMushawwir AkbarNo ratings yet
- Nihongo Connections-Part 1Document285 pagesNihongo Connections-Part 1Julie BruchNo ratings yet
